η

ILLINOIS

UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN

PRODUCTION NOTE

University of Illinois at
Urbana-Champaign Library
Brittle Books Project, 2013.COPYRIGHT NOTIFICATION

In Public Domain.
Published prior to 1923.

This digital copy was made from the printed version held
by the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
It was made in compliance with copyright law.

Prepared for the Brittle Books Project, Main Library,
University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
by

Northern Micrographics
Brookhaven Bindery
La Crosse, Wisconsin

2013OF THE
UNIVLR^SITY ^
Of ILLINOIS

+ 88. 2

363e*
IS&7EXERCISES

IN

GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION,

ADAPTED TO THE

FIRST BOOK OF XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.

BY

JAMES R. BOISE,

PROFESSOR OF GREEK IN BROWN UNIVERSITY.

NEW-YORK:
D, APPLETON & COMPANY,

443 & 445 BROADWAY.

1867.Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1849, by

D. APPLETON & COMPANY,

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court for the Southern District of
New-York./86γ

PREFACE.

The following Exercises were prepared simply as
an accompaniment to the First Book of the Anabasis.
They consist of easy sentences, similar to those in the
Anabasis, involving the same words and construc-
tions, and are designed by frequent repetition to make

the learner familiar with the language of Xenophon.

* \ ·»

^Accordingly the chapters and sections in both are
made to correspond. Thus, §§ 1st, 2d, etc., of chapter
s' 1st in the Exercises, require a constaift reference to
i ?§ 1st, 2d, etc., in chapter 1st of the Anabasis. So
^ with the remaining sections.

In writing these Exercises, it is impossible to study
the expressions of Xenophon too carefully, or to imi-
i tate them too closely; and the fact that the learner
cMias continually before him a model so faultless, so
^purely Attic, is conceived to be no small advantage.
It will be observed, that each section contains a

>3"-

^vocabulary and two paragraphs of English sentences.
3 The first paragraph is intended for oral recitation,

c^

0and together with the vocabulary should be madeVi	PREFACE.

•

familiar, so as to be recited promptly and with little
effort. The second paragraph consists of longer and
more varied sentences, which are to be written, and
which may also, in reviews especially, be expressed
viva voce. As the chief thing in learning any lan-
guage is to become familiar with its words and idioms,
the question may fairly be raised, whether it would not
be better for the beginner in Greek, to occupy some-
what less of his time in committing to memory ab-
struse rules, which he comprehends but imperfectly, and
a grammatical nomenclature, which surely will give
him a very imperfect idea of the harmony of the Gre-
cian tongue; and instead of this, to occupy a greater
proportion of his time in storing the mind with those
words and phrases, which in endless combinations are
an essential part of the language which he is aiming
to acquire. Would not this process be more analogous
to that which nature points out to us ?

It is supposed that the majority of those who use
these Exercises, will also have in their possession Dr.
Owen's edition of the Anabasis, which contains nu-
merous grammatical references and full explanatory
notes. For this reason, many annotations have been
omitted in the margin of this work which might other
wise have found a place.

The Greek text which has been selected is that
of Kriiger. This is added to the Exercises, so that the
book may.be used even by those who are not readingPREFACE.

vii

the Anabasis, and who may chance not to have a
copy. Should any discrepancies between this text and
the words employed in the vocabularies be discovered,
they may be explained by the fact that the Editor him-
self made use of the text of Dr. Owen's edition in the
preparation of the work.

The explanatory notes are desultory and various.
The plan of the work forbade any attempt to develop
a regular and methodical syntax, provided there were
need of such a treatise. But the excellent grammars
of Kiihner, Sophocles and Crosby rendered such an
attempt unnecessary.

For the convenience of the learner,. an English-
Greek vocabulary, a catalogue of the irregular verbs,
and an index to the principal grammatical notes have
been appended to the Exercises.

Brown University, Sept. 1849.EXERCISES

IN

GREEK PEOSE COMPOSITION.

CHAPTER FIRST.

§ 1. Son, ποίΐς, δ. Young, νέος. Elder, πρεσβύτερος. In
prose the usual positive is πρεσβντης. Termination, τελεντή.
Life, the period of life, βίος. Life opposed to death, ζωή.
Both, αμφότεροι. I have, /fore zs ίο me, γΐ/νεταί μον.
7 am sick, άσ&ενώ. I apprehend, suspect, νποπτενω. I wish,
/?οι;λομαί. 7 am present, πάρειμι. (The learner is supposed
to be familiar with the numerals and pronouns.) When =
after, έπεί ; when as a correlative of then, οτε.

He is sick. They are sick. We are sick. You (sing.)
are sick. You (plur.) are sick. The son of Darius is sick.
The sons of Darius are sick. I wish to be present. He wishes
to be present. I wish you to be present. He wishes me to
be present. They wish us to be present.

Darius has three sons. Cyrus had two sons. He (αυ-
τόν) has five sons. They (αυτών) have one son. Darius is
sick. The two sons of Darius are sick. The younger son
of Darius was sick and was apprehending a termination of
his life. I wish my two sons both to be present. He wishes
1*10

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

his three sons to be present. When he apprehended a ter
mination of his life, he wished his elder son to be present.

§ 2. Sovereignty, government, αρχή. General, στρατηγός.
Plain, πεδίον. Friend, φίλος. Heavy-armed man, οπλίτης.
Commander, άρχων. To happenr τν/χάνειν. I send for, μετα-
πέμπομαι. J make, appoint, ποιώ. I go up, αναβαίνω. I take,
λαμβάνω. / Aaue, «/ω· (Observe the difference both in
meaning and construction between this word and γίγνομαι,
sup.) And, also, xal. And, but, δε.

He sent for me. They sent for me. I sent for you.
You sent for me. You (plur.) sent for us. We sent for
you. The general sent for you. He sent for the general.
He sent for the commander. We sent for the commander,
and the heavy-armed men.

He happens to be present. They happened to be pre-
sent^1) He sent for Cyrus. I shall send for my two sons
from the sovereignties of which I made them satraps. And
I also appointed him general of all who used to assemble (2)
m the plain of Castolus. The five sons go up taking (3) Tis-
saphernes upon the supposition of his being (4) a friend.
They went up having four hundred heavy-armed men. I
will go up having seven hundred heavy-armed men, and
Xenias their commander.

§ 3. Brother, αδελφός. Kingdom, βασιλεία. Mother, μη-

(}) Observe here that the participle agrees in number, &c., with the
subject of the verb.

(2) The learner will recollect that the imperfect tense expresses
continued or customary action in past time ; and may often be translated
used to, was wont, etc. The aorist denotes an action absolutely; i. e,
without regard to its continuance or completion.

(s) See note (J).

(4) ώί, as, as if, denotes supposition, and may be rendered as above.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

11

τηρ. Before, to, προς with acc. Both, as a correlative of
and, τε. Again, lack, πάλιν. To, over, επί with acc. I cal-
umniate, διαβάλλω. I plot against, έπιβουλενω. To decease,
τελενταν. I apprehend, seize upon, συλλαμβάνω. I slay, put
to death, αποκτείνω. I settle, establish, χα&Ιστημι. (Intrans.
in the perf., pluperf., and 2d aor. tenses of the act. voice.)
In, into, εις with acc. used after a verb expressing«or imply-
ing motion. I persuade, πεί&ω. I send away, αποπέμπω. I
rescue hy entreaty, επαιτώ.

Ν. Β. It must be borne continually in mind, that the
personal pronouns are implied by the endings of the verb;
and consequently that they are not to be expressed unless
they are emphatic.

He sent me away. He sent for me. They apprehended
the son of Darius. They apprehended a termination of life.
He slew the general. The general deceased. The com-
mander persuaded the heavy-armed men. The son of the
commander was persuaded. He wished to be present. He
happened to be present (particip.)

He was calumniating Cyrus. They are plotting against
him. I shall calumniate Cyrus before his brother. They
calumniated Cyrus before his brother, on the ground that (5)
he was plotting against him. And after (e) Darius deceas-
ed^7) Artaxerxes apprehended (8) Cyrus as if to put him to
death. After I was settled in the kingdom, he plotted against

(5)	On the ground that, ως. Cf. note (4) ; and also, ώί άποκτενών-
below.

(6)	Έπεϊ is often rendered when, but in the sense of after, postquam.
"Οτε means when, while, quum.

(7)	Έτελεΰτησε, a euphemism for άπίθανεν.

(8)	We are not by any means to infer that συΧλαμβάνειν and νποπτενει
in § 1, are synonymous, because they may be translated by the same
English word. It will be perceived that the English woid, apprehend,
may be used in very different connections.12

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

me. I calumniated the general before Cyrus; and he(·)
was both persuaded and seized the general. His moiher will
send him away again to his government. His mother res-
cued him by her entreaties (lit. begged him off). After I
was persuaded, I seized the commander of the heavy-armed
men, as if to put him to death.

§ 4. Afterwards, yet, In, That, in order that, οπως.
Never, μηποτε, In the power of, επϊ c. dat. I take counsel,
βουλεύομαι, I am, ειμί. I am able, δύναμαι. Instead of
αντί. I am king, βασιλεύω, I love, φιλώ, More, rather,
uixHov. Than, η.

We deliberated. They deliberated. He plotted against
us. I apprehended him. I am king instead of you. I love
him more than you. We love you more than him. He
loved us more than the general..

They are taking counsel that they may never afterwards
be in the power of the general. He is in the power of his
brother. He is taking counsel that, if possible, (if he may be
able,) he may be king instead of his brother. They were
present with Cyrus because they loved him (lit. loving (1 °)
him). They loved the younger more than the elder brother.
I am in your power.

§ 5. All, πάντες. Whoever, όστις. From, παρα c. gen.
So as; ωστε, I am friendly, εννοϊκώς εχω. Competent, suffi-
cient, able, Ικανός. To, προς c. acc.: also the dative without
a preposition. It must be left to observation to decide which
construction is to be employed after any particular verb.

(9) This use of δ (Latin is autem) should be carefully noticed,
The phrase occurs only at the beginning of a sentence, and in a narra-
tion. The article is here demonstrative. Cf. Ό 6ϊ § 4.

(ίο) The participle in Greek as in Latin denotes " the time, the cause
file concomitant of an action, or the condition on which it depends."EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

13

With, hy the side of, παρΐχ c. dat. That, so that, ως. I come,
arrive, αφιχνονμαι. I manage, dispose, διατί&ημι. I carry on
war, πολεμώ. I pay attention to, επιμελούμαι.

He is able to carry on war. They are able to carry on
war. We are %ble to carry on Avar. We are friendly to
you. We all are friendly to you. They are friendly to
you. They all are friendly to you. You all are friendly to
us. He is friendly to them. They all are friendly to the
king. They are both friendly to the king and are able to
carry on war.

Whoever of those from his (n) brother comes to him, he
sends them all away. I am managing them so as to be
friends to me rather than to my brother. He is friendly to
me. I am friendly to you. The barbarians with him were
both competent to carry on war and were friendly to him.
He paid attention to those from the king, whoever came to
him. And he also pays attention to those with himself that
they may (I2) be friendly to him. He sent for his younger
son. He sends away his elder son. I paid attention to the
general that he might be friendly to me. I paid attention to
the general upon the supposition that he was (participle)
friendly to me.

§ 6. Forces, power, δνναμις. As much as, the most, ως
μάλιστα. Unprepared, απαράσκενος: most unprepared, οτι
απαρασχενότατος. A levy, συλλογή. Thus, as follows, ώδε.

(n) The pronouns, my, you,his, her,their, etc., are not to be transla-
ted unless they are somewhat emphatic, as in contrasts, etc. The Greek
would generally use the article where we should use the pronoun. Thus
above, ή μήτηρ, his mother; πρδς τον άδελφόν, to his brother; τώ παΐ3ε, his
two sons; et passim.

(!2) Recollect that the subjunctive follows in a dependent clause the
leading tenses (i. e. the present, future and perfect) of the indicative ; as
the optative does the historic tenses.14	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

Many, πολλοί. Brave, good, άγα&ός. City, πολί?. Several
each, έκαστοι. Anciently, το αρχάϊον. By, from, εκ c. gen.
Collect, assemble, ά&ροίζω. I conceal, έπιχρνπτω. Wherefore,
ow, (postpos.) / gfre orders, παραγγέλλω. To belong, to he
of, είναι c. gen. / present, give, δίδωμι. Φ make to revolt,
αφιστημι. See note on χα&ίστημι, § 3. Observe also that the
perf. and pluperf. of this verb are in "meaning, pres. and im-
perf. At that time, τότε.

It belongs to me. They belong to me. They belong to
him. It belongs to you. The city belongs to you. The
cities belong to you. All the cities belong to you. The
several cities belong to him. The city belongs to them.
The city belonged to me. At that time all the cities belong-
ed to me. Wherefore the city belongs to the king. The
city anciently belonged to the king.

After he collected the Grecian forces, (13) he concealed
them as much as he could. He conceals as much as he can
all the forces which assemble on the plain of Castolus. He
took his brother as unprepared as possible. He is making a
levy as follows. Wherefore the levy was made as follows.
He made the levy so as (u) to take the king as unprepared as
possible. I shall assemble as many and as brave men as
possible. I shall give orders to the several (,5) cities to take as
many men as possible, upon the pretence that (1β) Cyrus is piot-

(13)	Lit. force. To denote the same idea in English, we should more
naturally use the plural forces.

(14)	So as, see § 5.

(15)	Several; the force of ϊκαστος may be expressed thus: e. g. τοις
φρονράρχοις ίκάστοις, to the several captains, or to each of the captains.

(10) ως ίπιβου\ενοντος and ώ? επιβονλενοι above § 3. differ in meaning
as follows. The clause in § 3. denotes the charge which Tissaphernes
actually brought against Cyrus in so many words, that he was plotting
against the king ; the clause in § 6. denotes a pretence, not necessarily
Ml actual declaration, pretending that Tissaphernes was plotting, etc.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	15

ting against me. Ten cities belong (l7) to Tissaphernes. The
seven cities belonging to Tissaphernes, anciently presented
by the king, have revolted (18) to Cyrus. All the cities,
which (19) at that time revolted to the king, were anciently
friendly to Cyrus. I am a friend to you. I am friendly to you.

§ 7. Ιη^ εν c. dat. This, these, οντος, ούτοι. The same,
ο αυτός. Some—others, ol μεν—ol δε. The fugitive, ο φεύγων.
Land, γη, by land, κατ α γ ψ. Sea, <&άλαττ α, by sea, κατ α
&άλατταν. The exile, ο εκπεπτωκως. Pretext, πρόφασις. An-
other, «λλο?. Again, αν. I perceive, am informed, αισθάνομαι.
I perceive beforehand, π ροαισ&άνομαι. I banish, expel, εκβάλ-
λω. To take under (one*s protection) νπολαμβάνειν. I besiege,
πολιορκώ. I endeavor, try, πειρώμαι. 1 restore, κατάγω. 1
levy, συλλέγω.

I restored the exiles. He restored the exiles. I endeav-
ored to restore the exiles. : He tried to restore the exiles. He
was trying to restore the exiles. They were trying to restore
the exiles. He was besieging the city. He besieged the
city. He was besieging the city by land and by sea. They
besieged the city both by land and by sea. He was restoring
the fugitives. He restored the fugitives. They restored all
of the exiles. Wherefore I restored the exiles.

After I perceived that some (20) persons in Miletus were

(17)	With the meaning of είναι in this section, compare that of γίγνεσ-
θαι § 1, supra. What is the difference 1

(18)	The learner will recollect the peculiarities of tense and significa-
tion in the perf. and pluperf. of this verb.

(19)	Which is commonly translated by οσοι, οσα*, etc., after, all. See
§ πάντων οσοι.

(ao) As τονς is not expressed before βουΧενομένονς, the subject of this
participle is entirely indefinite, and in translating we may say, some per-
sons, etc., not implying that they were the greater part. Had τονς been
expressed we should translate it, the men in Miletus were plotting etc.,
i. e. the majority, the body of the men.16	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

plotting these same things—to revolt to Cyrus—I gave orders
to slay some of them and to banish others. Cyrus took the
fugitives(21) under his protection. Having taken Darius as a
friend, and having apprehended those who wished (22) to revolt,
he took the fugitives under his protection. Having besieged
the city by land and by sea, I endeavored to restore the ex-
iles. (23) And this again was another pretext to the king for
levying and assembling an army. I perceived beforehand
that he γ as plotting (24) these things. I perceived that he wished
his two sons to be present. I perceived that he was levying
an army.

§ 8. Not, ου i before a vowel with t smooth breathing, ovx:
before a vowel with a rough breathing, ονχ. When it is the
last word in its clause, it is oxytone. To plot, βουλεύεσ&αι.
Wherefore, ωστε followed by the indie. This word denotes a
consequence, a result: ovv, an inference. Against, προς c.
acc. Impost, δασμός. I demand (on the ground that it is
worthy, proper), α£ίώ. Plot, έπιβονλη. I suppose, νομίζω.
Army, στράτευμα. I am displeased, σχ&ομαι. I forward,
send away, αποπέμπω. To accrue, to become, γ'ιγνεσ&αι. To
expend one7s resources upon (lit. about), δαπαναν αμφϊ c. acc.

He was plotting these things. You were plotting these
things. You all were plotting these things. He plotted
these things. They plotted the same things. They all

plotted these same things. They were plotting against me.

■

(21)	Lit. those who were fleeing.

(22)	The participles of 3ον\ομαι and βουλεύομαι must not be confounded.

(23)	τούς έκπεπτωκδτας, lit. those who had been banished.

' (M) Observe that the participle is here used in Greek ; although we
translate it by the indicative mood. Many verbs that signify emotionst
perception by the senses, knowledge, recollection, cessation or continu-
ance, &c.,take the participle where we should use the infinitive mood, the
participial substantive, or, that, &c.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

17

He was plotting against you. They plotted against him,
They each plotted against you. They did not plot these
things. They did not plot against us.

I shall demand, because 1 am(25) his brother, that the king
give me these cities. Wherefore (26) the king did njDt perceive
that Cyrus was plotting these things. His mother so disposed
the king as not (μη) to perceive the plot against himself. I
supposed that my brother, by carrying on war, was-ex-
pending-his-resources on his army: wherefore, I was dis-
pleased with his carrying on war. (27) I shall forward the im-
posts accruing to the king from the government which Cyrus
happens to have.

§ 9. Beyond, νπέρ c. acc. An exile, φν/άς. Thracian,
Θραξ, -κός. Abydus, "Αβνδος. Miletus, Μίλητος. Treasures,
money, χρήματα. Voluntary% of one's own accord, εκών. Even,
και. Thus, (as above mentioned) οντω; before a vowel,
όντως. Secretly, expressed by Ιαν&άνω, e. g., I nounsh se-
cretly, λαν&άνω τρέφων. They nourished secretly, elaSov τρέφ-
οντες. Opposite, καταντιπέρας. At, έν c. dat. For, εΙς c. acc.
Support, τροφή. I confer with, σνγγίγνομαι. I admire, «/«-
μαι. To make one's head-quarters at, ορμασ&αι έκ c. gen.
I live, dwell, οϊκώ. With, lit. from, απο (denoting the means).
I benefit, assist, ωφελώ. I contribute, συμβάλλω. I support,
nourish, τρέφω. Soldier, στρατιώτης. Manner, τρόπος.

I admire him. I admired him. They admired you.
We all admired you. He is supported secretly. He was
supported secretly. They were all supported secretly. The
army was supported secretly. They supported the army

i2*) See note

(8β) ώστε is here followed by the indicative, and denotes a fact, an
actual event: in § 5, it is followed by the infinitive and denotes a thing
supposed or conceived: so as to be friends to himself etc.

(27) See note (24).18

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

secretly. He supported the army secretly. We supported
the soldiers secretly. He made his head-quarters at Cher-
sonesus. They made their head-quarters at Chersoneus.

And another army was collecting for the king, in the fol-
lowing manner. And Cyrus was collecting for himself an
army in the Chersonesus which (28) is beyond the Hellespont.
The commander, having conferred with the Lacedsemonian
exile, both admired him and gave him a hundred darics.
And he,(2·) having taken them, carried on war against the
king of the Thracians. He makes his head-quarters at
Chersonesus. I am carrying on war with the Thracians
who live beyond Abydus. I live at Miletus. With these
treasures, he carried on war against the cities beyond the
Hellespont, in the following manner. He benefited the cities
of the Hellespont; wherefore,(30) they even contributed mo-
ney for him of their own accord. And(31) thus an army tvas
secretly(32) supported for Cyrus. And Cyrus secretly sup-
ported an army as follows. He is living at Abydus opposite
the Hellespont. The Ionian cities were friendly(3 8) to Cy-
rus, and secretly contributed money for the support of his
soldiers.

§ 10. Related by the ties of hospitality, a guest, host, for-
eign friend, ξένος. One of an opposite party or faction, αντί-
στασιώτης. At home, οίκοι. Foreign soldier, mercenary, ξένος.
To the number of εϊς c. acc. Pay, μισ&ός. Until, before,

(28)	Which is; the student will perceive that it is the article which
we translate by this phrase.

(29)	See note (9).

(30)	Cf. note (26).

(31)	Observe that 61 is not like the English word, and, to be placed
first in the clause.

(32)	Cf. ετνγχανεν εχων, § 8, and παρών ετύγχανε, § 2.

ζ33) See § 5 for this expression.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

Id

πρίν. I oppress, πιέζω. I go, έρχομαι, I demand, αϊτώ. A
•nontJi, μψ. I am superior to, I conquer, περιγίγνομαι. I en·
treat, δέομαι. To make peace with, to become reconciled to,
καταλύειν προς c. acc. I advise with, συμβουλεύομαι c. dat.

He plotted these same things. He plotted against us.
He advised with us. He conferred with us. He happened
to have a thousand mercenaries. He happened to be a mer-
cenary soldier. He supported an army secretly. An army
was supported for him secretly. He demands pay. He
entreats me to be reconciled with the king. He demands
that mercenaries be given to him.

The king happens to be related to me by the ties of hos-
pitality. (84 )| He happened to have Aristippus as a guest.
He is oppressed by those at home of an opposite faction. I
live at home. Those at home of an opposite faction, being
oppressed, went to Cyrus and demanded of him mercenaries
to the number of a thousand. They demand pay for ten
months, on the plea that (as if) they will thus become supe-
rior to those of an opposite faction. I entreat you not to make
peace with the king until I advise with you. He demanded
of the Lacedsemonians, mercenaries to the number of ten
thousand, on the plea that he would thus become superior to
his brother. And thus again he was supporting (3S) an army
secretly. And thus again he supported the army in Thes-
saly secretly. And thus (3e) another army was secretly col-
lected and supported for him.

(34)	ξένος like the Latin hospes means either guest or host, related
ly the ties of hospitality.	f

(35)	Why does Xenophon use the imperfect ΪΧ&νθανεν, rather thart the
aorist 1 \

(36)	It will be perceived that οΰτω refers to what precedes ; and ωδε,
§ 6, to what follows. This distinction is general; so also, ravra and raSt
are distinguished in like manner.20	EXERCISES IK GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

§ 11. The very most, as many as possible, οτι nXuazou
The word meaning men, is often omitted in Greek where the
English word would be expressed. Country, χωρα. Ionian,
'Ιωνικός. Milesian, ΜιΙψιος. To come to one's assistance,
παραγίγνεσ&αι. To make an expedition against, στρατενεσ&αι
είς. I exhort, urge, bid, χελενω. I infest, give trouble to,
πράγματα παρέχω, c. dat. With, in company with, συν.

They infest the country. We give him trouble. We
were giving him trouble. They were giving us trouble.
They gave us trouble. They infested the king's country.
We were giving them trouble. We are not infesting the
country. They are making an expedition against the
king's country. They made an expedition against the city.
They were making an expedition against the cities. J urged
him to make an expedition against the city. They urged
him to make an expedition against the country.

And Proxenus having taken as many men as possible,
came to his assistance. He demanded of Cyrus four thou-
sand men, on the plea that (as if) he wished to make an ex-
pedition against the Greeks who dwell beyond the Hellespont.
He exhorted (37) Proxenus to make an expedition against the
exiles (se) of the Milesians, pretending that (as if) they were
infesting his own country. The Pisidians were infesting the
country of the king. He gave trouble to the king. They
gave me trouble. He urged Socrates the Achaean, having
taken as many men as possible, to come,(89) pretending that

(37)	κελεύω, like the Latin jubeo, is less authoritative than επιτάττω,
impero, and may often be rendered I exhort, I urge.

(38)	01 ψνγάδες, the refugees, the exiles ; οί φενγοντες, those who are
Seeing, the fugitives ; especially, from their country ; hence, the exiles:
οι εκπεπτωκότες, lit. those who have fallen out, sc. from their country;
hence, the exiles.

(3®) ελθεΐν, simply to come ; παραγενέσθαι, to come, or to he, by the side
&f; often implying, for succor, for help.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	21

he was going-to-wage-war (40) against his eldest brother
together with the Thracians who live opposite Abydus.
Making his head-quarters at Miletus, he infested the cities of
Tissaphernes which had anciently been presented by the
king. He demanded of Cyrus two thousand heavy-armed
men, on the plea that he would thus conquer the Ionian ci-
ties. He demanded a thousand soldiers (4i) on the plea that
he wished to make an expedition against the Greeks. He
wished to make an expedition, pretending that the Greeks
were infesting his country. He was expending his resources
upon his armies while-carrying-on-war against his young-
est brother.

(40)	As we have in English no fut. particip., we translate it by various
circumlocutions, going to, about to, etc., and often simply by to, e. g.
ώ$ αποκτενών, as if to put him to death, § 3. sup.

(41)	στοατιώται is the generic word for soldiers: δπλϊΥαι ξένοι, etc., are
specific.22

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

CHAPTER SECOND.

§ 1. Already, ηδη. Upward, uvea. Wholly, παντάπaair
From, out of \ εκ. Pretence, πρόφασις. In that place, there,
ivtav&a. Citadel, ακρόπολις. The mercenary army, το ξενικόν.
Garrison, φυλακή. It seems good, δοκεϊ. To go, to march,
πορεύεσ&αι. I make (for myself) ποιούμαι. To march against,
στρατενεσ&αι εϊς. I am reconciled with, σνναλλάττομαι προς c.
acc. To come, ψειν. I govern, command, προεστηκα.(&) 1
guard, φνλάττω. I have, εστι μοι, εχω.

He commands the mercenary army. He commanded the
mercenary army. They commanded the army in that place
(lit. the in that place army.) He commands the army in
that place. I command the army. I commanded the army.
I sent orders to the commander of the army. I ordered
(κελεύω, I order) the commander of the army to come. He
came with (particip.) the army which he had. He came for
assistance with the army which he had.

And it already (*) seemed good to Cyrus to go upward.
I wished to expel the barbarian army wholly from the country.
He made the pretence that he wished (*) to march against the
Pisidians. And this was another pretence to him for expel-

(») κελεύω, I order ; παραγγέλλω, I give orders, esp. as a military term,
1τροέστηκα, I stand at the head of, i. e. I command or govern.

o Cf.ch. 1,(31.)

(2) Lit. as if wishing.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	2S

l*ng the Pisidians from the country. He made the pretence
that he was marching against the Pisidians. Aristippus
having been reconciled with the men at home, sent away to
Cyrus the army which was in that place. (3) He ordered
Clearchus to come with(4) the army which he had. (β) I ex-
pelled the barbarian army wholly from the country, having
been reconciled with those at home. I sent orders to Xenias,
who governed for me the Thracians beyond the Hellespont to
come with ten thousand mercenaries. The men were suffi-
cient to guard the citadels. Having taken the men except a
sufficient number to guard the citadels, he expelled the Thra-
cians wholly from the country. He commanded the mercen-
ary army in that place.(6) He was reconciled with the
garrisons in the cities. He-sent-away the exiles of the Mi-
lesians to Cyrus. He-sent-for the imposts accruing to the
king from the cities beyond the Hellespont. He lives beyond
the Hellespont.

§ 2. Also, κtxt. Welti καλώς. Readily, gladly, ηδέως.
For, γάρ (postpos.). I call, καλώ. I promise, νπισχνονμαι.
1 leave off\ cease, παύομαι. Home, homeward, to one's Tiomey
οΐχαδε. (Used after verbs of motion: οίκοι, after verbs of
rest.) I succeed, καταπφάττω. I obey, πεί&ομαι. I place
confidence in, πιστεύω.

He succeeded well. They succeeded well. We all
succeeded well. You did not succeed well. He called me.
I caJed him. And I called him also. And we called him

(3)	Lit. the in that place army. Adverbs and clauses are often used
adjectively by being placed between the article and noun. Thus below,
του εν ταΐς πόλεσι ξενικον.

(4)	The participles, λαβών, εχων, φέρωvy etc , are often translated with.
(δ) δσον rjv αίτω and S εΐχεν are nearly the same idea: 8σον, all which

seems a little more emphatic than 8, what.

(e) Cf. (3) sup.24	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

also. And we called them also. He is besieging the city.
He is not besieging the city. They will call (Attic fut.)
us. We will call them. He will call me. He promised to
call me. They promised to call us. We promised to call
you. You did not promise to call us. He obeyed us. He
did not obey us ; for, he did not place confidence in us. You
placed confidence in him_and obeyed him.

And I shall also (7) call those who are besieging Miletus.
They exhorted the exile to make an expedition with them.
They promised the exile not to leave off before (8) they should
restore him to his home. He succeeded well. They prom-
ised him, if they should succeed (·) well, that they would
give to him ten thousand darics. He succeeded well in the
object of his expedition.(,0) I shall readily obey you; for, I
put confidence (ll) in you. And he (12) obeyed unhesitat-
ingly. He put confidence in me. He used to put confidence
in me. He obeyed readily, and taking the heavy-armed
men (13) he came (u) to Sardis.

(7)	δε is the word which we translate and; και the word which
we translate also : the former being a general connective word; the lat-
ter more special; connecting words or clauses which are of similar im-
port. Thus, in this sentence, he also called, etc. this summons was of
the same import with the one he had given to Clearchus and Xenias.

(8)	The pleonasm of πρόσθεν and πριν we can hardly imitate in Eng-
lish. The thing promised is asserted more emphatically by the expression
of both words.

(9)	Recollect that the ^Eolic form of the optat. is used chiefly in the
2d and 3d pers. sing, and the 3d pers. plural.

(10)	Lit. against what he was making an expedition.

(n) Observe how clear a distinction Xenophon draws between πείθομα
and πιστεύω.

(12)	See ch. 1, note (9).

(13)	Lit. the heavy armor. By a similar metonymy, we say, ten sail
of the line, for ten ships, etc.

(u) παρήσαν είς Σάρδεις, lit. they were present into Sardis. Such a con-
nection of a verb of rest with a clause implying motion, is frequent inEXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

25

§ 3. About, in designations of number, ως. Both—and,
«α*—και. Around, σ.μφί. 1 am engaged in military operations,
στρατεύομαι.

# He arrived with fifty soldiers. He arrived with about
five hundred soldiers. They arrived with soldiers to the
number of five thousand.

They came with heavy-armed men to the number of(15)
fifteen hundred and with about five hundred targeteers. Both
this man and his elder brother were of those who were en-
gaged in military operations around Miletus. You are suc-
ceeding well.

§ 4. Preparation, παρασκευή. Greater, μείζων. To, ως
(only before the names of persons). Most quickly, τάχιστα;
as fast as he could, fj έδννατο τάχιστα. Light-armed man, γνμ·
νητης. I think, ηγονμαι. Against, επί c. acc. I observe,
κατανοώ.

They went as fast as they could.(a) We went as fast as
we could. You went as fast as you could. He did not go
as fast as he could. They observed these things. They were
observing these things. Both this man and Socrates observed
these things. (Notice the position and number of ψ in the
last section.)

I think that these (movements) are greater than the pre-
paration which is represented to be against the Pisidians.
He went to the king in the greatest haste possible. Hav-
ing observed these things, he went as rapidly as he could
with about a thousand light-armed men. I went as fast as I
could.

§ 5. Equipment, στόλος. I prepare in turn, in opposition,

Greek. As we do not employ the same -Idiom, we commonly translate
■uch an expression by a verb of motion.

(,5) cisf lit. νp to. (a) Recollect that πορεύομαι is dep. pass.

226	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

αντιπαρασχευάζομαι. Through, δια c. gen. To, as far as tot
έπϊ c. acc. River, ποταμός. Breadth, ενρος, το. A hundred
feet, πλέϋρον. A bridge, γέφυρα. Boat, nlolov. I hear, hear
of, ακούω. I have mentioned, εΐρηκα. (A defective verb;
commonly referred to φημι as a present, fut. έρώ.) I hasten,
ορμώμαι. March (spoken of the general), έξελαΰνειν. To be
upon, έπεΊναι. I construct, ζευγνυμι.

I have spoken of this river.(16) He has spoken of this bridge.
They have spoken of these boats. He will speak of this boat.
Both this man and his brother have spoken of these rivers.
They will speak of the river and the bridge. He hastened
from the city. He hastened from this city. They hastened
through the country. We hastened through this country.

Having heard from Socrates of the equipment of Sophae-
netus, they made preparation in turn. With (the forces)
which I have mentioned they hastened from Sardis. He
marched through the country of the Thracians, as far as to
the Hellespont. When he heard from Sophaenetus of the
equipment of the Pisidians, he made an expedition against
them. The breadth of this river (16) was five hundred feet,
and there was a bridge upon it. This bridge was construct-
ed of ten boats.

§ 6. Prosperous, ευδαίμων (εύ, well, δαίμων, fortune).
Large, μίγας. Day, ημέρα. To, into, εϊς. I cross, go over,
διαβαίνω. I remain, μένω.

We remained in that place ten days. I remained in that
place thirty days. Both this man and the king remained in
hat place twenty-five days. They crossed the river. He

(l6) Recollect that a common noun with a demonstrative pronoun
takes the article also. The order is, pron., art., noun ; or, art., noun,
pronoun. See ch. 1,8, for the expression these cities ; and 9, these trea-
§ur<is.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	21

crossed this river. We crossed the river Mseander. He
will cross the river Mseander. (Observe that διαβαίνωtakes
the flit. mid. The fut. act. and the 1st aor. act. are trans.)
They will cross this river.

They crossed this river with a thousand heavy-armed
men. This city is prosperous and large. In that place they
remained twenty days, plotting against the king. Having
crossed the river he will march through Phrygia to a large
and prosperous city.

§ 7. Palace, βασίλεια, τά. Park, παράδεισος. Full, πληρης.
Beast, &7\ρίον* Wild, α/ριος. I hunt, &ηρενω, On horse-
hack (lit .from a horse), απ ο ΐππον, αφ ϊππου. Horse, ϊππος.
Source, πη/η. Flow^ ρέω, fut. ρυησομαι, aor. έρρνψ.

The river flowed through the palace. The river will
flow through this palace. This river flowed through the
city. Three rivers flow through this country. The river
flows through this park. Four large rivers flowed through
the country. I used to hunt on horseback. I wished to hunt
on horseback.

Cyrus had a palace in that place. He sent away to Cy-
rus the army which he had. (17) This park was large and
full of wild beasts. In this park, he had wild beasts. In
this place, Cyrus had a park full of wild beasts, which he
used to hunt on horseback. Wishing to exercise both him-
self and his horses, he used to hunt these wild beasts on
horseback. Whenever he carried on war against (a) the
Thracians, he made his head-quarters in the Chersonesus.
This river rises in the palace. (l8) The river Mseander rises

(17) « He had," see ch. 2, § 1. We see that there are two expres-
sions in Greek for " I have," ε χω and έμοί έστιν, α I had," ε7%ον and
ίμοί ην.

(·) What is the common form of the optat. in contract νεώβ 1

(w) Lit. the sources of this river are out of, etc.28	EXERCISES IN GREEK FROSE COMPOSITION.

in the palace of Cyrus. The river Mseander flows through
a large park. It rises in this large park.

§ 8. Into, εις. Fortified, έρνμνός. Wisdom, skill, σοφία.
Concerning, περί. Skin, δέρμα. Cave, αντρον. On this ac-
count, δια τοντο. Empty (of a river), v. εμβάλλω. Overcome,
conquer, νικώ. Contend, ερίζω. jFftn/, εκδε/ρω. Suspend,
hang up, κρεμάνννμι. I say, λέ/ω. I call, name, καλώ.

,The river rises in(18) the palace. The river rises in a
park. This river rises in the park. The river Mseander
rises in this park. These rivers rise in the park. A river
rises in the cave. The river rises in this cave. The river
empties into the sea. These rivers empty into the sea. A
large river empties into this sea. The river was called
Mseander. The king is said to have called the river Mse-
ander.

The river Marsyas flows through the city of Celsense, and
empties into the Mseander. And there is also in that place
a fortified palace. Apollo overcame Marsyas while contend-
ing with him concerning skill, and having flayed him, he
suspended his skin in a cave. The skin of Marsyas was
hung up in the cave, in which the river Marsyas rises. This
river takes its rise in a cave. I contended with him(19) con-
cerning skill. And on this account the river is said to have
been called Marsyas. And on this account he attempted to
restore the exiles.

§ 9. Battle, μάχη. At the same time, α μα. Review, εξ έτα-
σις. In all, all together, σύμπαντες. Build, erect, οικοδομώ
Withdraw, αποχωρώ. Am conquered, ηττώμαι. Bowman,
τοξότης. Targeteer, πελταστής.

He built a palace. He built (see § 5, sup.) a bridge.

(le) " With him," αντω : oj in the text is reflexive.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	29

He built a bridge of nine boats. The bridge was built of a
hundred boats. They built this palace. The king is said
to have built this palace. They conquered us. We were
conquered in battle (νικώ, pass, ηττώμαί). We conquered
them. We were not conquered. They were all conquered.
All together were conquered.

Xerxes is said to have built this palace, after (20) he with-
drew from Greece. In. that place Xerxes built a palace,
when he was withdrawing from Greece. After Xerxes was
conquered in battle, he built a palace in the city of Celsense.
Xerxes built the citadel of Celsense, while (21) withdrawing
from Greece. In that place Cyrus remained three days
while building a bridge of boats. Clearchus the exile ar-
rived with three hundred Cretan bowmen. And at the same
time he made a review of the Greeks. The targeteers in
all (22) were about a thousand.

ν

§ 10. A contest, ay ων. Market-place, ayogu. Close to,
close upon, close hy, προς c. dat. I appoint, τί&ημι. (23) 1 am
a spectator, I observe, ΰεωςώ.

They appointed a contest. He appointed the contest.
We will appoint a contest. We did not appoint a contest.
I appointed this contest. We will not be spectators of this
contest. He was witnessing the contest. He witnessed the
contest. They appointed a contest close by the city. The
park is close by this city.

Xenias having appointed ^23) a contest, wished that Cyrus
should be a spectator of the contest. The market-place of the
Ceramians is close upon the Mysian country.

(20)	See note (6), ch. 1.

(21)	See note (10), ch. 1.

(22)	σύμπαντες (from cvv and it as) all together.

(2*) Recollect that the 2d aor. of τίΟημι is used chiefly, except in the
indicative sing.30	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

§ 11. More, πλέον, compar. of πολύ. Frequently, πολλ«χ/,$
Door, Ό-ύρα. ilope, «λπ/?. Continually, expressed by the
verb διάγω, signifying I continue. Manifest, ρϊάιη, δήλος.
I am troubled, άνιώμαι. In keeping with, like, προς c. gen.
Character, τρόπος. If\ u (used before the indie, and optat.);

(used before the subjunctive). J owe, οφείλω. I go, εΊμι,
(often fut. in meaning). I demand of, from, απαιτώ. I ex-
press, λέγω.

I went home. They went home. We went home. I
will go home. We will go into the city. They will go into
the city. He will not go into the market-place. He went
into the market-place. He went frequently into the market-
place. He went continually (lit. he continued going). Pay
is due to the soldiers. He assists the soldiers.

When pay was due to the soldiers for more than four
months, they went frequently to the doors of the general, and
demanded it. I went home frequently. The general ex-
pressed hopes. His brother continually expresses hopes.
They were manifestly troubled. (25) It was not in keeping
with the character of Cyrus to plot against his friends. It
was in keeping with the character of Cyrus to give to the
soldiers the pay (which was) due, if he had it.(26)

§ 12. A guard,	(This word denotes a single per-

son : φυλακή is collective.) About, around, περί c. acc.
Wife, γυνή. Into the presence of (after verbs of motion), παρά
c. acc. At that time, τότε. Cilician woman, Κίλισσα. Much,
πολύς. Many treasures, much money, χρήματα πολλά.

The guards arrived. The garrison arrived. He arrived

(2s) Lit. they were manifest being troubled. This form of expression
is frequent in Greek. It is commonly translated, they were manifestly,
etc., or, it was manifest that they were, etc.

(26) See note (10), ch. 1.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

31

at that time. In that place, they arrived. They all arrived
They arrived all together. We arrived in the presence of
Cyrus. His body-guard arrived. Her body-guard arrived.

Epyaxa the wife of Syennesis had Cilicians as guards
about herself, when she arrived in the presence of Cyrus.
And at that time the wife of Syennesis arrived. In that
place the Cilician woman arrived with fifteen hundred horse-
men as a body-guard. Sophsenetus was in (87) the market-
place of the Ceramians, (which was) close by the Mysian
country, when he gave to the garrison (28) four months pay.
I have much money at home.

§. 13. By, along by, παρά c. acc. I catch (by hunting),
&ηρενω. Way, road, route, οδός. Wine, οίνος. Fountain,
I mingle, χερανννμι. At, έπϊ c. dat.

He mingled wine with the fountain. (Observe the idiom
in Xen.) They mingled wine with the fountain. I will
mingle wine with the fountain. They will mingle wine with
this fountain. He is mingling wine with the fountain. They
are not mingling this wine with the fountain.

He dwelt by the way-side. In that place he is said to
have caught the Satyr by (29) mingling wine with a fountain
called the fountain of Midas. At that fountain(80) Midas
caught the Satyr.

§14. GrmJc}"EXXr}v. Barbarian, βάρβαρος. 1 ash, entreat,
δέομαι.

I entreat you to exhibit the army to me. 1 asked him to
exhibit the army to me. They asked us to exhibit the army

(27)	Rest in iv άγορα, in foro ; motion into, είς άγοράν, in forum.

(28)	φύλακας, from ψνλαξ, a guard; ψν\ακάς9 ch. 1, 6, from φνλακή, a
garrison, a company of men who act as a guard.

(*·) See note (10), ch. 1.

C30) See note C16), ch. 2.32

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

to them. We entreat you to exhibit the army to us. 1 wish
to exhibit the army to you. I am not willing to exhibit the
army to you. He demands pay of me. The soldiers demand
pay of the general. The army demanded pay of us. He
demanded (on the ground that it was fit) that the cities be
given to him.

Cyrus reviewed his army in the plain. When the Cili-
cian woman asked Cyrus to exhibit to her his army, he re-
viewed both the Greeks and the barbarians. Having re-
mained in that place ten days, Cyrus wished to exhibit his
army to the wife of Syennesis.

§ 15. I arrange, draw up, τάσσω and συντάσσω. So—
as, ου τω or ούτως—ως. Order, νόμος. Wing (of an army,
lit. horn), κέρας. Left, ευώνυμος. I occupy,%χω. Three deep,
four deep, etc., επί τριών, έπΐ τεττάρων, etc. The rest of
ο άλλος, 61 άλλοι. Each, έκαστος. Right, δεξιός.

The rest of the army was drawn up eight deep. The
rest of the soldiers were drawn up six deep. The rest of
the Greeks stood twelve deep. The rest of the generals
occupied the right wing. The commander arranged the rest
of the soldiers. We occupied the rest of the city.

The Greeks were drawn up and stood as their order was
for battle. Clearchus and his men, being drawn up thre#
deep, occupied the left wing. The rest of the generals eacb
drew up their own (forces).

§ 16. First,—after that, πρώτον μεν—είτα δέ. A com-
pany of horse, ΐλη. In companies of horse, κατ ϊλας. A
company of infantry, τάξις. In companies of infantry,
κατα τάζεις. I ride along, ride by, παρελαύνω. A ivar-
chanot, άρμα. On, upon, επί c. gen. Brazen, χαλκούς.
Purple, φοινικοΰς. Tunic, χιτών. Helmet, κράνος. Shield,
ασπίς. I burnish, εκκα&αίρο).EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

33

He was riding along on a war-chariot. He rode along
on a war-chariot. He was riding along on horseback («φ*
ϊππον). They rode along upon a war-chariot. They were
riding along on war-chariots. They rode along on horse-
back (Ιφ5 ϊππων). Some were riding along on war-chariots;
others, on horseback. He was hunting on horseback. (See
§ 7, sup.) They were hunting on horseback (plur.).

They viewed first the barbarians and after that the Gre-
cians. He first plotted against the king, and after that he
wished to slay him. They were drawn up in companies of
horse and infantry. Cyrus rode by(31) upon a war-chariot,
while viewing the army. He had a brazen helmet, and pur-
ple tunic. He had his shield burnished.

§ 17. In front of προ. Phalanx, φάλαγζ. Interpreter, Ιρ-
μψενς. Grecian (lit. of the Greeks) gen. plural of "EXhw
Arms, armor, οπλα) τά. I present (for myself), προβάλλομαι.
I move forward (intrans.), εττιχωρώ. Whole, ολος. I advance,
go forward, πρόειμι. Tent, σκψη. Towards, έπϊ c. acc. 1
begin to run (lit. a running begins to me), δρόμος γίγνιταί μοι.
Of one's own accord, άπο τον αυτομάτου. Upon this, hereupon,
ix τοντου. Quickly, ταχέως (·&άττον, τάχιστα). An outcry, κραυ-
γή. I sound a trumpet, σαλπίζω. The trumpet sounds, σαλπΐ*
ζει (impers.).

They advanced. He advanced. The army moved for-
ward. The phalanx was moving forward. He presented
his arms. They presented their arms. Present arms. He
ordered them to present arms. He begins to run. He began
to run. He was beginning to run. I began to run. We
began to run. You began to run. They began to run. We
did not begin to run. We were not beginning to run.

(·') παρελαννειν means to drive along y with ail ellipsis of εαυτόν, or of
Imtov.

2*34	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

They placed the war-chariot in front of the phalanx
He stood(32) upon his war-chariot in front of the phalanx,
He sent the interpreter to the Grecian generals. The Gre-
cian generals presented their arms, and the whole phalanx
moved forward. After they presented their arms, they ad-
vanced. The soldiers began to run (33) towards the tents of
the barbarians. Of their own accord the soldiers began to
run towards home. And upon this, the Grecian soldiers went
forward more quickly with an outcry. The trumpet sounded.

§ 18. The market-men, lit. those of the market, ol ix της
ayogag. Wares, ωνια, τά. Splendor, λαμπρότης. Order, τάξις.
Fear, φόβος. I leave behind, abandon, καταλείπω. I am, much
terrified, lit. much terror is to me, φόβος πολύς έστί μοι. I see,
observe, οοώ^ fut. οψομαι, aor. είδον. I am pleased, ηδομαι, fut.
ήσ&ησομαι. 1 am astonished, θαυμάζω, fut. mid. I flee, φεύ-
γω, fut. mid.

He is much terrified. He is beginning to run. They
are much terrified. They are beginning to run. The mar-
ket-men are much terrified. The market-men are beginning
to run. He is pleased. He will be pleased. They will be
pleased. He will be astonished. They will see the army.
He will not see the army. They will be spectators of the
contest. They will flee. He will not flee.

The market-men left their wares behind. The market-
men were much terrified. Hereupon they fled more quickly,
with an outcry. Having seen the splendor and order of
the army, they were pleased. Having observed the fear with
which the Greeks inspired the barbarians (lit. the fear from

(3S) Recollect that the perf. pluperf. and 2d aor. οί'ίστημι are intrans.
(M) Lit. a running "began to the soldiers.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

35

*he Greeks to the barbarians), they were astonished. Having
seen the barbarians fleeing, I shall be pleased.

§ 19. Frontier, farthest, extreme, border, έσχατος. Hostile,
πολέμιος. Laughter, γέλως. - I plunder, διαρπάζω. I permit,
έπιτρέπω.

I give you permission to go. He gave me permission to
go. I will give him permission to go. I will not give you
permission to plunder the country. I will give you permis-
sion to plunder the border cities. He gave us permission to
plunder the city.

Iconium is a frontier city of Phrygia. They plundered
these cities on the ground that they were hostile. When(a)
the trumpet sounded, the barbarians began to run. Having
permitted the army to plunder a border city of this country,
he withdrew as fast as he could. They went to their tents
with laughter. They remained in Lycaonia three days.

§ 20. Quick, ταχνς, ·&άττων, τάχιστος. A certain, τις en-
clit. Other, ετερος (denoting a more marked difference than
αλλο$). A mail, vir, άνήρ. A Persian, Πέρσης. Self, αυτός
in apposition with a noun or pronoun. I send with, σνμπέμπω.
I accuse, αΐτιώμαι.

I sent the man away. I sent for the man. I sent with
the man a thousand soldiers. I sent them by the shortest
(lit. quickest) route. He sent a certain man. They sent a
certain other (person). I sent for the man himself. The
man himself spnt for me. We sent for the men themselves.

Cyrus sent them away home (36) by the shortest route,
fie sent for them (to come) by the shortest route. He sent

(*) What is the difference between οτε and επεϊ 1
(36) Recollect that οίκοι, domi, is used with a verb of rest j otWe,
domum, with a verb of motion.o6	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

with them the general himself.(37) He sent with her(88) a
thousand bowmen as a body-guard. He accused a certain
other (person) (39) of plotting against him. Cyrus appre-
hended a Persian man with the intention (4°) of putting him
to death.

§ 21. Wherefore, δι ο. On, upon, in I c. gen. (after a
verb of rest). Heights, ακρα, τά. On the next (day), τξ νστε-
ραία (sc. ημέςκ). I force a passage, effect an entrance, εις-
βάλλω. Pass, ειςβολή. A wagon-road, οδός αμαξιτός. Strongly,
exceedingly, ισχυρώς. Steep, ορ&ιος. Impracticable, impas-
sable, αμήχανος. I enter, go in, ειςέρχομαι. I oppose, κωλύω.
1 ascertain, am informed, αισ&ανομαι. Within, εΤσω. That,
οτι, used principally after verbs expressing or implying a de-
claration (verba declarandi). The learner should be careful
to observe the particular verbs after which οτι occurs most
frequently. A messenger, άγγελος. I leave, λείπω.

The road is steep. This road is steep. The wagon-
road is exceedingly steep. The road is impassable. The
pass is a wagon-road. He entered the country. He effected
an entrance into the country. On the next day they entered
the city. Wherefore on the next day he entered the city.

They remained in the plain ten days. Wherefore he
remained seven days upon the heights. On the next day,
he attempted to force a passage into a border city of Phrygia.
He did not attempt to force a passage into the country, be-
cause the pass was a wagon-road, exceedingly steep. It was

(37) αντυν τον στρατηγόν, the general himself; τον αυτόν στρατηγόν, the
tame general.

(33) σύν denotes accompaniment; μετά with the gen., participation
with.

(39) Accus. The object of αΐτιασάμνος is not expressed again, be-
cause it is in the clauses preceding.

(») See § 3, ch. 1.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

37

impracticable for an army to enter into this country, if any
one opposed. When he ascertained that the bowmen were
already within the heights, he attempted to effect an entrance
into the country. They heard that Cyrus had ten thousand
Grecian soldiers who were attemping(41) to effect an entrance
into the country. They ascertained that Cyrus was already
within the heights guarding the pass. Three messengers
arrived, saying that the Grecians had left the pass.

§ 22. On, upon (after a verb of motion), έπΐ c. acc.
Where (relative adv.), ov. Beautiful, xaXog. Wellhoatered,
έπίρρυτος. Abounding in, εμπλεως. Tree, δένδρον. Mine,
άμπελος. Of every variety, παντοδαπός. Mountain, ορος.
Rugged, οχυρός. Lofty, νφηλός. On every side, πάντη. 1
ascend, αναβαίνω. I encompass, περιέχω.

He was pleased. Wherefore they were pleased. Upon
this he sent away the messenger. Upon this the messenger
arrived. He sent for the interpreter. On the next day,
they sent for the interpreter. The mountain is lofty and
rugged. The palace is fortified. The city is beautiful.
These cities are large and prosperous.

Having ascended upon the mountains, they beheld the
country where the Cilicians dwelt. This country is large
and beautiful, well-watered, and abounding in vines and trees
of every variety . There are vines and trees of every variety
in the plain. Rugged and lofty mountains encompass the
city on every side. He was pleased when he beheld the
plain large and beautiful. A lofty mountain encompasses
the city, (extending) from sea to sea. On the following day,
they besieged the city by land and sea.

(41) Lit. they heard Cyrus having .... soldiers attempting, etc.
See note (24), ch. 1.38	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

§ 23. Midst of \ μέσος (placed before the article or aflet
the noun, and translated like medius; e. g. μέση η ννξ). Cf.
Lat. medius. When placed immediately after the article it
means, the middle, the central. Name, ονομα. No one, ου-
δείς. I descend, καταβαίνω.

The river flows through the midst of the city. The river
flows through the central city. A river flows through the
midst of the country. A certain river flows through the mid-
dle country. Many rivers flowed through the country. An-
other river flowed through the country.

A river of two hundred feet in width flowed through the
midst of the city. A river, Cydnus by name, flowed through
the midst of Tarsus, a large and flourishing city of Cilicia.
On the next day, no one opposing, he descended to the city
through a plain, large and beautiful, well-watered, and
abounding in vines and trees of every variety. This river
flows through the midst of the city, and empties into the
sea. He attempted to force an entrance into the midst of
the city. A messenger arrived, saying that he had ascended
upon the heights.

§ 24. I dwell in, εν οικώ. The inhabitants, ol ενακονντες
(lit. those dwelling in) c. acc. Also, ol οίκονντες iv c. dat.
Abandon, evacuate, εκλείπω. Place, χωρίον. The innkeepers,
ol τα καπηλεία εχοντες

The army is ascending upon the mountains. The army
is upon the mountains (see § 21). The commander is within
the heights. They dwell in a strong-hold (lit. place).

On the next day, they left the mountains and descended
into the plain. The inhabitants of this city abandoned it,
together with(48) the king of the country, for a strong-hold
upon the mountains. The innkeepers said that the Cilicians

(ψ) See note (38), ch. 2.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	39

had left the heights. Those who dwelt along by the sea did
not abandon their cities. The innkeeper gave much money
to his son. He gave much money to the sons of the inn-
keeper.^3) Those who dwelt by the sea were evidently
troubled. (4 4)

§ 25. Sooner, earlier, πρότερος» By, denoting the agen
or doer, with a verb of pass, meaning, νπο c. gen. I cut in
pieces, καταχόπτω. Am engaged in some predatory excursion,
αρπάζω τι. I perish, απόλλυμαι. I wander, πλανώμαι. I
find, ενρίσχω. I leave behind, leave remaining, νπολείπω.

He perished in wandering. They perished in wandering.
The interpreter perished in wandering. He perished in
some predatory excursion. He found the road. They
did not find the road. They were not able to find the road.
They cut in pieces the army of Cyrus. The army of Cyrus
was cut in pieces by them. He plundered the city. The
city was plundered by him. We plundered all of the cities.
All of the cities were plundered by us. The whole city was
plundered by him.

The king reached Tarsus sooner (45) than I. They ar-
rived at the sea sooner than the targeteers. They arrived
at the tents where the Cilicians kept guard sooner than those
who dwelt by the sea. Some were cut in pieces by the
Greeks (4 6) while engaged in a predatory excursion ; others,

(43)	Ths Greeks often used a participle, where we should more na-
turally use a substantive. Thus, ol τα κα·η. εχ. for ol κάπηλοι; so, ol Ivoi-
κοΰντες, the inhabitants, ol φεύγοντες, the exiles.

(44)	See note (2s), ch. 2.

(45)	Observe that the Greek word for " sooner" is an adjective,
agreeing with the subject of the verb. Often, when the idea of time or
motion was expressed, the Greeks and Romans gave the qualifying word
the form of an adjective rather than of an adverb.

(46)	The Eng. word " by" standing before the name of an agent or
doer, is ordinarily expressed in Greek by ind with the gen.; after verbals
in τέος, by the dat. alone.40	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

not being able to find the roads, after that perished in wai>
dering. They left the other army (47) behind. They aban-
doned the rest of the army. A rugged and lofty mountain
encompasses the other city. A messenger arrived, saying,
that they had already left the rest of the city.

§ 26. I go into the power of any one, έρχομαι τ in εϊς χείρας
Am in the power of \ see cb. 1, § 4. An assurance, πίστις
Destruction ολε&ρος. A fellow-soldier, σνστρατιω της. Beforet
previously, πρότερο?. Yet, up to this time, πώ. I am enraged,
angry, οργίζομαι.

He plundered the city—this city—the same city(49)—the
city itself—the other city—the rest of the city—the whole
city. They evacuated the place—the place itself—the same
place. He left us behind. He himself left us behind. He
left us ourselves. We ourselves left him. We left him
himself. He was left behind by us ourselves. The same
soldiers were left behind. The soldiers themselves left us
behind. The messenger spoke these things. The messen-
ger himself spoke the same things. I myself am enraged.
The interpreter himself is enraged. The city itself was
plundered. The same city was plundered. The same cities
were plundered.

They plundered the palace (48) in Tarsus and the city
itself. (49) Having plundered the city Tarsus, he marched
two days' journey, ten parasangs. Cyrus did not come into
the power of his brother. His wife having taken assurances
persuaded him. (4f) His wife persuaded Syennesis himself.

(47) The other army, τδ ϊτερον στράτευμα; the rest of, etc., τδ αλλο
στρατ.

(4*) A word or phrase added to a noun for the purpose of description
or definition often takes the article. Crosby, § 687. Kiih., § 245,3, (a).

(49) Αυτός preceded by the article always means, the same, cf. note
p7) ch. 2; not preceded by the article and in apposition with a noun orEXERCISES IN GREEK FBOSE COMPOSITION.

41

With (50) the same (4 9) army, they plundered the city itself. He
sent for me, pretending to be(51) enraged on account of the
destruction of his soldiers. He abandoned his fellow-soldiers.
He denied (52) that he sent away the soldiers. He did not at
any time before come into the power of the king.

§ 27. After, μετα c. acc. One another, not used in the
nom.; gen. αλλήλων. Necklace, στρεπτός, δ. Bracelet, ιρέλ-
λιον. Having a gold-studded bridle > χρνσοχάλινος. Gift, δώρον.
Honorable, τίμιος. Golden, adorned with gold, χρυσούς. Robe,
στολή. I think, suppose, esteem, νομίζω. I receive, take, λαμ-
βάνω. I am willing, consent, έΰέλω. Scimeter, άκινάκης. A
slave, άνδράποδον. I take hack, απολαμβάνω. Any where, πού
(enclit.). I fall in with, meet, ίντνγχάνω.

The wife of Syennesis has necklaces and bracelets. He
gave much money to the wife of Syennesis. They gave
many gifts to the wife of Syennesis herself. The wife of
Syennesis has a robe adorned with gold. She herself pre-
sented a robe adorned with gold to the same slave. I am not
willing to give this robe to the slave. I gave the robe to him.
I gave the robe to him himself. We met with him the next
day. I met with the man himself the same day.

After these things they were with one another ten days.
They came into the presence (53) of the king with(54) golden

pronoun expressed or implied, also in the oblique cases when it stands
first in its clause, it is intensive and is translated, himself \ herself, etc. ;
in all other cases, it is a simple personal pronoun and is translated him,
her, etc. In the nom. it is always intensive ; for, if no noun or pronoun
is expressed with which it is in apposition, one is al ways implied.

(50)	See note (4), ch. 2.

(51)	ως, etc.

(δ2) oil φημι, I deny or refuse.

(w) τrapa and acc. See § 12, ch. 2.

(84) See note (4), ch. 2.42	EXERCISES Ift GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

necklaces and bracelets. He presented to me a horse with a
gold-studded bridle, a gift which is esteemed honorable with a
king. Having received assurances and a robe adorned with
gold, they consented (55) to go into the power of Cyrus. They
did not at that time consent to be in the power of(56) the
army. He presented to the general golden* scimeters for
the army. They took back the slaves which had been seized,
if they any where met with them.

(5δ) ηθελορ.

(δβ) έπϊ with the dat. because it is used after a verb of rest. See § 4,

ch. 1, έττί τω άόελφω.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	43

CHAPTER THIRD.

§ 1. Army, στρατιά. To go against, Uvai έπϊ c. acc.
To go forward, προϊέναι. To go farther, livai τον πρόσω. 2
try to force, compel, βιάζομαι (used here de conatu). I begin,
αρχομαι. I am hired, μισ&ονμαι. For (an end in view) inl
c. dat. I cast (stones or any missiles) at, βάλλω. Beast of
burden, νποζν/ιον.

They are going forward. He is going farther. We are
going against the king. We are hired for this (purpose). He
was hired for this (purpose). He began to go forward. He
himself began to go farther. They themselves began to go
forward. He refused to go. He-refuses to go. He denied
that he was hired for this (purpose).

The army refuses to go farther. The soldiers refused to
go against the king. They tried to force his(1) soldiers to
go farther : but they(s) denied that they were going against
the king. They already began to go forward. I was not
hired for this (purpose). They were hired to cast (stones) at
his beasts of burden.

(]) The word " his" is not reflexive here * therefore, αντον or εκείνου
not αυτοϋ must be used; unless the Greek word for "his" be omitted.
See note (ll), ch. 1. The soldiers of Clearchus, and below, his beasts of
burden, are contrasted with those of the other generals ; hence the pro
nouns are expressed by Xenophon in this sentence.

(2) See note (9), ch. 1.44

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

§ 2. I stone to death, κατσπετρώ. Time, χρόνος ; a long time,
πολνς χρόνος. An assembly, εκκλησία. J call together, συνάγω.
J stand, ίστηκα. (For the other intrans. tenses in the act.
voice, see vocabulary § 3, ch. 1.) I weep, δακρνω. Nar-
rowly, α μικρόν. J escape, έκφεν/ω. Passage over, νπερ-
βολη. Afterwards, νστερον.

They perished in the passage over the mountains. They
all perished in the passage over the mountains. They sev-
erally (each) perished. No one perished. He narrowly
escaped from perishing. We narrowly escaped from perish-
ing. And afterwards he went forward. And afterwards he
wept. And afterwards they were stoned to death. At first
he stood a long time, and after that he spoke as follows. He
(was the) first (who) spoke. (3) At first he wept. He (was
the) first (who) wept.

They stoned hirn to death, when they knew that they
should not be able to compel him to advance farther. The
Greeks at first(3) cast stones at him: but afterwards they
yielded to him. They remained at home a long time. At
first they called (4) an assembly of their soldiers; and after
that they stood and wept(5) a long time. They narrowly
escaped from being stoned to death. The army of Menon
narrowly escaped from perishing in the passage over the
mountains. The soldiers of Clearchus narrowly escaped
from being cut in pieces by the Cilicians.

§ 3. For one's private use, είς το Ιδιον—τινί. I lay up, κα-
τατί&εμαι, (reflex.) I waste in pleasure, squander, κα&ηδνπα

(3)	Πρώτος is an adj. qualifying the subj. of the verb. Clearchus first
1. e. before any one else, did something. ΠρώΓον is an adv. qualifying the
verb. Clearchris at first, etc.

(4)	Lit. led together.

(δ) This clause illustrates a common idiom in Greek:—the use of a
participle and verb, where we use two verbs and a conjunction.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

45

^ώ. I am greatly troubled, I take (a thing) hard, χαλεπως ςρε-
ρω. Things that are present, τα παρόντα. Difficulties, πράγ-
ματα. I am silent, σιωπώ.

Be not surprised. (7) Υφ\ι are not surprised. Be not silent
(continued) (see note 8). Be not silent (momentary) (see
note 8). Be not in the habit of weeping. Do not weep. Be
not displeased. Continue not your displeasure. Be not en-
raged. Continue not your rage. Do not place confidence
m him. Be not in the habit of placing confidence in him.

He was expending his resources upon his armies.(6)
They did not lay up their money for their private use.(7) Do
not(8) lay up your money for your private use; nor(9)
waste it in pleasure. He did not squander his money, but he
expended it upon the city. Be not greatly troubled at the
present difficulties. At first they were silent, but after that,
they spoke as follows. He did not lay up his money, (10) but
he expended it for his own private advantage.

§ 4. I take vengeance upon, τιμωρούμαι. In lehalf of,
υπερ c. gen. I drive out, έξελαύνω. I-deprive, αφαιρούμαι.

(β) In ch. 1, § 8, δαπανώ is used with άμφϊ and the acc.; here with εις
and the acc. The former expression denotes a less direct expenditure.

(7)	The negative μή is used instead of ov; (a) in all prohibitions,
wishes, deliberative questions; (b) with all conditional particles; (c) with
all particles denoting intention or purpose; and generally, where any
thing is represented as simply conceived, but not as an actual fact. The
negative ov is direct and unconditional.

(8)	In prohibitions, μη is used with the imperative of the present,
to denote a continued or customary action or state ; but with the sub-
iunctive of the aorist, to denote a momentary action or state.

(9)	The same distinction prevails between the compounds of o-ό and
μη as between the simple words. Consequently, μηδΐ not ονδε must be
used here.

(10)	ΧΡΨατ1 πράγμα™ are ordinarily distinguished as in this sec·
ion.46

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

In return for, αντί. I receive favors, εν πάσχω. (It will be
perceived that πάσχω is more generic in its signification than
the Eng. 1 suffer.) Native country, πατρίς. I want, need,
δέομαι.

Do not assist Cyrus. Do not continue to assist Cyrus.
I received favors from (lit. by) him. I shall assist him. He
will receive favors from me (£71 εμον, not υπό μου). They
were receiving favors from us. We used to receive favors
from them. Do not expel us from the country.

Making their head-quarters at Chersonesus, they carried
on war(u) with the Thracians. With you I took vengeance
upon the Thracians who dwell beyond the Hellespcnt. They
took vengeance upon the Thracians in behalf of Greece, by
driving them from the country. (12) They expelled them
from their native country, when they wished (lit. wishing) to
deprive the Greeks of their land. And this was another pre-
text to them for besieging Miletus by land and by sea.
When he was an exile from his country, he assisted Cyrus
in return for all the favors which he had received from him.
If you should want any thing of me, I would assist you.

§ 5. Since, because, έπεί. (Compare this in its temporal
and causal senses with quum.) I prove false, am false to,
ψεύδομαι. It is necessary, it is unavoidable, ανάγκη (εστί) ;
ανάγκη μοι, I must. I abandon, am traitor to, προδίδωμι.
Either—or, η—η. Never, ονποτε, chiefly with the fut.: ουδέ-
ποτε, chiefly with the present or fut. ; ουδεπώποτε? with the
pust only. I say, φημί, fut. έρώ. Friendship, φιλία. I chose,
είλόμψ, pres. αίρονμαι. Whether, εϊ. I know, οίδα, fut. εΐσο-
μαι. I suffer, πάσχω. It is needed, is necessary, δει. Fel-
low-soldiers, άνδρες στρατιώται.

(n) In § 9, ch. 1, the dative without a prep, is used with this verb.

(12)	country, πατρίς, native country, fatherland, γη, earth, land,

frcipof, mainland, continent.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

47

I will suffer whatever is necessary. I will yield to you
I must go. I must stay. I must abandon you. I must be
false to you. I must benefit you. I must take vengeance
upon the Greeks. I must drive you out of the country. I
must cast the Pisidians from the country. We must besiege
the city. We must assist the king. You must go home.
You must engage in war. We must conquer.

Since you prove false to the king, it is necessary for
me to abandon you. I am not willing to go in company with
you. I must either be false to the king, or go with(i3)
(participating with) you. Never shall any one say that I
have proved traitor to my friends. At first they were false
to me, but after that they abandoned my brother and(14)
chose my friendship. Whether I shall escape being stoned
to death, I know not; but, with my soldiers, I will suffer
whatever is necessary. To you, fellow-soldiers, I will yield;
for, I place confidence in you. It is necessary for me to
benefit you, in return for the favors which I have received
from you. Never will I be a traitor to you.

§ 6. Bereft, έρημος. I defend myself against, αλεξομαι c.
acc. Wherever,'with a verb of motion οπη ; with a verb of
rest, οπού. Be assured, τψ γνώμψ Ι^ετε, followed by ώς c.
gen. abs. I follow, 'έπομαι. I think, οΐμαι. For the peculiar
force of this word, see Lid. and Sc. sub οϊομαι.

Be assured that I will go. Be assured that we will go.
Be assured that I will obey you. Be assured that I will take
vengeance upon them. Be assured that I will defend myself
against him. Be assured that I will assist you.

Being bereft of you, I do not know whether I shall be
able to defend myself against my enemies. With you, we

(13) Tor the difference between σνν with the dat. and μετα with the
gen., see note (3s), ch. 2.

(") Cf. note (5), ch. 3.48	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

shall be honorable wherever we are. Be assured that I will
follow you wherever (15) you go. But since he does not wish
to follow me, I do not think I should be able to benefit my
country.

§ 7. Justly, what is just, δίκαια, neut. plur. of δίκαιος. I
praise, έπαινώ, fut. mid. Ϊ encamp, στρατοπεδεύω.

The soldiers praise us. We praise the soldiers. The
soldiers of Clearchus will praise us. Both the soldiers of
Clearchus and the others will praise us. The soldiers, both
those of Clearchus. and the others, will praise us. We will
praise him. He will be praised by us.

Whether I shall do justly I know not, but I will praise
you because you refuse (16) to go to Clearchus, and are will-
ing to encamp with Cyrus. Wherever they went with their
arms and baggage, we followed with them. It is necessary
for us to encamp by the king with our arms and baggage;
They cast (stones) at his beasts of burden. Wherever we
are, in your company we are honorable. The soldiers re-
fused to proceed. A thousand men from(17) the barbarians,
taking their arms and baggage, encamped by the Greeks.
He went up to(17) the king.

§ 8. Without the knowledge of, λά&ρα c. gen. Season-
ably, opportunely, ύς το δέον. I am at a loss, am perplexed,
απορώ. I am sad, λνπονμαι. I am of good courage, &αρρω.
I suspect, νποπτζνω. Ally, σύμμαχος.

(ls) Observe the difference between οπη and oirov ; the former being
used with a verb of motion, the latter with a verb of rest.

(16)	See Lex. φημί, III.

(17)	παρ a with the gen., from, i. e. from the side of; with the dat.,
hy, i. e. by the side of; with the accus., to, i. e. to the side of. Usually,
in these significations, with the names of persons.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COlVix oSITION.

49

He settled these things seasonably. These things be-
came settled seasonably. (What is the difference between
the 1st and 2d aor. of ϊοτημι ?) He settled these things for
his own private advantage. He is perplexed. He is sad.
They are perplexed and sad. He is of good courage. They
are of good courage. Some are perplexed and sad ; others
,are of good courage. At first he was perplexed and sad;
afterwards, he was of gpod courage.

I am at a loss, where I shall go. I am sad, for I already
suspect that we are going against the king. I know not
whether I shall do what is just, but I will send a messenger
without the knowledge of the allies. Fellow (18) soldiers, be
of good courage, be assured that these (matters) will be
settled seasonably. He was of good courage, supposing that
these things would be settled seasonably. These (affairs)
became settled. He arrived opportunely. I deny that I
will go myself. They are not willing to go themselves.

§ 9. Longer, hi. No longer, ονχέτι. Paymaster, μισ&ο- »
δότης.

He is no longer in the power of his brother. He is not
yet in the power of his brother. He is not yet of good cou-
rage. He is no longer of good courage. The paymaster is
perplexed. The interpreter is no longer sad.

He assembled both his own soldiers and, of the others,
any one who desired. He collected(1β) an army. After
these things, any one who desired went to Cyrus. Upon
this, they went to the doors of the palace, and(20) demanded
the pay which was due. Cyrus is no longer our paymaster;

(18) For this use of αι>όρςς, see Lex. VI. 1. This expression is
quite different from συστρατιώται, although we translate it by the same
English phrase.

(»») See 1:1: 7.

(2°) See note (5), ch. 3.

8δΟ	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

for we are no longer his soldiers. Fellow-soldiers, be not(*1)
surprised that Cyrus is afflicted at the present affairs. You
are not surprised that Cyrus refuses to give the pay which is
due for four months.

§ 10. I am ashamed, αϊσχννομαι. I am conscious, σννοιδα
εμαυτω. I injure, am guilty, αδικώ (either trans, or intrans. in
the pres.). Chiefly, το μίγιστον. I fear, δέδοικα or δέδ'ια, fut.
δείσομοa. That, after verbs of fearing, μη, like the Lat. ne.
Punishment, justice, δίκη. I impose, inflict, έπιτί&ημι. For,
on account of, often denoted by the gen. without a preposition.

I am conscious. He is conscious. We are conscious.
They are conscious. You are conscious. He is ashamed.
He is ashamed because he is conscious. He is ashamed be-
cause he fears.

I am ashamed, because I am conscious of having been
false (aa) to you, in all things. He is conscious of having been
a traitor to me. They are conscious of being injured by us.
Ί know that you ar# conscious of being false to us in all
things. They think that they have been injured. I am not
willing to go, chiefly because (23) I fear that the enemy will
seize me and inflict punishment for what they suppose that
they have been injured by me. I fear that(24) he will nar-
rowly escape being stoned to death.

§ 11. Without, avsv c. gen. Advantage, profit, οφελος.
Private soldier, ιδιώτης. I consider, σκέπτομαι. (For th6 choice
between this word and σκοπώ, see Lid. and Sc. sub σκέπτομαι.)
Tndeed, δη. I sleep, χα&ενδω. Time, high-time, season, ωρα

(M) See note (7), ch. 3.

(82) For another construction with this word, cf. § 5, sup.

0») See note (M),ch.l. *'

(24) Observe that μη like the Lat. ne is used after verbs of fearing
tvhen in Eng. a negative is not admissible.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

51

In the present circumstances, εκ τοντων. I neglect, άμέλώ.
Here, αντον. It seems expedient, δοκεϊ. How, οπω?. (In direct
questions, ττώ^,) Safely, «σφοίλώο, comp. άσφαλέστερον, sup.
ασφαλέστατα.

Do not stay here. They will not stay here. We will
not stay here without the general. He will stay here with-
out the knowledge of the private soldiers. They remained a
2ong time. It is not a time to stay here.

Without order, there is no advantage either (S5) in com-
mander or private soldier. We (26) must consider whether
we shall indeed do justly. It is no time for us to sleep. We
must not neglect (27) ourselves, but must take counsel what
we are to do in the present circumstances. As long as we
remain here, we will deliberate what it is necessary to do.
We will remain in the plain, as long as the enemy sleep. It
seems expedient to depart at once. Do not(28) neglect your-
selves. We will go away at once without the knowledge of
the soldiers. We will consider how we shall go away most
safely.

§ 12. I know, decide, judge, γιγνώσκω. Who, what, τίς,
τι; in an indirect question, όστις, ψις, ο,τι. Best, άριστος.
Alike, in like manner, ομοίως. I know, know well, am ac-
quainted with, έπίσταμαι. Since also, καϊ γάρ. I sit, am sit-
ting, κά&ημαι. Not even, ουδε. Far off\ at a distance from,
πόρρω. Hard, harsh, implacable, χαλεπό?. Valuable (lit.
worthy of much), πολλού άξιος. Foot, equestrian, naval forces,
δνναμις πεζη, Ιππική, ναυτική.

(2δ) Negative connectives are employed in negative sentences. The
negatives are of the same character when they belong to the same predi-
cation ; i. e. either ov throughout the sentence or else μη throughout.

(2β) For the construction of the agent with the verbal in -τέος, see (te),
ch. 2.

(27) The verbals of ά^ελώ and βουλεύομαι are formed regularly.

(53) See note (7), ch. 3.52

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

He is a friend to me. He is a valuable friend to us. He
is a most valuable friend to you. They are valuable friends
to this man. He is an implacable (private) enemy. He is
a most implacable enemy to me. You are a most implacable
enemy to us. He is a valuable friend (observe the use of μ*ν
in the first member of an antithesis) ; but an implacable ene-
my. I am a friend to you ; but an enemy to your brother.
They are most valuable friends to us; but most implacable
enemies to the king.

It is high time to speak what any one judges to be best.
I judge it best to consider how we shall depart most safely.
We all alike see and know well the forces of the enemy;
since also they seem to me to be sitting not even at a distance
from us. These men are valuable friends to whomsoever
they are friends ; but, the harshest enemies (29) to him with
whom they are at war. Without valuable friends, there is
no advantage either (30) in foot forces or equestrian or naval
forces; It is high time to depart. I am ashamed because I
have been false to a valuable friend. We must consider how
these things will be settled seasonably; since also, we are
conscious of having been traitors to him. He spoke as fol-
lows. He spoke thus(31) (as above).

§ 13. Consent, advice, γνάμη. Embarrassment, difficulty,
απορία. What, of what sort, qualis, οίος. I point out, έπιδείκ-
ννμι.

We did not remain. They did not remain here. I did
not remain in the city. He did not remain without the advice
of Cyrus. He remained of his own accord. I will go (εΊμι

(29) Έχθρος = inimicus; πολέ^ίθ5= hostis.

(*°) See note (25) sup.

(81) Observe the difference between ταντα § 12, and τοιάδε § 8. So,
in general, ταύτα, τοιαύτα and όντως refer to what precedes; τάδε, τοιάόε and
ωόε, to what follows.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	53

the ordinary Att. fut. of έρχομαι). I will not go. I will not
go without the advice of Cyrus. He will go of his own ac-
cord. They will go of their own accord.

Some remained ; others went away. We shall remain of
our own accord. On the following day he went away with-
out the consent of his sons. He sent a messenger to the ene-
my without the knowledge of the garrison. It was not(32) in
keeping with the character of the paymaster, not(32) to give
to the army the pay which was due. We all alike know
what will be the embarrassment in remaining far from this
valuable friend. They pointed out to us what would be the
difficulty in going against the king. They suspected already
that the garrison was sleeping. He used to live in a cave
close by the Mysian country.

§ 14. I 'pretend, make pretence, προσποιούμαι. I am, in
haste, σπενδω. I lead away, απάγω. I take, seize beforehand,
προκαταλαμβάνω. 1 sail away, αποπλέω. In order that, οπως.
I anticipate, φ&άνω, fut. φ&ησομαι. Provisions, τα επιτήδεια.
I purchase, αγοράζω. I vol·, άναρπάζω.

I purchased provisions. I will purchase provisions. I
will anticipate you in purchasing provisions. I anticipated
him in purchasing provisions. They anticipated us in going
away. They anticipated us in sailing away. I am in haste.
Do not be in haste. He pretends to be in haste. He pre-
tends to be collecting an army. I will anticipate him in col-
lecting an army.

He made the pretence that he wished to collect an army.
He pretended that he was in haste to collect an army. If
you do(34) not wish(33) to lead us away, we will choose other

(32) Cf. note O, ch. 3.

ζ33) What is the Att. 2d pers. sing, of οϊομαι, βούλομαι and ΰ-ψομαι ? ot«v
βονλει, δψει. Kiih. § 116, 11.

(>«) See eft 3, (').

m54

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

generals. Be not(34) surprised, if I do not(34) demand boats
of the king so that I may sail away. He did not give them
the boats. If(35) you do not give them the boats, they will
not sail away. We will seize upon the heights beforehand,
in order that the enemy may not(34) anticipate us in having
seized them. Do not be in haste to seize upon the pass. 1
fear that we may not be able to purchase provisions. I have
oftentimes robbed them of their money. I robbed as many as
I met in the pass.

§ 15. I act as general, lake the command, take the lead,
στρατη/ώ. I see, discover, ενορώ. Nothing, ουδέν, neut. of
ουδείς, ils 'perfectly, fully as any other man, ω? τις καΐ άλλος,
μάλιστα αν&ρώπων. Most implicitly, as much as possible, j\
δυνατόν μάλιστα. I shall have, etc. The fut. perf. in the
act. voice is denoted by the adv. av with the subjunct. of
the aor. in a dependent clause ; by εσομαι, Ιστ/, etc., with the
perf. or aor. act. particip. in an independent clause.

I must do this. I must not do this. We must do this.
You must do this. He must do this. They must do this.
We must not do this. I know how to do this. I know how
to do this well. I know how to do this as perfectly as any
other man. He knows how to do this as perfectly as any
other man. They know how to do this as perfectly as any
other men. T'.:ey will have done this. They will have done
this as perfectly as any other men. He will have done this
as perfectly as any other man. He obeys most implicitly.
He knows how to obey most implicitly.

Be assured that 1 will take the command. No one shall
speak of me as if intending to take the lead in the passage

(3δ) έάν is used only with the subjunctive and denotes a conditional
future : εί is used with the indie, or optat. With the several tenses of
the indie, εί denotes a condition belonging to the definite time of those
tenses respectively, e. g. εί μη βον\εται9 if he does not wish (now) ; but
idv μη διδω, if he will not give.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION·

55

over the mountains. Let no one speak of me as if intending
to abandon you: for I see many (reasons) why I must(30)
not do this. I see no reason (nothing) why he must not do
this. You will know that I understand as perfectly as any
other man how to be governed also. I know that you will
obey most implicitly the man whom I shall have chosen. I
shall yield most implicitly to the man who knows how both
to govern and to be governed. Let no one consent to go
farther.

§ 16. I am destroying, ruining, λυμαίνομαι. Enterprise,
πραξις. Leader, guide, η/εμών. Folly, ευή&εια. Foolish,
ενή&ης. Just as, ωςπερ.

He will ask for a guide. He will have asked for a guide.
They will take the command. They will have taken the
command. They will choose a commander/ They will have
chosen a commander. They will give the pay. They will
have given the pay. He will give the pay when due. He.
will have given the pay when due. I will obey the man
whom you shall choose. I will obey the man whom you
shall have chosen. I will obey most implicitly the man
whom you shall choose. I will obey most implicitly the
man whom you shall have chosen.

Do not ask (37) a leader of him whose enterprise you
are ruining. He pointed out the folly of those who exhorted
(them) to ask for boats. After this person, others stood up,
showing how foolish it would be to go to the doors of the
general and demand pay, just as though he would not give
it when due. I am ashamed of my folly in urging you tc
preoccupy the pass without the knowledge of the Greeks. I
saw many reasons why they would not neglect themselves.

(36) For the syntax of the verbal in τέος, see Crosby, § 873,4. Kiih,
§ 284, 3, (12.)

(W) See ch. 3, note (8)56	EXERCISES IN GTtEEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

§ 17. I am loth, reluctant, slow, οκνώ. Whence, from
whence, ο&εν. Possible, of such a nature as, οϊόν τε. Lest,
μη. Unobserved by ; denoted by λαν&άνω, e. g., I do any
thing unobserved by any one, λαν&άνω τινα ποιών τι. Cf. τυγ-
χάνω, φ&άνω, διάγω, sup. Unwilling, Άκων. A galley, war-
ship, τριήρης. I sink, (trans.) καταδύω. I prevent, hinder,
%ωΧνω.

I am reluctant to do this. I should be reluctant to do this.
It is not possible for me to do this. I must not do this. We
are reluctant to remain here. They would be reluctant to
remain here a long time. He would be reluctant to stay
without the consent of Cyrus. What prevents your staying
here 1 Nothing prevents our staying here a long time. What
hinders your going away ? Nothing hinders our going away
at once.

I should be slow to place confidence in the leader whom
Cyrus should give. We will not follow the guide whom he
shall give, lest he conduct us (to a place) from whence it
will not be possible to go forth. He went away unobserved
by Cyrus. He embarked on board the galleys against the
wishes of Cyrus. I will sink you with all (38) your boats. (39)
What prevents our going away without the consent (40) of
Cyrus 1 It is not possible for us in going away to escape the
observation of the Greeks. He pretends to be in haste. I
am in haste. Hasten.

§ 18. I employ, use, χράομαι. For what ? in what ? τΐ,
acc. synec. I ash (to find out something), ερωτώ, aor. ηρό-
μην. Nonsense, mere talk, φλυαρία (often in the plur.). Simi-

(33) For this use of αυτοί, see Lid. and Sc. sub voce, I. 4.

(39) vavs, the generic word for ship ; πλοΐον, a transport; 8λκάς, a ship
of burden, a merchantman ; τριήρης, a galley with three banks of ears,
<t war ship (ναΰς μακρά).

m See § 13.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

57

Jar, like, παραπλήσιος. As, such as, οίόςπερ (the antecedent
τοιούτος is not comm. expressed). I at least, I for my part,
Iγωγε. Formerly, πρόσ&εν.

He wishes to employ us. For what does he wish to
employ us ? I will ask him for what(43) he wishes to employ
us. For what did he wish to employ us ? I asked him for
what he wished (optat.) to employ us. He wishes to employ
us in besieging the city. He does not wish to employ us a
long time. ^

For what do you wish to employ me ? Do not ask(4i)
me for what I wish to employ you. Do not ask a leader
from this man, to whom you have been false. We will go
to his doors and demand the pay which is due. This is fool-
ish. This is mere talk. This enterprise resembles such an
one as I once (ποτέ) employed you for. I for my part affirm
that it is foolish to follow Cyrus. I was formerly reluctant
to obey you. The mercenary soldiers pretend to be in haste
to go home.

§ 19. In a friendly manner, προς φιλίαν. I dismiss, let
go, αφίημι. Dangerous, επικίνδυνος. Laborious, επίπονος. I
announce, απαγγέλλω. Here, hither, δενρο. Zealous, προ-
&υμος.

I will let him go. I will go away. The enterprise ap-
pears laborious. This enterprise appears more laborious
than the former. If the enterprise appear more laborious
than the former, I will not let you go. What does he say ?
What does he say to these things ? Announce here what he
says to these things.

After we have heard (part.) for what they wish to em-
ploy us, we will deliberate in respect to these things. I shall

(41) αιτώ, I ask, sc. to get something; έρωτώ, I ask, sc. to learn
eomething.

3*58

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

demand (42) that you yield and let me go in a friendly mail'
ner. Do not go away. It is no time to sleep; for this
enterprise is both laborious and dangerous. Announce here
what(43) they say to these things. What did he say to these
things ? It seems to me expedient that they announce here
what he said to these things. He pretends to follow me zeal-
ously. (44) These things will be settled seasonably. I know
not whether we shall go away safely. The paymaster pointed
out the folly of going away without the consent of Cyrus.

§ 20. Those things determined, resolved on, τα δόξαντα. I
reply, answer, αποκρίνομαι.

I asked him for a thousand mercenaries. He promised to
give me fifteen hundred. I demanded that he should let us
go in a friendly manner. I inquired of him respecting those
things which were resolved on. He will inflict punishment
on his enemy. He desires to inflict punishment on his enemy.
He says that he desires to inflict punishment on his enemy.

I should be reluctant to punish these men. He lives on
the river Masander, which rises in the palace of Cyrus. If
the enemy flee(45) we will plunder their country. 1 consider
that you are to me, both native-country and friends. You
are an enemy. If the enemy are there, we will punish them.
Having inquired of this man respecting those things which
were resolved on, they departed. They demanded that he

(42)	άξιώ, 6ω (from άξιος) I demand, sc. on the ground that it is worthy,
vroper. Cf. ερωτώ and αιτώ, § 18, note.

(43)	What is the difference between interrogatives for the direct, an
those for the indirect question? See Kuh. § 93, Rem. 1.

(u) Observe that πρόθυμοι is an adj. See Crosby, § 665, 666. Kiih.
§ 264, 3.

(45) The future ind. is the regular apodosis, when the protasis is ίάν
with the subj.; and vice %ersa, εάν with the subj. is the ordinary protasis,
when the apodosis is the future indie.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	59

would yield and dismiss them in a friendly manner: and he
promised to do this and to give them a guide.

§ 21. Suspicion, νποψία. A half more, ημιόλιον. Openly
at least, IV ys τω φανερω. I demand in addition, προσαιτώ. I
receive (pay), φέρω. Apiece, lit. to the soldier.

He demanded pay. He demanded the pay which was due.
He demanded more pay. He gave them the pay which was
due. He promised to give them the pay which was due.
They received the pay which was due. They formerly re-
ceived the pay which was due. He promised that they
should receive the pay which was due. He promised to
give them one half more than they formerly received.

The suspicion that he is leading us against the king is
foolish. I already suspect that we are going against the
king. I will give you one half more than you formerly re-
ceived. Those who went up with him before received two
darics a month. He promised the soldiers that if he should
succeed well in the object of his expedition, he would give
them ten darics apiece. Not even in that place was any
one(46) at a loss in respect to these things. I shall not consent,
openly at least, to go farther. If(47) they demand addition,
al pay, I will give iu

(*6) Cf. ονποτε—ονόείς, § 5, sup.
(47) See ncte («).60

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

CHAPTER FOURTH.

§§ 1—3. Admiral, ναύαρχος. Ship, ναϋς. Sent for, με*
ταπεμπτος. Mercenary, μισ&οφόρος. I join in war against,
σνμπ ολψώ. Well-peopled, οίκον μένος. I join in an expedition,
σνστρατενομαί.

The mercenary Greeks arrived. The admiral arrived.
We arrived on the ships. The admiral arrived, having been
sent for by Cyrus. He sent for the admiral. The admiral
was sent for. The admiral must be sent for (verb, in -τέος).
We must send for the admiral. We must send for the ships.
I must not do this. I must not send for Cyrus. We must make
an expedition against the king. You must not make an
expedition against the king. We must make war against the
barbarians. I must give pay to the soldiers.

I was present, having been sent for by him. The admi-
ral arrived with the fifty ships from Peloponnesus and with
twenty-four others belonging to Cyrus. With these ships
they besieged the city sixty days. The mercenary(A)
Greeks with Pasion revolted and came to Clearchus. More
than fifteen hundred men from Pasion encamped by Cle-
archus. The mercenary troops joined in the war against
the king. The paymaster remained in that place four days.
This city is well-peopled, large and prosperous. This city
is upon the border of the country. He was commander of

0 ξένος (cf. 3 ; 18) is often used as a euphemism for μισθοφόρος.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	61

ten ships. The general arrived on the ships. He hastened
from Sardis. He made his head-quarters at Sardis. The
ship was lying at anchor. This river is about a mile wide.
They joined in the war with the Greeks against the barbari-
ans. He joined in the expedition against his native country.
Without a guide, there is no advantage in general or admiral.
I joined in the expedition against the barbarians as a private-
soldier.

§§ 4—5. Narrow, άτενός. It is possible, lira. By force,
βία. I go along, παρέρχομαι. Between, δια μέσον e. gen. To
extend down, χα&ηκεικ A wall, fortress, τείχος. I " land,
(trans.) αποβιβάζω. Without, ε|ω c. gen. I overpower, βιά-
ζομαι. The outer, ο εξω. On the side of προ c. gen. Within,
εϊσω c. gen. The inner, ο εσω&εν. Above, νπερ&εν.

He was guarding the outer fortress. He guarded the
inner fortress. He landed men both without and within the
gates. He descended into the plain. The fortresses extend
down into the sea. Above, the mountain was rugged and lofty.
They heard that Cyrus was in Syria. They heard that Cy-
rus had arrived. He heard that Cyrus was in the city. I
heard that he had arrived in the city. We heard that he had
overpowered the enemy. I heard that you had sent for me.
I heard that the enemy were within the gates.

The way was a wagon-road exceedingly steep and nar-
row : wherefore, it was not possible to go along by force. It
is not possible to go along by force; for, the passage is ex-
ceedingly narrow. To effect an entrance into the country,
I shall send for the mercenary forces. The mercenary
forces were present, having been sent for by Clearchus. This
river flows between two walls which extend down into the
sea. I shall be present wherever you land the men. I
shall land the light-armed-men within and without the
fortresses. Wherever I am, I think that I shall overpower62

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

my (personal) enemies. He sent for ships that he might
overpower the enemy, on the outer side of the fortress. The
outer fortress on the side of Syria was guarded by a
garrison of the king. The guards stood upon the walls of
the city. I heard that the guards were standing upon the
walls of the city. I hear that the enemy are upon the outer
wall.

§§ 6—7. Merchant-ship, ολχάς. To lie at anchor, ορμεϊν.
I embark, go on hoard (a ship), έμβαΐνω. The (things) most
valuable, τα πλείστον άξια. In that place, there, αυτό&ι. I al-
low, permit, suffer, έάω. I am jealous, φιλοτιμούμαι. I pray,
desire earnestly, εύχομαι. Missing, αφανής. Treacherous,
δόλιος. I retain, have, εχω.

The ship is lying at anchor. The ships are lying at an-
chor. The ships were lying at anchor in that place. He
hastened from Sardis. He made his head-quarters at Cher-
sonesus. He embarked on board the ship. They embarked
on board the merchant-ship. They placed their wares on
board the transports. He placed his most valuable effects on
board the transport. He landed the men without the gates.
This river empties into the sea. Clearchus retains the sol-
diers. Cyrus allows Clearchus to retain the soldiers. I al-
lowed him to retain the soldiers. He is jealous. He was
jealous. He was jealous because I allowed Clearchus to re-
tain the soldiers.

The merchant-ships arrived seasonably. The ships are
lying at anchor not far off. The general landed his men
without the knowledge of the garrison; but they went on
board the boat again as if with the intention of sailing away.
I shall sail away with my most valuable effects. They are
valuable friends to whomsoever they are friends. He heard
that the ships-of-war were lying at anchor in that place. It
Would be foolish to be jealous because he allows the ad-EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	6&

miral to retain the transports. He earnestly desired that the
men who were missing, as being treacherous, might be taken.
He does not yet allow me, having proved traitor to him, to sail
away. I see many reasons why Cyrus must not pursue the
men who are missing. Of their own accord they pursued
the enemy. I shall inflict punishment upon them if(2) they
are taken. I shall pity you if you do(3) not take the men
who are treacherous and false to you.

§§ 8-9. Cheerful, ηδνς. I am gone, have gone, οίχομαι.
I elude, run away from (hy stealth), αποδιδράσκω. I escape
from, αποφεν/ω. I pursue, διώκω. I treat ill, κακώς ποιώ.
Truly, hy the gods, μα χους &εονς (a common form of assever-
ation, usually in negative clauses). Base, κακός. Towards,
περί c. acc. I deprive, στερώ (εω) or στερίσκω. I recover, take
hack, απολαμβάνω. I rol·, αποσνλώ. A fish, Ιχ&νς. Tame,
πράος. A village, κώμη. A pigeon, περιστερά. Goodness,
αρετή.

He has run away. He ran away. He has escaped.
He escaped. Let him go. Do not go. He has gone. I
know that he has gone (part.). I know where he has gone.
We do not know where he has gone. He has eluded us ;
for we do not know where he has gone. He is base to-
wards me. Let him know that he is base towards me. He
is baser towards me than I towards him. Let him go, know-
ing that he is baser towards me than I towards him. I know.
I see. I shall know. I shall see. I knew. I saw. Know-
ing. Having seen.

I shall proceed in company with you cheerfully and
zealously, wherever you go. We know where (4) he has

(3) See ch. 3, (45).

(3) in what connections is μή used instead of ov ?
(<) See ch. 3, (43).64	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

gone, and we have war-ships for taking his boat; wherefore,
he has neither eluded us nor escaped from us. He will escape
from us, if we do not pursue him. If I make use of a man
as long as he is present with me, I will not apprehend him
and treat him ill when he wishes to depart. But truly let
the enemy well know that it will not be possible to pass along
by force. Let him go, knowing that he is baser towards
you, than you towards him. They robbed him of his most
valuable possessions. He was deprived of his money. They
are not able to rob him of his virtue. He took the men on
the ground that they were treacherous. He apprehended
the man on the ground that he was a traitor to the king.
The man was taken (δ) on the ground that he was false to
the admiral. He shall recover his money. These fishes
are large and tame. The villages, abopnding in trees of
every variety, and full of treasures, belong to the children
of the king. He has gone. Where has he gone ? I know
where he has gone. They do not allow any persons to harm
the pigeons in that place.

§§ 10-12. I cut off, έχκόπτω. Governor, άρχων; he who
has governed, ο αρξας. I hum up, κατακαίω. Seasons, ώραι.
I produce, φνω. Iam indignant, feel hard, χαλεπαίνω. I con-
ceal, κρύπτω. Long ago, πάλαι. And that too, και tavza.
Expedition, οδός, ov, η.

I am indignant at you. I was long ago indignant at him.
He was formerly indignant at me. The former soldiers were
indignant at you. This enterprise is greater than the former.
I am sad at the present difficulties. Be not surprised that I
am sad at the present difficulties. He is indignant at me,
and that too, knowing my goodness to him. They are angry,
and that too, having seen our former goodness to them.

(5) Observe that άλίσκομαι is pass, in meaning throughout, although
it has forms both mid. and act.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	65

They cut(6) off the beautiful trees in the park. The
governor of Syria commanded them to burn up every thing
which (7) the seasons produce in that country. Many vines
and trees grew(8) in the park. Thdy said that they were
not going up against the king to Babylon. He said that he
would persuade them to go farther, if it should be necessary.
A large and flourishing city in that place was burnt down
by (9) the Greeks. It was not possible to persuade the sol-
diers to advance, because they were indignant at the gene-
rals. I shall not go with you, unless you pay me just as
(much as) the former soldiers who went up with you. They
knew these things long ago and concealed them; and on this
account the soldiers were angry at them. This expedition
is greater and more dangerous than the former. This enter-
prise is similar to the former. He gave much money to those
who formerly went up with him, and that too, though they
were not going to battle. Let them go, knowing that they
are false to their country. The seasons produce all things
•(which are) beautiful. It is time to go to battle.

§§ 13-15. jFull, complete, εντελής. Ought, denoted by χρή.
The greater part, lit. the much, το πολύ. Whether—or, πότε-
ρον—r\. I am grateful, I thank, χάριν οΐδα. Apart from, χωρίς
c. gen. I get,* obtain, τυγχάνω. Silver, άρ/νριον. I decide,
vote, ψηφίζω. Back again, εις τουμπαλιν.

I am grateful to you. I know how to be grateful. If
any one knows how to be grateful, it is Cyrus. If any one
knows how to be grateful, it is I. We ought to be grateful
to him. I affirm that we ought to be grateful. I affirm that

(β) τύπτω, the generic word, I strike ; κόπτω, I strike, knock, chop

πατάσσω (pass, πλήσσομαι), I strike, smite ; κρούω, I strikef dash against.

(7)	Cf. ch. 1, (19).

(8)	The perf. and 2d aor. of φύω are intransitive.

(*) How is the agent expressed with pass, verbs ?66	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION·

we ought to be grateful. I for my part affirm that we ought
to be grateful. The other soldiers will go back again. The
other party (oi ετεροι) of soldiers will go back again. The
rest of the army went back again. The other army went
back again. They encamped apart from the others. They
encamped at a distance from the other party.

When we have arrived at the city, we shall recover our
most valuable possessions. He refused to give full pay to
the army. He gave the army four months' pay. Fellow-
soldiers, it is plain what we must do. I see many reasons
why you must do these things. I know not what reply the
rest of the generals will make to Cyrus. I affirm that we
ought to depart before it is plain whether the greater part of
the army will follow Cyrus or not. It is not plain whether
or not he will give us full pay. Fellow-soldiers ! I am grate-
ful to you. He spoke these things (as follows). Having
spoken these things (the foregoing), he ceased. I shall not
cease to be grateful to you. If you will yield to me and
decide to follow me, I will give you full pay until I have
placed you back again in Greece. We will all go apart
from the rest of the army. Without a general, there is no
profit in heavy armor. I do not know whether I shall do
justly. I do not know whether he will be grateful or not.
I know that you will obtain from Cyrus mucM silver. The
greater part of the army decided to follow Cyrus, and that
too knowing that they were going against the king. If any
one knows how to be grateful, it is Cyrus. (10) If any one
is able to restore the exiles, it is Cyrus. He was long ago
angry at me, and that too, though I was most faithful to him
Be not angry at me. You are not angry at me. We will
not go back again. The interpreter arrived seasonably. I
know not what reply the others will make, but I for my part
shall decide to follow Cyrus.

(30) Lit. Cyrus knows, etc., if any one even another.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	67

§§ 16-19. It concerns, μέλει c. dat. I am successful,
ευτυχώ. Magnificently,	/ furnish myself with

provisions, take in provisions, έπισιτίζομαι. Able to he crossed,
διαβατός. Except, ει μη. Filled, μεστός. Corn, σίτος. Mani-
festly, clearly, σαφώς. To give way, gwe place to, υποχωρεί?.
On foot, πεζΎ\. Fordahle, διαβατός πεζψ

It concerns me. I do not care. He does not care. They
do not care. He manifestly does not care. He says that he
does not care. He said that he did not care (optat., see note
(IS), ch. 1}. He says that the men are present. He said
that the men were present. He says that Cyrus will be
grateful to us. He said that Cyrus would be grateful to us.
He says that the river is fordable. He said that «the river was
fordable. He says that he shall be pleased. He said that
he should be pleased. He is burning up the boats, in order
that Cyrus may not cross over the river. He was burning
up the boats in order that Cyrus might not cross over the
river. He will biA up the boats in order that Cyrus may
not cross over the river. He burned up the boats in order
that Cyrus might not cross over the river.

Let us(n) decide and reply at once. They did not de-
cide before the enemy arrived. When they ascertained
that the enemy had arrived, they decided at once. The
enemy have gone. I know not where the enemy have gone.
I know how to be grateful. No longer consider me an enemy.
He no longer considers me a friend. It shall concern me
that you may no longer consider me an enemy. It will not
concern me that you may be pleased. The interpreter will
not be pleased. I wish you success. He sent me magnifi.
cent presents. They furnished themselves with provisions,
before crossing the river. It was not possible to cross the
river at that time except with boats. They burned down the

(n) Subjunct. 1 pers. See Crosby, § 825, 1.68	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

villages (which were) filled with corn, and wine, and all
things which the seasons produce. He ascertained that the
river flowed through the midst of the city. The river is
full of tame fishes. The park abounds in wild beasts. The
river Euphrates never was fordable. He said that the river
Euphrates was (l2) fordable at that time. They said that
the river manifestly gave way to the future king. Never
before did any one cross over this river on foot. Never shall
any one say that I fear to follow the guide whom you may
give. He is a most faithful and most valuable friend. They
encamped apart from the rest of the army. We do not seem
to be encamped far from the enemy. Apart from faithful
soldiers, there is no advantage in the virtue of the com-
mander.

(13) Observe that Xen. employs the oratio obliqua.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

69

CHAPTER FIFTH.

§§ 1—3. I grow weary, give out, άπα/ορενω. Quickly,
τ αχ v. Place, region, τόπος. Level, ομαλός. Brush-wood, νλη.
Reed, κάλαμος. Sweet-scented, ευώδης. Spices, αρώματα.
Ostrich, στρον&ος η μεγάλη. Bustard, ώτίς. Partridge, περδιξ.
On the right (hand), έν δεξιφ. Meat, flesh, κρέα (nom. sing.
κρέας). Venison, έλάφεια (sc. κρέα). Tender, απαλός. Delicious,
sweet, ηδύς. A sail, Ιστίον. Wing, πτέρυξ. Not only—hut
also, μεν—δέ. Foot, πους. Running, with a running pace,
δρόμοι. I lift up, αϊρω. I fly, πετομαι. A short distance,
βραχύ. To succeed another, take turns, c. dat. διαδεχεσ&αι.
Sometimes, ένίότε. A gazelle, δορκάς. I run, τρέχω. I run
forward, προτρέχω. 1 draw away from, distance, άποσπάομαι.

This meat is delicious. This venison is nqpst delicious.
In this region were many wild animals. In this country were
many and prosperous cities. In this place (town) were many
horses. He besieged the city by land. They restored the
exile to his native country.

Whenever the horsemen pursued these animals, they
quickly grew weary. The land in this region was a plain.
This plain is all level as a sea and it abounds in wild animals
of every sort. There are no trees in this region, but it is full
of brush-wood and reeds, all of which are sweet-scented as
epices. This place was filled with corn and wine and much70	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

silver. In this country were ostriches and bustards, and
partridges and pigeons. He went, with the river upon the
right, as far as Tarsus. This meat resembles venison, but is
more tender. This wine is most delicious. The ostrich flees
not only running, but also raising (itself) with the wings, just
as though it were using a sail. The bustards flew a short
distance, when any one pursued, and quickly gave out. In
hunting (l) these wild animals the horsemen took turns with
their horses. The horsemen caught these wild animals by
taking turns with their horses. He sometimes hunted the
gazelles on horseback He runs faster than I. We run
much faster than you This venison is tender. Sometimes
the wild asses ran forward and stood still. The ostriches
distanced the horsemen and never gave out. They descend-
ed from a rugged and lofty mountain to a plain level as a
sea.

§§ 4—6. I live, ζάω. A mill-stone, ονος αλέτης. I obtain
in return for, ανταγοράζω. I dig, ορνττω. I fail, έπιλείπω.
I subsist upon, I live by eating, διαγίγνομαι εσθίων. I sell,
πωλώ (εω). A day's allowance, χοΐνιξ. Itis worth, δύναται. Hun-
ger, λιμός. To flow round, περιρρεΐν. Round about, κνκλω.
Hay, χόρτος. Bare, ψιλός. I buy, purchase, ώνονμαι, aor.
&τρία μην. ^

The river flows round about the city. The city is en*
compassed round about by the river. They purchased corn and
wine. He purchased wine in the market. It is not possible
to purchase wine in this market. He was not able to purchase
either corn or wine. He purchased delicious meat in that
place. The country is. bare. The whole country is bare.
He is not able to purchase meat in this place, for the whole
country is bare. We must purchase corn. He perished with

(!) διώκω, I pursue, the generic word: Θηρω (άω), I pursue in the chase.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	71

hunger. He was perishing with hunger. The army is per-
ishing with hunger. The greater part of the army is perish-
ing with hunger. He says that the army is perishing with
hunger. He said that the army was perishing with hunger.
We must purchase corn and meat; for the army is perishing
with hunger. The army is perishing with hunger; where-
fore, we must purchase provisions.

He lives by making mill-stones. Those who live in this
country obtain corn in return for mill-stones which they dig
along by the river. When corn failed the army, they sub-
sisted upon fish and meat. What do you do for a living % (s) I
dig mill-stones. I carry mill-stones to market and sell them,
and get corn in return. How much(3) is a day's allowance
of corn worth? For(4) how much do you sell a partridge ?
He marches a day's journey through a desert country, to a
deserted city, the name of which is Corsote. While proceed-
ing through this country many of the army perished with
hunger. The market-place was encompassed round about
by the river Mascus. A river of a hundred feet in width
encompassed the whole country. A rugged mountain encom-
passes the city. It was not possible to purchase corn or hay
in this place, for the whole country was bare. The inhabit-
ants live upon venison. If the corn fails the army, we will
purchase meat.

§§ 7—9. Quickly, δια ταχέων. I make (for myself),
ποιούμαι. Slowly, σχολαίως. I throw, throw away, ρίπτω.
Anger, οργή. Difficult to pass, δυσπόρεντος. Mud, πηλός.
A narrow place, στενοχώρια. I appear, φαίνομαι (causative in

(2)	Lit. Doing what, do you live ?

(3)	πόσον.

(4)	The price is expressed in the gen. See Crosby, § 553. Kuhn.
§ 275, 3.T2	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

the act.). Journey, οδός. J delay, διατρίβω. I halt, sit doim,
χα&έζομαι. The act of taking in provisions, επισιτισμός. To,
for, for the sake of ενεκα. Discipline, ευταξία. A part, spe-
cimen, μέρος. There, ε'ν&α. To be separated, drawn asunder,
διασπάσ&αι. Weak, ασ&ενης. Strong, Ισχυρός. Water, υδωρ.
Forage, grass, χιλός, ο. Costly, πολυτελής. J	μάχομαι.

A wagon, αμαΐα.

He contended with Apollo concerning skill. He fought
with the king. He waged war against his brother. He
made war quickly. I conquered him in battle. He was
conquered in battle by the slave. He happened to be stand-
ing upon his war-chariot. He happened to be riding in a
wagon. He happened to be riding on horseback. They
happened to be riding on horseback. He happened to be hunt-
ing on horseback. He went away unobserved by C}rrus.
They seized upon the heights before us. He continually
expresses hopes.

They will be conquered, if any one makes war quickly.
He was carrying on war slowly. They immediately cast
away their necklaces and bracelets, wherever they happened
to be standing. They ran more quickly than any one would
suppose. The general, as if in anger, ordered the soldiers to
advance, but they refused, on the ground that there was a
narrow place and that mud appeared, difficult for the heavy-
armed-men to pass. They manifestly (5) hastened the whole
journey. Make haste. Do not be in haste. He did not
delay except where he halted to take provisions. The more
quickly you shall have gone, the less prepared will the king
be to make war. Then indeed we beheld a specimen of the
Persian discipline. If you give your attention, you will be-
hold a specimen of the discipline of the army. Be assured
that I will go wherever you do. The forces of the king are

(5) Cf. ch. 2, (25).EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	73

separated, and on this account his government is weak. The
more slowly any one advances against the country of the
king, by so much the stronger is his government. This re-
gion abounds in water and forage. If the road is steep and
impracticable, we will go back again.. In this place he built
a costly palace.

§§ 10—12. On the other side,πέραν, c. gen. Once, on a
certain occasion, ποτέ. Palm-tree, φοίνιξ. Fruit of the palm-
tree, βάλανος η απο τον φοίνικος. I take, lead, α/ω. Millet-
flour, σίτος μελίνης. I fill up, έπιπίμπλημι. Tanned skin,
διφ&έρα. I sew together, συσπάω. I touch, 'άπτομαι. Tent-
cover, σκέπασμα. A raft, σχεδία. I wet, moisten, βρέχω. Blow,
πλη/η. I inflict (blows), εμβάλλω. I dispute, άμφιλέγω. Steep
(down hill, opposed to ορ&ιος up hill), πρανής. Hill, χηλοφος.
I throw, cast, ϊημι. A stone, λί&ος. Wood, ξύλον. A ferry,
διαβασις του ποταμού. I inspect, κατασκοπώ)—σκέψομαι,—εσκε-
ψάμην. I split, σχίζω. Very, μάλα.

I will inflict blows upon you (dat.). I will inflict punish-
ment upon you. He went up a steep hill. He went down a
steep hill. He crossed the river on a raft. They crossed
the river in a boat. The skin of Marsyas was suspended in
a cave. They sewed together dried skins. We crossed the
river on a raft made of dried skins.

It is not possible to purchase provisions from the city on
the other side of the river. And indeed on a certain occasion
when the corn failed the army, they purchased provisions in
a city not far from the river. The fruit of the palm-tree is
most abundant in this country; of this they make wine which
they taKe to Babylon and sell, purchasing in return millet-
flour. Having filled tanned skins with light hay, they sewed
them together so that(e) the water should not touch the hay.

C) ώστε is more common than ως in this construction. Followed by
d74

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

They filled their tent-covers with dry hay; then they stitched
them together so that the water did not touch the hay. They
crossed over on rafts, so that they were not wet by the river.
He will inflict blows upon you for those things in which he
supposes he has been injured by you. The river empties
into the sea. Do not dispute (7) about these things. He is
indignant and violently angry at you for those things in which
he has been injured by you. Be assured that Cyrus is afflict-
ed at the present difficulties. The way is excessively steep.
They hastened down a very steep hill, and that too with their
heavy armor. If you inflict blows upon this soldier, I shall
be violently enraged at you. I wonder that they have not
yet arrived. Be not surprised that I am no longer willing to
give you wages. Some cast stones, others threw their axes.
At first he threw wood; but after that, he threw stones.
They rode through the army to the ferry; and, having in
that place inspected the market, they rode away towards their
tents. He is splitting wood. The whole country was bare;
for there was in it neither brush-wood, nor tree, nor reed, nor
grass.

§§ 13—17. I want little, lack little, ολί/ον δέω. I stone to
death, καταλενω. Tamely, πράως. I am terrified, εκπλήττομαι.
I flee for refuge, καταφεύ/ω. To he in a had condition, κακώς
ϊχειν. I cdme to my senses, έν εμαντω γίγνομαι. I put (a thing)
in its place, τί&εμαι (τΐ) κατα χωράν. Between, είς μέσον c. gen.
(with a verb of motion). I stand armed, τί&εμαι τα όπλα. A
knee, γονυ. XJpon the knees (after a verb of motion), προς τα

the infin. they take μή, if a negative is required, and denote something
supposed, subjective ; when followed by the indicative they take ov and
denote a fact, something objective.

(7) See ch. 3, note (7). What is the difference in meaning between
the pres. and aor. in the dependent moods 1 See Crosby § 796, etc. Kiih.
| 257.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

75

γόνατα. Behind, later, ύστερος. I assemble, collect, σνναχείρω.
I desist, παύομαι.

Our affairs are in a bad condition. ^Your (plur.) affairs
are in a bad condition. His affairs, etc. My affairs, etc.
I know that my affairs are in a bad condition. I kne.w that
my affairs were in a bad condition. I saw that his affairs
were in a bad condition. He came to his senses. He was
coming to his senses. He is coming to his senses. They
came to their senses. We came to our senses. You are
coming to your senses. He wanted little of being stoned to
death. I wanted little of perishing. They wanted little of
being cut in pieces. He came riding on horseback. He
came on foot. He came by the shortest route.

They wanted little of being stoned to death. They nar-
rowly escaped being stoned to death. Do(8) you speak
tamely of it, when I have wanted little of being stoned to
death ? I entreat you not to do it. The enemy rode towards
us, so that(®) our army was terrified and ran to arms. He
fled for refuge to his own tent. He fled to the mountains.
He escaped to the mountains. Our affairs are in a bad con-
dition. If our affairs are in a bad condition, we shall be cut
in pieces on this day by the enemy. They were cut in pieces
by the barbarians on the same day. On that day, his army
happened to be violently enraged at him. When they ascer-
tained (,0) these things, they came to their senses and put up
their arms in their place. The soldiers immediately ran be-

(8)	apa etc.

(9)	In this section (13) ωςτε stands with the infin. We cannot in
his place translate it literally, or even in such a way as to show the
force of this construction ; but we almost necessarily translate it as we
should the indie, in the same place. Still, our inability to translate the
expression does not invalidate the distinction above given, note (e).

(10)	πυνθάνομαι, I ascertain hy inquiry, αισθάνομαι, I ascertain by per-
eeption.76	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

tween both armies and stood armed. Having placed theif
shields upon their knees, they remained behind apart from
the rest of the arm}# They were immediately struck with
terror when they beheld the horsemen of the enemy riding
towards them. They happened to be marching behind, far
from the rest of the army. The slower you go against the
king, so much the greater army will be collected for him.
The later you sell your corn, the more will there be in the
market. The earlier you arrive in the country of the king,
the less prepared will he be. The faster they fly, the sooner
they grow weary. Consider that the faster you go, so much
the less prepared (to fight) will you engage with the king.
The paymaster thought that the sooner he arrived, the more
would he have(11) to pay the soldiers. I am unprepared.
Are you unprepared ?

Γ11) Lit. the more would it he necessary for him to pay, etc.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMIOSiriON.

77

CHAPTER SIXTH,

§§ 1-5. I announce, διαγγέλλω. I lie in ambush, ένεδρενω.
I slay, κατακαινω = κατακτείνω. I take any one captive, ζώντά
τινα αϊρώ. A track, footprint, Xyyiov. A track, beaten track,
στίβος. Useful, χρήσιμος. Profitable, ωφέλιμος. I conjecture,
εικάζω. -4 letter, επιστολή. I write, γράφω. I read, αναχι·
γνώσκω. A remembrance, mention, notice, νπόμνημα. I honor
before, prefer in honor, προτιμώ. Especially, chiefiy, μάλιστα.
Trial, κρίσις. To be kept secret, απόρρητος. Ready, έτοιμος.
Related by birth, γένει προσήκων. Around, περί c. acc. An
adviser, σύμβουλος. I summon, παρακαλώ. Trustworthy,
πιστός. I burn, καίω. I reconcile, καταλλάσσω.

He is related to me. They are related to him. Is he
[see ch. 5, note (8),] related to you ? He is related to the
king. Are you related to me ? I am related to you. I am
writing a letter. Did he write you a letter ? He did not
write me a letter. Will you write me a letter ? I will writ
you a letter. I am reading a letter. Have you read the
letter? I have read (it). What is there in the letter?
There are many notices of former friendship in (it). When
you have read (particip.) the letter, give it to me. Γ must
not give it to any one. I cannot give it to you. I am not
willing to give it to any one. I will not give it to my most
trustworthy friend.

Having been reconciled (1) with Cyrus they said that they

(1) For one construction with this word, see ch. 2, § 1.78	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

would prevent the enemy from announcing to the king that
they had seen the army. He promised Cyrus to prevent the
enemy from burning the grass and whatever (2) was useful
to the beasts of burden. Lying in ambush, we will either
slay the guide or take him captive. (3) If you wtmld give
me all of the horsemen whom(4) you have, I would make the
enemy, unable ever to restore the exiles. The interpreter
seemed to say what was profitable. Having ascended upon
the mountains, they beheld the tracks both of men and of
horses. The track was conjectured to be that of about fifty
horsemen. I wrote a letter to him (saying) that I would
come on the next day with all of the pay which the general
should give me. I read his letter the same day, and there
were in it many notices of former friendship. They seemed
to be jealous because Clearchus was honored chiefly among
the Greeks. The trial is not to be kept secret. He came to
his senses when he read the letter. They are ready for you.
The men are not prepared. The country appeared(5) to be
filled with corn and wine. He seemed to be able to take
many of the enemy captive. He is related (e) to the king by
birth. Are you related to the king 1 I am related to Xeno-
phon. Bid the generals lead the heavy-armed men, anA4et
them stand in arms around my tent. If he seems to be trust-
worthy, I will summon him within as an adviser.

(2)	εϊ τις does not express any doubt as to whether there was arty,
but is used to supply with greater emphasis the place of όστις, whosoever,
whatsover {—all that). Arnold.

(3)	alive.

(4)	See ch. 1, note (19).

(5)	φαίνεται, it appears, is spoken primarily of that which appears to
he eye ; δοκεΤ, it seems, is spoken of that which appears to the mind.

(6)	προςήκων is also used without γίνει in this sense. Thucyd. 1: 128,
uses the phrase, βασιλέως προςήκοντές τίνες και ξνγγενεΐς· This may be
jspared with propinqui cognatique, Cses. 1:11.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	79

§§ 6-8. Right hand, δεξιά. This (of a person or thing
present), οντοσί. An attendant, α subject, υπήκοος. In the
sight of, προς c. gen. (A solemn form of asseveration.)
Unjust, άδικος. Towards, περί c. acc. Just, δίκαιος. Openly,
φανερός (adj.). Altar, βωμός. Assurances, πιστά. At least,
γέ. More, yet, ετι. I repent, μεταμέλει μοι. I acknowledge,
confess, ομολογώ. I am guilty, αδικώ.

I repent. I do not repent. Do you repent 1 Does he
repent ? He does not repent. Do they repent 1 They do
not repent. Did he repent 1 Did they repent ? He did not
repent. They repented. Did you repent ? He did not
repent. He affirmed that he did not repent. They affirmed
that they did not repent. Did you affirm that you repented ?
We affirmed that we repented. We affirmed that we did not
repent. We denied that we repented. They affirm that
they repent. He denies that he repents. Cyrus asked him,
Do you confess that you have been unjust to me ? He said,
Yes, for it is inevitable. Cyrus asked him, Do you con-
fess that you have plotted against me ? And he replied, If
I should confess it, you would never more place confidence in
me.	.

I will never give or receive (the) right hand, since you
are a traitor both to me and to my king. If you should en-
gage in war, either with me or with my brother, (7) I would
quickly make you cease from it. I will never cease from
the war, as long as the enemy remain in our land. Are you
a relative of this Orontes who is here ? My father used to
live upon the river Maeander. My father having given me
this'Orontes to be an attendant and an adviser, I shall not be
reluctant to engage in war .with the barbarians. I acknow-
ledge both in the sight of gods and of men, that I have be-
come unjust towards you. Whatever is just in the sight of

η 6 φδς άδελφός, my brother ; ψός αδελφός, a brother of mine.80

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION

gods and of men, that I will do to this Orontes after having
advised with you. You have done harm both to me and to
my country, in whatever respect you could. I am ashamed
because I have both revolted from you, and have been a
traitor to you. He pretends to be a friend to my father. In
what respect have you been treated unjustly by my brother,
hat you now again revolt and become openly an enemy to
him ? He went again to the altars of the gods and affirmed
that he repented. He went back to the city by the shortest
route. Having known your own power, did you again en-
gage in war with me ? Having read the letter of my brothel „
did you again give assurances to the king and receive them
from him ? I should never more seem to you at least, to be
friendly and faithful to you and your brother, not even if I
should become (so) : for, now the fourth· time have I been
openly plotting against you, and wishing both to slay you
and to plunder your country. Is there any thing whatever
in which I have injured either you or your subjects 1 He
replied that (there was) not. He has done wrong (8) in hav-
ing revolted from me, and in having carried on war against
my subjects. You did harm to my country and injured my
brother, in whatever respect you could. Having gone to the
altar, he said, in the sight of gods and men, I revolted from
you having never been injured by you. The more you in-
jure my brother, the more violently shall I be enraged.

§§ 9—11. So far as this person is concerned, το κατ α τον*
τον sivou. Leisure, σχολή. Out of the way, εκποδών. To put
out of the way, εκποδών ποιύσ&αι. That, so that, ως. Girdle,
ζώνη. Execution, death, θάνατος. Grave, τάφος, ο. Volun-
tarily (as a volunteer), έ&ελοντης. Kinsman, συγγενής. 1 speak

(8) As ήδίκηκα is commonly transitive, άόικώ is often used in the sense
of the intransitive perf. See Lidd. and Sc. sub voce.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	81

freely, exhibit, αποφαίνομαι. I do well by, εύ ποιώ. 1 advise,
σνμβουλεύω. I do homage to, προςκντώ (εω) (προς, χννω (εω), 1
kiss.) I lead out, lead forth, έ'ξάχω.

Some conjectured one thing, some another (lit. others con-
jectured in another manner.) Some said one thing; some, an-
other. Some advised one thing; some, another. Some per-
ished in one way; some, in another. I am putting the man
out of the way. We will put this man out of the way. Has
he put the man out of the way % Cyrus asked him, Have
you put the man out of the way ? Put this man out of the
way at once. I am doing you a favor. I wish to do you a
favor. I have leisure to do you a favor. Have you leisure
to do me a favor ? We have leisure. lie has leisure to put
this man out of the way. So far as this man is concerned, I
have leisure to do you a favor. So far as this man is con-
cerned, we have leisure to burn the villages. We will put
this man out of the way that we may have leisure to do well
by our friends. We put this man out of the way that we
might have leisure to ward off our enemies.

Do you, my friends, speak freely your minds whatever
seems good to you. He was formerly a friend to us, but sub-
sequently having revolted to our enemies, he in many respects
did mischief to our country. At first he said, I am not guilty,
but afterwards he confessed every thing. So far as this person
is concerned we shall have leisure both to do well by our
friends and to harm our enemies. I advise that we put him
out of the way as quickly as possible. We will put this man
who has been false to us out of the way, that it may no(9)
longer be necessary to guard against him. It is no longer
necessary to guard against this man, for we have already put
him out of the way. Those who formerly did homage (i0) to

(9)	Why is the negative μή employed here 1

(10)	Observe the distinction which Xen. makes here (§ 10) between
the imperf. and aorist.82	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

this man, at that time by the command of Cyrus seized him
by his girdle for execution. His former subjects were lead-
ing forth the king himself for execution. The same men, be-
fore it was plain whether Cyrus would bid them or not, hav-
ing taken the exile, led him away for execution. Some con-
jecture one thing; some, another. No one ever(n) saw the
grave of Orontes. No one ever will see the grave of Orontes.
The sooner we put this man out of the way, the more leisure
shall we have to benefit those who are voluntarily our friends.
Upon this, all, even the kinsmen of Orontes, rose up of their
own accord and seized him by the girdle. Have you leisure
to go with me ? They have leisure so far as I am concerned,
to inflict punishment upon their enemies for what they sup-
pose they have been injured, and to assist their friends in re.
Jurn for the favors which they have received.

(Il) χώιτοτε, at any time yet, hitherto ; ποτέ, at any tin*.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	8S

CHAPTER SEVENTH.

§§ 1—4. About midnight, περί μέσας ννκτας. Later, ί'στβ·
£ον. J. Zi/iZe Zaier, ov πολν νστερον. Morning, ίω£. The fol-
lowing morning, η έπιονσα εως. At break of day, αμα τ/J ήμερα,
A deserter, αυτόμολος. See that (how that) δπω? c. fut. indie.
(The ellipsis of oga or οράτε before οπως is frequent.) Liberty,
freedom,	Instead of in preference to, αντί. Mul-

titude ^ numbers, πλη&ος. Great, much, πολύς. Shouting,
χραν/ή. Superior to, κρείττων, c. gen. Manifold more, πολ-
λαπλάσιος. Envied, ζηλωτός. Bold, brave, ευτολμος. I pos-
sess, κέκτημαι. I think, pronounce happy, congratulate, ενδαι-
μονίζω. I endure, ανέχομαι.

At what time (πψίκα) did he arrive ? He arrived about
midnight,—at break of day. When (πότε) did they arrive ?
They arrived on the next day—at the dawn of the following
day—on the same day—shortly after the deserters—upon the
following morning—a little earlier than the heavy-armed men.
They will come on slowly. They will come on as quickly
as possible. They will come on with much shouting. I will
endure these things. I shall not endure these things. If you
endure these things, I will praise you. If you do not endure
these things, 1 shall not praise you. If you shall have en-
dured these things, I will praise you. Do not endure these
things. Be not in the habit of enduring these things.

They were cut in pieces by the barbarians on the same
day in the passage over the mountains. Having arrived a84	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

little later than we, they went in between both armies and
stood in arms. Having arrived much earlier than I, he had
leisure to review his army. He viewed both the Greeks and
the barbarians, while riding along upon a chariot. The king
will fight on the following morning. Messengers arrived,
saying, that the admiral would come at the dawn of the fol-
lowing day. Deserters arrived at break of day. The king
will come to-fight (*) on the following day. He called to-
gether those who were friendly to him and trustworthy, to
deliberate how(2) he should order the battle. No one ever
knew how he died. See that ye be men worthy of your
fathers. They are not worthy of the liberty they possess.
You know well that they think us happy for the liberty
which we possess. Be assured that I would choose liberty
in preference to all that I possess. (3) See that ye endure the
great numbers and shouting of the enemy. I took you as
being superior to many barbarians. He paid them all which
he had, and promised other things manifold more. He who
wishes to go home, shall go away envied by those at home.
If you endure the multitude and the shouting of the enemy,
you will become bold, and I will make you to be envied by
those at home.

§§ 5—9. Some, I'rtoi. 1 satisfy, εμπίπλημι. Cold, χειμών
Heat, χανμα. Master of έ/κρατης. A crown, στέφανος. Enough9
sufficient, ικανός. Paternal, πατρώος. Somehow, πώς (enclit.).
Behind, οπισ&εν. The foremost, oi πρόσ&εν. Up to, μέχρι or
μίχρίζ. To (the region) where, μέχρις ov. I remember, μέυ,νψ
μαι. North, άρκτος. South, μεσημβρία. Where, πον. In
what direction, πη. Without battle, αμαχει.

(*) Observe the difference between the English and the Greek idiom.

(2)	We have here πώς in an indirect question: instead of which δπως
would be more common. Cf. τίς and όστις.

(3)	Έ^ω, I have; κίκτημαι, I have acquired—J possess.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	85

Where has your brother gone? He has gone home.
Where has your father gone 1 He has gone to the north.
He has gone to the south. When did he go ? He set out to-
day (See 5 : 16, or more familiarly, τημερον). At what time
did he go ? He went at the break of day—about midnight.
I remember. He remembers. He would remember. I give
pay. He gives pay. If he should remember, he would give
pay. Some persons say that if he should remember, he would
give pay. If he should remember, he would be able to give
pay. Some persons say that if he should remember, he
would be able to give pay. He gives what he promises. He
will give what he promises. If he remember, he will give
what he promises. Some persons say that if he remember,
he will give what he promises.

An exile who was friendly and faithful to us happened to
be present on that day. If you are a brother of mine,(4) you
will not flee. If you are my brother, you will not run away.
If you fight (5) with me, you will be defeated. (6) If you
should fight with my brother, I would make you to be
envied. (7) If you should fight with my brother, some per-
sons say that you would not be able to conquer him. If you
should fight with a~ brother of mine, you would not be able to
conquer him. He is not able to satisfy the mind of all. Men
are not able to dwell in that region on account of the cold. I
fear that I shall not be able to dwell in that region, on account
of the heat. We will make our friend master of the city. A
friend of ours gave to each of us a golden crown. I am afraid
that I have not friends enough to whom I may give the pater-

(4)	See ch. 6, (7).

(5)	This condition is evidently different from the preceding. See ch.

3, (»).

(6)	What word is commonly, used as the pass, of νικώ (άω) 1

(7)	This form of hypothetical proposition is expressed by εί with the
optat. in the condition and αν with the optat. in the conclusion.86

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

nal government. He spoke somehow as follows. How(8)
did he speak 1 If he is a child of mine, he will not fight (9)
behind the others. He is my child, wherefore he will not fight
behind the foremost (those in front). My paternal govern-
ment extends both towards the north and towards the south to
that region where men are not able to dwell; so that(10) I do
not fear to promise many things. They sewed together skins,
having filled them with dried hay, so as not to be wet in cross-
ing the river. I fear that (u) he will be conquered. I fear
that he will not conquer. I remember those things which I
promised long ago. Let us not fight with the masters of the
country. They will not become masters of the country with-
out battle.

§§ 10—20. I am too late for, νστερώ c. gen. Before,
previous to, προ c. gen. I desert, αυτομολώ. Dug, ορυκτός.
Ditch, τάφρος. Deep, βα&ύς. In the midst of, at the midst of,
κατα μέσον. I speak the truth, speak truly, αλη&ενω. Prophet,
soothsayer, μάντις. I abandon the idea (οϊ doing any thing),
απ ογιγνώσκω. I am free from care, without care, αμελώ. Tal-
ent, τάλαντον. Then, accordingly, αρα (denoting an inference
which follows naturally, in accordance with what might be
expected). In the midst between, μεταξύ c. gen. (with a verb
of rest).

Did he arrive before the battle ? He arrived after the
battle. He was too late for the battle. Many of the enemy
were taken. They took many of the enemy captive. The
passage is narrow. The passage between the river and the

(8) See Kuh. § 94, (*>).

(8) Of the futures, μαχέσομαι, μαχήσομαι, μαχονμαι, which. Was the ordi-
nary Attic word Ί

(W) Seech. 5: §§ 10—32, (6).

(u) After verbs of fearing, μή= ne; μη oi^ut.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

87

ditch is narrow. There is a narrow passage between the
river and the ditch. There is a narrow passage between
the mountains and the sea. The river flows between the
mountains and the sea. (See 4: 4.) Does he speak the
truth ? Can he speak the truth ? Does he wish to speak
the truth ? Does he know how to speak the truth ? I gave
him a talent because he spoke the truth. I will give you
a talent, if you speak the truth.

This general being on the march from his own country,
was too late for the battle by three days. He arrived after
the battle on the following day. He arrived before the bat-
tle. He arrived later than I. He arrived earlier than I,
with ten thousand heavy-armed men. He was present in the
battle with two thousand horse. Those of the soldiers who
deserted from me announced these things to the great king.
At the dawn of the following day, deserters from the enemy
announced the same things. In that place, a deep ditch was
dug from sea to sea ; and it was impracticable for an army
to cross it. In the midst of this march they crossed a deep
river. In the midst between these places, is my paternal
government. Five canals very deep, about twenty-five stadia
apart, flow from the Tigris and empty into the Euphrates.
The pass was a wagon-road, very steep. There was a nar-
row passage between the mountain and the sea. He dwelt
in the midst between these places. We beheld many tracks,
both of men and of horses. At break of day we saw the
track of about ten thousand horses. I promise him a talent,
if he shall have spoken truly. If we shall have become
masters of this country, we will make this city great and pros-
perous. The soothsayer said, the enemy will not fight (these)
ten days. The king will fight on the tenth day. (12) His
brother withdrew and gave up the idea of fighting on that

(12) Observe that the expression with the ordinal number is in the
dat.; with the cardinal, in the gen.88	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

day. The king did not fight; wherefore they marched more
free from care. He gave up the idea of crossing the river.
He read the letter. He sat upon his chariot reading the let-
ter. He gave the man a talent because he spoke the truth.
If you speak the truth I will give you twenty talents. If you
shall have spoken truly, I will make you to be envied by
the men at home. If you should speak the truth, I would
promise you much money. If the king does(13) not(u) fight
(these) ten days, then he will not fight at all (more lit. after
that). At that time the king fought on horseback. The king
always rode upon a war-chariot. He never abandoned the
idea of fighting. He will fight no longer. He will never
fight. He fought long ago. He once fought on horseback.
On the same day he was riding along upon a chariot. On
that day, he rode along upon his chariot. On the former day,
he abandoned the idea of advancing so as to fight with
the Greeks. On the next day he abandoned the idea of with-
drawing, so that he fought with the barbarians. He withdrew,
so that he did not fight for ten days. At the dawn of the fol-
lowing day, he withdrew so as not to fight. He will fight on
the tenth day. They announced these things. They an-
nounced the same things.

(13)	Observe that a conditional clause denoting future time is transla
ted by the Eng. present.

(14)	The use of ov in this conditional clause is apparently an excep
tion to the rules above given for the use of the negative. Many edition»· "
(that of Kruger among them) have μη in this place. If ov be the true
reading it was probably used as a repetition of the language, ov μαχεΐται,
just above: and the negative rests on the particular notion contained in
the verb. Cf. Jelf, § 764.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMIOSITION.	89>

CHAPTER EIGHTH.

§§ 1—7. In the Greek language, like a Greek, *Ελλψικως.
Immediately, αντίκα. Breastplate, &ώραξ. A dart, παλτού.
Hand, χειρ. Next, εχόμενος. Lieutenant, νπαρχος. At full
speed, ava κράτος. Uncovered, hare, ψιλός. When, r/y*W.
Confusion, τάραχος. Haste, σπουδή. 1 halt (unloose), κατα-
λι/ω. To he full, πλη&ειν. I leap down, καταπηδώ. I mount,
αναβαίνω. I cry out, βοώ. I fall upon, make an attack upon,
επιπίπτω. 1 put on, ενδύω. Head, κεφαλή. I appear, appear
before, προφαίνομαι. I meet, εντνγχάνω. Without order,
ατακτος.

He is putting on his breastplate. Is he putting on his
breastplate ? He put it on at break of day—about the hour
of full market. I mount a horse. Has he (aor.) mounted
his horse 1 He has not mounted his horse. The lieutenant
has mounted his horse. I ride at full speed. I ride on horse-
back. Is he riding on horseback? He is riding at full
speed. He rode at full speed. He mounted his horse and
rode at full speed through the plain. I meet any one. Did
you meet the man. I did not meet him. He met the lieu-
tenant. He happened to be riding on horseback. He hap-
pened to be putting on his breastplate. They happened to
be without order. He leaped from his horse, and took
darts into his hands. He rode with his head uncovered.

He halted in the plain, not far from (the place) where the
Cilicians kept guard. Wherever we are, we intend to halt90

EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

about full-market time. Leaping down from his chariot, he
mounted his horse, and cried out in the Greek language that
the enemy were coming, apparently prepared for battle. See
that ye be worthy of your liberty, for the enemy are near,
and will immediately make an attack upon us. Having put
on his breastplate, he took darts in his hands. He did not
come into the power of his brother, while he remained there.
The general occupied the left wing, and the lieutenant was
next. He is riding at full speed, with his head uncovered.
They were about to halt, when(i) the enemy appeared at a
distance from them. I suspect that he will make an attack
upon them (2) immediately. I already fear that the enemy
will make an attack upon them. When the Greeks thought
that the horsemen would fall upon them while without order,
much confusion arose among them. He met a messenger
riding at full speed. He put on his breastplate with much
haste. The enemy are coming with an outcry, apparently
prepared for battle. They went to their tents with laughter.

§§ 8—13. A nation, ε&νος. Nation by nation, κατα ε&νη.
Considerably, σνχνόν. To leave an interval (of place or time),
διαλείπειν. Λ cloud of dust, κονιορτός. Blackness, thick dark-
ness, μιλανία. A cloud, νεφέλη. Slowly, βραδέως. Practica-
ble, 'possible, αννστόν. Silently, σιγΐ]. In plain sight, κατα-
φανής, Afternoon, δείλη. Quietly, noiselessly, ησνχ?ι. A
scythe, δρέπανον. Armed with, scythes, δρεπανηφόρος. Axle,
αξων. Obliquely, sideways, εϊς πλάγιον. Extend from, απο-
τείνω. ·Plan, γνώμη. Centre, μέσον. On both sides, εκατέρω-
θεν. I break through, διακόπτω. I drive, ελαννω. Σ am

(1)	nνίκα denotes the precise time in distinction from οτε which ia
more general. Cf. τηνίκα as distinguished from τότε; πηνίκα, from πότε;
birriviitay from ύπότε.

(2)	Observe that σψίσι in the text is indirectly reflexive.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

91

deceived, ψεύδομαι. To be well, to go well (abs. or c. dat.),
καλώς ϊχειν. I take care, μέλει μοι. 1 surround, κνχλώ. To
surpass, to be over and above, περιεϊναι. How ? πώς. I come
on, πρόςειμι.

I proceed. How did they proceed 1 They proceeded
slowly. He proceeded as slowly as possible. We proceeded
as fast as possible. He came on silently and quietly. A
considerable time afterwards they proceeded. A short time
afterwards they were in plain sight. Has he arrived % He
has not yet arrived. He arrived about mid-day—about mid-
night—at break of day—in the afternoon (gen.)—after the
battle—before the battle—during the battle. You will not
take the city without battle. He was too late for the battle.
They came on, nation by nation. They proceeded at a con-
siderable distance from one another.

They proceeded, nation by nation, at a considerable dis-
tance apart from one another. The cloud of dust, as it were
thick darkness, appeared on the plain. A cloud appeared
on the right. When they were nearer, they beheld the great
multitude and heard the shouting of the enemy. They
quickly beheld in the plain many horsemen and chariots
armed with scythes. They advanced slowly and not with
an outcry as Cyrus said, but as silently as possible. 1 went
as fast as Γ could. About the middle of the day, the enemy*
were in plain sight. He came in the afternoon. They made
an attack upon the city about midnight, as quietly as possible.
They had many scythes extending obliquely from the axles
of their chariots, with which they broke through whatever
they met. They ran as fast as they could, that they migh
break through whatever they met. The plan was apparently
to drive through the midst of the plain, and to break through
whatever they met. They advanced slowly and at a con-
siderable distance from one another. They proceeded, nation
by nation, as silently as possible. He was deceived in re-92	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

spect to the outcry and the confusion of the barbarians. They
drove against the enemy's centre, because the king was
there. It was their plan apparently to drive against the right
wing, because they ascertained that the king was there. If
he conquers the centre of the enemy's line, he has done
all. (3) He took care that it might go well with Cyrus. He
said that if he should succeed well, he would take care to
make each man envied by those at home. He feared that
the army would be surrounded on both sides ; seeing that the
king surpassed the Greeks very much *in numbers. I am
not willing to draw my army away from the river, for I fear
that we shall be surrounded by the enemy. The more he
surpassed them in numbers, the more did they fear that they
should be surrounded. I fear that we shall not surround the
enemy on all sides.

§§ 14-20. In an even line, δμαλως. In the same place,
iv τω at'τω. In either direction, εχοπέρωσε. A noise, ϋόρνβος.
Rank, τάξις. Watchword, σνν&ημα. Preserver, σωτηρ. Vic-
tory , νίκη. Against, opposite, αντίος. Sacrifice, Ιερόν. Vic-
tim, σφάγιον. To run hastily, δρόμοι -&εϊν. Spear, δόρν.
Without, destitute of, κενός c. gen. There is or was one who, Ι'στιν
οςτις. I advance, πρόειμι (πρόειμι, I go forward ; πρόςειμι, I
go to, towards). I look away, αποβλέπω. I pass along, παρέρ-
χομαι, To ie apart, διεχειν, I meet, συναντώ. I raise the
hattle-cry, ελελίζω. I make a loud noise, δονπώ. I give way,
έκκλίνω. I shout, φ&ε/χομαι. I reach, εξικνούμαι. I take my
place in the line of battle, κα&ίσταμαι εϊς την έμαντοϋ τάξιν. I
see before, προορώ. Am struck with terror, εκπλήττομαι. To
stand asunder, δίί'στασ&αι. Am hit with an arrow, τοξεύομαι.
I ride up, νπελαννω.

(·) The pres. or perf. sometimes stands in place of the future, to de-»
oete the certainty of the fut. event.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	93

Ohs. The negative ov in a question, anticipates an affirm-
ative answer; the neg. μη, a negative answer; e. g. άρ ου
παρψ; may be rendered, was he not present ? or, he was pre-
sent, was he not ? άρα παρψ ; he was not present, was he ?

The enemy are giving way. Are the enemy giving
way ? Are not the enemy giving way 1 The enemy are
not giving way, are they ? They cried aloud. They made
a loud noise. They shouted. They raised the war-cry.
What is the watchword ? He inquired what the watchword
was. He inquires what the watchword is. He was inquir-
ing what the watchword was. Was he not inquiring what
the watchword was Ί Did he not inquire what the watch-
word was ? He did not inquire what the -watchword was,
did he ? He began to go against the enemy. He rode up
so as to meet Cyrus. He broke through whatever he met.

The enemy were advancing in an even line ; but(4) we
were yet remaining in the same place. He looked away in
either direction, but he did not see the enemy. Much con-
fusion was created, and a noise passed along through the
ranks. While the watchword was passing along the first
time, they inquired what it was : and he(5) replied, (?) Jupiter
the Preserver, and Victory. He rode along not very near to
the army as silently as possible. He rode up so as to meet
the general. He exhorted (him) to tell all whom he chanced
to meet, what the watchword was. He rode away upon his
chariot to his own place. Thpy were distant from one an-
other about five stadia, when the general began to go against
the enemy. I will go against the enemy at daybreak. I

(4)	It is desirable that the learner should accustom himself to the use
of the correlative particles μεν and δε.

(5)	Καΐ δς, or b δε. The former phrase refers only to persons. Cf.
ch. 1, (9).

(6)	or ι is often used to introduce a direct quotation. In such a case,
we either do not translate it, or else express the clause as orat. obliqua.94	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

met them in the afternoon. We chanced to meet him about
full market-time. The victims are favorable and all will be
well. The city is about ten stadia distant. They all raised
the battle-cry to Enyalius, and began to run hastily. They
all advanced in an even line, for the ground was level as a
sea. He spread fear among the horses of the enemy by
making a loud noise with his shield (clashing) against his
spear. If we conquer the enemy's centre, they will give
way and flee. When they saw the enemy giving way, they
all shouted, and at the same time began to run. The bow-
men are not yet able to reach the barbarian army. When
he heard what the watchword was, he said,(7) Well, I re-
ceive it, and let this be (the watchword). Do not run hastily,
but follow in military order. I entreat you not to run hastily.
He did not run hastily, for the place was rugged and he saw
the enemy advancing slowly. They took their places in the
line of battle with much haste, and having conquered the
enemy, they pursued in military order. While he was view-
ing the army, he beheld a man riding up at full speed, and
crying out to all whom he met(8) the barbarians are coming.
He,observed(·) them (after they had been) drawn up in
companies of horse and of infantry. The scythe-bearing
chariots, without drivers, were borne through the midst of
the army. Without military order, there is no advantage in
the multitude of our soldiers. Some of the chariots were
borne through the plain; others, to the mountains. Some,
when they beheld the chariots before (them), fled; others,
were cut in pieces. No one suffered any thing (lit. nothing).
Some, being struck with terror, were taken ; others, stand-

(7)	'Αλλά is often used in connections like this, and may be expressed
by the Eng. word well.

(8)	See (6) sup.

(®) καταΒεωμαι (άομαι), I view by looking down upon; Θεωρώ (εω),2 am
β spectator11 observe.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

95

ing apart, suffered nothing. The more they were terrified,
the more they suffered. Some upon the right wing, others
upon the left, were hit with arrows. The' bowmen were not
able to reach any one (lit. no one). There was one who was
left behind.

§§ 21—24. Strength, ϊσχνς. Safe, ασφαλής. I am induced,
έϊά/ομαι. Opposed to, along by, κατα c. acc. Then, i'v&a.
The {part) left, το έπιλειπόμενον. Yet, nevertheless, ομως.
To extend beyond, Ι'£ω γίγνεσ&αι. Half, ημισνς.

His strength is upon both sides. His forces are upon
both sides. Where are his forces ? They are around him.
They are on both sides of him—behind him—in front of him.
He slew the commander. Did he slay the commander 1 He
slew the commander, did he not ? He did not slay the com-
mander, did he ? He slew the commander with his own
hand.

No one of those drawn up in front of us suffered any thing.
If he needs to announce any thing to the army, they will
quickly and easily perceive (it). If he should desire to an-
nounce any thing to the army, they would thus in half the
time perceive (it). He supposed that if he should desire to
announce any thing to the army, they would (1 °) perceive (it)
immediately. If his strength is on both sides, he will be in
the safest (condition). He viewed the army in both direc-
tions, while riding along not very near to it. He was not
induced to pursue the enemy, as long as they remained in
the plain. While he was observing what that part of the
phalanx opposed to him would do, a messenger arrived,
saying that the left wing was giving way. Then indeed,
with the centre of his army he began to move forward. When
that part of the army which was left began to run hastily,

(l0) Do not omit av in the apodosis of this sentence and the preceding.96	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

the Greeks all shouted. Though he occupied the centre of
his phalanx, yet it extended beyond the enemy's wing.
Though he stood in the centre of his own(n) phalanx, yet
he was struck with terror. He stood between his own pha-
lanx and that of the enemy. I should be reluctant to stand
in front of the army. Those who stood in the rear of the
army feared that they might be surrounded. I will go against
the enemy. Will you go against the enemy 1 So far as this
person is concerned, we will not fear that our own army will
be cut in pieces. It is time to go against the enemy. The
left wing gave way and fled. They conquered and pursued
that (part of the army) against themselves. Having put to
flight those who were drawn up before the king, they pur-
sued them with an outcry. So far as this person is con-
cerned, we shall have leisure to pursue their army. With
his own hand he slew their commander. Having in the first
place put this person out of the way, we shall then have
leisure to view both the companies of horse and of infantry.

§§ 25—29. Eye, οφ&αλμός. I hit, strike (with a dart or
javelin), ακοντίζω. Breast, στέρνον. I wound, fierce, τιτρώ-
σχω. I smite, strike, παίω. A servant, θεράπων. I fall,
πίπτω. I fall upon (not in a hostile sense), περιπίπτω (lit.
I fall around). I lie, χεϊμοa. I wear, φορώ. Like, just as,
ωςπερ. A table-companion, ομοτράπεζος. A rout, τροπή. I
scatter, διασπείρω. Except, except that, πλψ. Mostly, σχεδόν.
I honor, τιμώ. For, on account of, δια c. acc. Fidelity,
πιστότης. I slay, slaughter, σφαττω. I draw, σπώ (ααι). I re-
strain myself, ανέχομαι.

(ll) Observe the difference in the position of Savrov=avro9, and of
αΰτου or αντών ; e. g. ή ίσχνς αντών, but h αυτών ισχύς. The reflexives of
the 1st and 2d persons have the same position as those of the 3d person,
So also the possessive adj. pronouns.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	97

I fall upon (in a hostile sense). We will fall upon the
enemy. The enemy will fall upon us. The enemy will
fall upon us immediately (αντίκα is predicated of fut.
time). Let us fall upon the enemy immediately. (The sub-
junctive denotes a fut. event conceived in the mind.) Let
us not fall upon the enemy. They thought that the enemy
would fall upon them immediately. I fall upon (in a friendly
sense). They fell upon him. Did they fall upon him ?
They immediately fell upon him. Did they not all fall upon
him ? They did not all fall upon him, did they 1 They all
immediately fell upon him. They leaped from their horses
and fell upon him. I pierce. They pierced him. They all
pierced him through the breast—through the breastplate—
through the hand—through the foot—through the head—
under the eye—under the right eye—through the neck—
through the right foot.

The bravest of those around him, while fighting for him,
were slain. (l2) A certain person hit him with a dart
under the right eye, while fighting for himself. He was
pierced by a certain person through the breast. With his
own hand he smote the king upon the breast. His most faith-
ful servants, when they saw that the bravest of their own
army were slain, and that the king himself had fallen, leaped
from their horses and fell upon him. The commander him-
self was slain, and many of the bravest men lay upon him.
He used to wear a golden necklace, and the other (orna-
ments) like those who were called the table-companions of
the king. At that time indeed the rout commenced; for
they saw that the commander had fallen, and that the bravest
men were slain. Having routed those who were in front of
themselves, they rushed in the pursuit and were scattered^
except a very few (who) yet stood around the general, mostly

(·*) άνοθνήσκω is often in idea a pass, of άποκτείνω.98	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

the bravest men and his most faithful servants. Those who
had been most honored for their friendship and fidelity still
fought for their king. He drew his scimeter and slew him-
self. He descries the king and a few about him, mostly the
bravest and most faithful of his servants. Seeing that his
bravest men had fallen, he stood and wept. He descried his
most valuable friends far from himself, in the power (I3) of
the enemy. Having seen his most violent enemy near at
hand, he no longer restrained himself, but immediately has-
tened against him.

(«) See («) ch. 2.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	90

CHAPTER NINTH.

§§ 1—6. Disgraceful, αισχρός. From childhood, ευ&νς
παϊς ων (statim parvulus). To be brought up, παιδενεσ&αι.
Sobriety, σωφροσύνη. To become intimately acquainted with,
iv πείρα γενέσ&αι. I learn, καταμαν&ιχνω. 1 rule, ofg^w. .FoneZ
vf learning, φιλομαθής. Diligent, μελετηρός. An equal in age,
ηλικίώτης. I grapple with, συμπίπτω. Finally, τελο?. I draw
iown, drag down, κατασπώ («ω). j4 beary άρκτος. .4 scar, ώτειλη.

Where was he brought up? He was brought at the
doors of the king. Where (whither) is he going ? He is
going to the south. He is not going to the south on account
of the heat. They are going towards the north. He grap-
pled with a bear. He was dragged down from his horse.
Was he dragged down from his horse ? He was dragged
from his horse, was he not 1 (See Obs. ch. 8, § 14.) He
was not dragged from his horse, was he ? And finally, he
was dragged down from his horse. He is diligent. He is
most diligent. He is the most diligent of his equals in age.
He is diligent and fond of learning. They are both diligent
and fond of learning. From childhood, he was most fond of
learning. From childhood, they learned much sobriety
From childhood, he seemed to be fond of learning, and dili-
gent.

From childhood he neither saw nor heard any thing dis-
graceful. He was brought up at the doors of the king: so
that, when yet a child, he was intimately acquainted with the100	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

bravest of the Persians. From childhood, we both see and
hear many things disgraceful. When yet a child he learned
much sobriety, for he was brought up at the doors of the king.
He perished fighting for his country, with his bravest men
about him. He learned both to rule and to be ruled, so that
they established him in the kingdom. He learned both to
rule and to be ruled, so as to be established in the kingdom.
If he does not learn both to rule and to be ruled, they will
not establish him in the kingdom. If he is not learning 'roth
to rule and to be ruled, they will not establish him in the king-
dom. The boy is most fond of learning and most diligent, so
that, in all respects, he is the best of those of his own age.
It is said by many persons who seem to be on intimate terms
with him, that he is always the most diligent of all men. He
is most happy in all respects, as is confessed by all men. If
one should remain a long time at the doors of the king, he
would learn much modesty. He grappled with a certain
wild beast; and finally slew liim. On a certain occasion,
having been dragged from his horse by a bear, he suffered
many things. He had many scars in front.

§§ 7—12. Ill, hadly, κακώς; worse, κάκιον. Once, once for
all, απαξ. Very many, πλείστοι. Those who are contemporary
with any one, ol mi τίνος. One's life (lit. the hody), το σώμα. Until,
τοσούτον χρονον—εςτε. A prayer, ενχη. I make of the highest
importance, περί πλείστου ποιούμαι. Accordingly, τοιγαρονν. 1
make a treaty, σπένδομαι. I make an agreement, σνντί&εμαι. I
fare, πράττω. I abandon, give up, προΐεμαι. I surpass, νικώ.
I requite, αλέθομαι. I desire, έπι&νμώ. It is permitted, εστι.
I report, relate, εκφέρω.

He is false in nothing. Is he false in any thing % He is
false in every thing. He is false to us in nothing. He makes
it of the highest importance. He makes it of much import-
ance. He makes it of more importance. He makes it ofEXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	101

the utmost importance to be false in nothing. Does he make
it of great (much, ππο'κΧον) importance to be false in no-
thing ? They make it of great importance to be false in no-
thing. Do you make it of the highest importance ? I make-
it of more importance than life (to live). I do well (trans.).
I jfare well (intrans.).

He makes it of the highest importance, to be false in
nothing. He was false in nothing; accordingly, if he made
a treaty with any one, and if he made an agreement with
any one, they placed confidence in him. He was the best of
all men in all things; wherefore his enemies feared him and
his friends placed confidence in him.- Know well that I
would choose you in preference to all that I possess. If you
should fare even worse yet, I would never abandon you; for
I have once(*) become a friend to you. Having once made
a treaty with the exiles, I will never consent to abandon
them. If he should fare(2) even worse yet, I would neither
abandon him, nor do him any harm. If any man has done
me any good, I shall endeavor to surpass him. He manifestly
tries to surpass those who have done him any good or ill. He
manifestly surpasses both those who do well and those who
do ill by him. He once prayed that he might live until he re-
quited those who had done him any good. Very many of those
who are contemporary with us desire to requite both those
who do well and those who do ill (to them). Those who are
contemporary with us both see and hear many things dis-
graceful. It is permitted to our Contemporaries to see many
things (which are) honorable. He seemed to be the most
worthy to rule of (those who were) his equals in years. He
was the most worthy to rule of t\ose (who were) contempo-

(*) απαξ, once= once for all; ποτέ, once—on a certain occasion.

(*) πράττω, with ευ or κακώς is ordinarily intransitive ; ποιώ, transit
live.102	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

rary with him. He was contemporary with Cyrus. He was
in the power of Cyrus. He did not go into the power of Cy-
rus. Those who were contemporary with Cyrus desired to
give up to him more than to any other one man(3) both their
money and their lives. More persons desired to give their
money to him than to any other one man. He, more than
any other one man, learned (4) how, both to rule, and to be
ruled. He, more than any other one man, is able to confer
benefits on his friends. In him, more than any other one man,
the cities which were intrusted to him placed confidence.
Some persons reported a prayer of his, that he prayed, he
might be able, more than any other one man, to requite those
who had done him any good.

§§ 13—15. A public, trodden road, στεψομένη οδός. An
evil-doer, an offender, κακούργος. Especially, conspicuously,
δκχφερόντως. Without fear, fearlessly, αδεώς. Most unspar-
ingly, αφειδέστατα. Abundance, supply, αφ&ονία. I mock, de-
ride, κατα/ελώ. I avenge myself, τιμωρούμαι. I overthrow,
subjugate, καταστρέφω, I incur danger, κινδυνεύω.

I subjugate. I subjugated the country. I subjugated the
country for myself. (5) Did you subjugate the country ?
Did you subjugate the country for yourself? Did you not
subjugate the country ? You did not subjugate the country
for yourself, did you ? I avenged myself. Did you avenge
yourself? I avenged myself most unsparingly. Did they
not avenge themselves ? Thby avenged themselves fearlessly.

I saw along by the side of the public roads, many men
deprived of their hands and feet and eyes. He said that he
desired to inflict punishment upon all offenders. Wherever

(3)	Lit. to him one man at least, they desired to give up the most
«tc. With the phrase, είς γεΦνήρ, cf. εϊ τις καϊ άλλος.

(4)	Lit.: one man at least, he learned how especially (μάλιστα), etc,EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	10S

we are, we will not allow the unjust to mock. Wherever
we go, we will inflict punishment upon offenders and honor
the good especially. They went without fear, wherever they
desired. He, the most unsparingly of all men, avenged him-
self. (5) He subjugated the whole country (for himself). He
made the bravest and most faithful men rulers of any country
which he subjugated (for himself). He requited (for himself),
more than any other one man, those who had done him hann.
I attempted^8) to requite (for myself) those who had done
me any good. I attempted to avenge myself and not to allow
the unjust to mock (at me). They all of their own accord
chose (for themselves) Cyrus as commander instead of Tis-
saphernes. He chose (for himself) those whom he saw willing
to incur danger. And upon this, they all of their own accord
stood up (for themselves). He made it (for himself) of the
highest importance to honor especially those who were good
for war: accordingly he had a great supply of those who
were most faithful and brave. He had a greater abundance
than any other one man, of those who were willing both to
fight for him and to give up to him(7) their money and their
lives.

§§ 16—21. Unjustlyj ly unjust means, εκ τον άδικου. True,
άλη&ινός. Justice, δικαιοσύνη. In respect to, εις. For the
sake of, on account of, for, ενεκα. Profitable, κερδαλέος. Gain,
κέρδος. Monthly, month by month, κατα μήνα. Zeal, προ&ν
μία. Unrequited, αχάριστος. Most efficient, κράτιστός. Boldly,

(®) The mid. voice is more or less directly reflexive. It denotes (*)

that the agent performs the action on himself ;(b) that he performs it for

flimself; («) that he gets it done for himself.

(e) We must carefully distinguish between the mid. voice in its ap-

propriate sense and deponent verbs.

(7) For themselves, i. e. because they wished so to do, and thought

t for their own interest.104 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

ΰαρραλεως. Income, revenue, πρόςοδος. Skilful, δεινός. Man
ager, steward, οικονόμος. Justly, on the principles of justice;
«κ rot; δίκαιον, A coadjutor, helper, συνεργός. Rich, wealthy,
πλούσιος. A servant, υπηρέτης. Work, I'g/ov. To be greedy
of gain, φιλοχερδεΐν. To exhibit one's self, έπιδύχννσ&αι. 1
render obedience, πει&αρχώ. I enjoin upon, προςτάττω. To
serve, to be α υπηρέτης^ υπηρετέϊν. To serve, to do service to,
&εραπεύειν. I toil, πονώ. I acquire, χτωμαι. I take away,
deprive, αφαιρούμαι. I conceal, αποκρύπτω. To be rich, πλου-
τείν. I envy, φ&ονώ. To consider all-important, περί παντός
ποιεϊσ&αι. Contrary to, παρα c. acc.

I suffer contrary to the treaty. He suffered contrary to*
the treaty. He suffered nothing contrary to the treaty. The
servant suffered nothing contrary to the treaty. He consider-
ed it of the highest importance that the servant should suffer
nothing contrary to the treaty. He made it all-important that
the servant should suffer nothing contrary to the treaty.

Those who are greedy of gain unjustly will never employ
a true(8) army. In respect to justice he manifestly desired
to exhibit himself: for he made it (for himself) of the highest
importance to inflict punishment upon those who were greedy
of dishonest gain. He went on an expedition against the country
of the Pisidians, not for the sake of money, but to avenge him-
self. (9) To render honorable obedience to Cyrus is more profit-
able than the monthly gain. They demanded their wages
monthly. He did not suffer the# zeal of any one who had served
him well to be unrequited. You will not repent, if you serve me
well when I have enjoined any thing upon you. He never
suffered the zeal of those who yielded honorable obedience to
him, to be unrequited. He used to pray that he might live until

(8) αληθινός, true, i. e. genuine, not spurious; αληθής, true, truth*
ipcakingy not false.

(·) Use the participle.EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	105

he requited (10) those who had done him any good. He wag
most efficient to serve whatever friends he made. He did
not squander in pleasure the money which he had acquired.
He toiled gladly and made acquisitions boldly, when he knew
that Cyrus would not take his revenues away from him, but
that he would give him more. He is a skilful manager on
the principles of justice; and he deprives those who are
greedy of dishonest gain of what they already possess. He
manifestly tried to use the treasures of those who(n) conceal
(them for themselves). They were most efficient coadjutors
in that which (whatever it might be) their friends desired.
This is the very thiflg for which I myself am in need of
friends, that I may have helpers. Whomsoever the king
judged to be competent coadjutors, his subjects gladly served.
Is he rich ? He happens to be rich. I will serve you in that
for whatsoever you need a friend. He does not envy those
who are rich. I gave him his wages monthly. He has the
best coadjutors and servants in every work.

§§ 22—27. Ornament, κόσμος, I adorn, κοσμώ. Worthy
of admiration, άγαστός. To be wondered at, θαυμαστός. Siveet,
fine flavored, ηδύς. To-day, τημερον. Half full, ημιδεης. A
vessel, an earthen wine-vessel, βίκος. Half eaten, ημίβρωτος. A
goose, χψ. Scarce, σπάνιος. A loaf of bread, άρτος. Ha f (adj.)
ήμισυς. A half ήμισυ. I distribute, διαδίδωμι. I taste, γένομαι,
I like, am'pleased with, ηδομαι. 1 beg, δέομαι. I find, light upon,
επιτυγχάνω. I am hungry, πεινώ. I drink up} έκπινω.

I taste. I wish to taste. I wish to be tasting (or, to con-
tinue tasting, pres. infin.). I wish to taste of this wine. I
wish to continue tasting this meat. Do you wish to taste of

(10)	It is important to be in the habit of noticing in all instances the
reflexive meaning of the mid. voice; although we do not and perhaps
cannot easily express it in our translation.

(11)	ct7ro adds to κρνπτω the idea of putting away.106	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

this meat ? Do you wish to keep tasting of this wine ? Dc
not keep tasting of this wine. Do not taste of this wine. I
wish to speak the truth. I wish to-be-in-the-habit-of-speak-
ing-the-truth. I beg you to taste of this wine to-day. I will
taste of it in the afternoon. He drank up the wine. He was
drinking up the wine. I will drink up the wine. I will not
taste of the meat, for I am not hungry. Are you not hungry ?
You are not hungry, are you ?

On many accounts he received very many presents. On
this account, he received more presents than any one man,
because he honored the good especially, and did not allow
the wicked to deride (him). He distributed, I think, (12)
more gifts to his friends than any other one man, always
considering (13) what each one most needed. He considers
that no ornament is greater to a man than friends well adorn-
ed. He considered the characters of his friends before he
distributed gifts to them. It was in accordance with the
character of Cyrus to avenge himself most unsparingly upon
evil-doers. He had very many ornamjpts for his person.
It seems to me at least, worthy of admiration, that the king
surpasses his subjects in his zeal to confer favors. It is not
to be wondered at, that he had a great abundance of those
who were zealous to incur danger for him. I wish you to
taste of these things, for I liked them. Do you like this
wine ? I have not tasted a finer-flavored wine for a long
time. He sent me to-day a vessel half full of wine, and a
goose half eaten. This wine is very delicious. I beg you
to drink this wine to-day with those whom you love best, for
I have not found any finer-flavored wine for a long time. I
am not fond of wine. I do not like your wine. Corn and
wine are very scarce in this place. Is your horse hungry ?

(12)	For the peculiar force of οιμαι as distinguished from οϊομαι, see
L. & S. sub voce.

(13)	Why is 6τον used here instead of rod 1EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	10"*

Cyrus sent me half loaves of bread, that I might not be hun
gry. Give this fodder to your horse that he may not be
hungry. He will drink half (14) of this wine fearlessly. He
drank up the greater part (lit. the much) of the wine, the
same day. I will go home to-day.

§§ 28—31. Proof, τεχμήριον. To be loved, treated as a
friend, αγαπασ&αι. I am about to, μέλλω. The cavalry, το
ίππιχόν. I station, τάττω.

No one has been loved by greater numbers. I judge that
no one has been loved by greater numbers. I judged that no
one had been loved by greater numbers. I judged that no
one was loved by greater numbers. I judged that no one
was loved (habitually) by greater numbers. The king has
fallen. I perceive that the king has fallen. Has the king
fallen ? I know that the king has fallen. The king hap-
pened to have fallen. He happened to be falling. He will
fall to-day. He is about to fall. He wishes to exhibit him-
self (habitually). He wishes to exhioit himself (a single
action). He manifestly wishes to exhibit himself. He de-
sires to incur danger (habitually). He desires to incur dan-
ger (a single action). He is about to incur danger.

No one either of the Greeks or of the barbarians has ever
been loved by a greater number of persons. Cyrus has been
loved by a greater number of persons than any other one man.
The following is a proof that he was loved especially. That
which happened to him at the close of his life, is a proof that
he judged rightly both those who were friendly and those who
were hostile. No one ever attempted to go from Cyrus to
the king. Many persons attempted to go away from the king
to his brother, and that too, those who were treated most
especially as friends by the king. He was commander of

(14) Recollect that ήμισυς, πο\νς, πλείωμ, and superlatives, when used
partitively, take the gender of the word denoting the whole.108 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

the cavalry. He was stationed upon the right wing as com-
mander of the infantry. He commanded all of the cavalry.
He happened to be a table-companion of the king. Having
ascertained that the king had fallen, he fled with about a
thousand men as a body guard. They perished fighting for
their native country. Thus died a man most worthy to gov-
ern. They thought that by being faithful and friendly (15)
to Cyrus they should obtain the most worthy honor. See
that you be worthy of the honor which you obtain. When
he ascertained that the friends and table-companions of Cyrus
had perished, he fled. When he ascertained that they were
faithful and friendly, he especially honored them. They
were not able to find Ihe road, and perished in wandering.
We quickly found him to be false to us. I never found (lit.
happened upon) more delicious wine than that which I drank
to-day with Cyrus.

(15) When is the adjunct of the subject of the infinitive in the nomi-
native 1EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	109

CHAPTER TENTH.

§§ 1—5. The distance was ; lit. there was (or were) of
the way. Forward, ύς το πράσ&εν. On the other hand, «5. 1
draw up in order of hattle, σνντάττω. I render assistance,
(xgrj/oj. Intelligent, σοφός.

I will go to render assistance. He went to render assist-
ance. He went with the intention of rendering assistance.
They went to render assistance. Will you go to render as-
sistance % Will they not go to render assistance ? He will
not go to render assistance, will he ? I will go immediately.
He went at once. He went once for all. He went once (on
a certain occasion).

The distance was said to be three parasangs. The dis-
tance was said to be ten stadia to the station whence they had
hastened.* The distance through their own encampment to
the city, was about five parasangs. Between the river and
the ditch, the distance was five stadia. All the space be-
tween the fortresses was seven parasEngs. The enemy pur-
suing, rushed into their encampment. They fled as fast as
possible through their own(') encampment. They were dis-
tant from the river about twenty stadia. The river is distant
from the mountain, sixty stadia. The encampment was not
far from the city. Call Menon, for he is nearest. They
have gone forward in the pursuit. He has gone forward in

f) What is the difference in the position of αντών and αυτών ?110 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

the pursuit of the enemy. And on the other hand, when
they heard that the king had conquered that part of the army
opposed to himself, and had gone forward in the pursuit, they
collect their own forces and draw them up in order of battle.
They refused to advance farther. They advanced farther,
before it was plain what the rest of the army would do. W6
will go to the camp to render assistance. Let us go to the
camp to render assistance. Let us deliberate whether we
will send some persons, or will go ourselves to the camp.
Let us all go as quickly as possible to the camp. Let us call
those of the soldiers who are nearest, and pursue the enemy
who are fleeing. Let us not flee. They were plundering
the camp, supposing that they were already victorious. She
was intelligent and beautiful. She was said to be the most
beautiful of her contemporaries. They heard that the wife
of Syennesis was the most beautiful and intelligent of her
contemporaries. And on the other hand, the Greeks heard
that the enemy had left the mountains.

§§ 6—12. I inclose, fold around, περιπτνσσω, In this
direction, ταmrj, I advance, go towards, πρόςειμι. I lead to-
wards, προςά/ω. To close one's ranks, σνστρέφεσ&αι. Onset,
σύνοδος. Together, ομον. To he worsted, μείον εχειν. I ad-
vance, go against, επειμι. With ardor, προ&νμως. Before,
the former time, το πρόσ&εν. Standard, ση μείον. Royal, βασι-
λέως. An eagle, αετός. * With outspread wings, ανατεταμένος.
Form, σχήμα. Behind, beyond, above, νπέρ. I halt, stand,,
ϊσταμαι. One's party, those about one, of αμφί τίνα. I turn
about, face about, αναστρέφω. While (in what time), εν ω. I
fall in with, σνντνγχάνω.

Have you fallen in with the king to-day ? I have not
fallen in with him for a long time. He said that he fell in
with the king. He said that he used to fall in with the king
at break of day. He saw the royal standard. He affirmedEXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	Ill

that he saw the royal standard. He affirmed that he himself
(why in the nom. ?) saw the royal standard. They affirmed
that they themselves saw the royal standard. They denied
that they themselves saw the royal standard.

They did not slay any one, but they wounded many.
They feared the king would inclose the wing on both sides,
and cut it in pieces. They fear that the Greeks will strike
and cast darts at them. Let us not fear that the king will
lead his army in this direction. If the king leads his army
in this direction, we will cut them in pieces. If the army
of the king come up in the rear, we will close up our ranks
and receive him. And at this time they closed up their
ranks, supposing that the enemy would come up in this direc-
tion. It was plain that the king (*) was coming up in the
rear. It was plain that the bowmen were coming up in
front. It was plain that they would receive those who had
deserted to the enemy in the first onset. He was a traitor
to his friends. Those who had deserted, went with the king.
Those who had deserted, and the king, went together. He
was worsted in the first onset. Being worsted in the bat-
tie, they fled as fast as possible. And while they advanced
with far greater ardor than before, having the royal stand-
ard—a golden eagle with its wings outspread—the Greeks
made preparation to receive them. He arrived sooner than
I with the royal standard. They halted (3) in a certain vil-
lage. They placed the phalanx in just the same form as at
first. The hill was filled with horsemen, but the footmen
were behind the hill in a certain village. They went to a
certain hill above the village. Beyond the village was a hill
abounding in vines and trees of every variety. They went
as far as they could to a certain village (which was) filled
with corn and wine. In this place they halted, for it was not

(*) Lit. the king was plain, etc.

(*) What three tenses of ΐστημι are intransitive in the act. voice ?112	EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

possible to know what was doing beyond the mountain. While
they beheld the royal standard, they advanced with the greater
ardor. The king and his party faced about upon a certain
hill, and this was filled with men, so as not to know what was
doing. The king filled the hill with horsemen, so that we
did not know what was doing.

§§ 13—19. I make to ascend, αναβιβάζω.—"Αλλοι αλλο&εν,
some in one direction, some in another.—Almost,, σχεδόν. The
sun, ο ήλιος. To go down, to set, δνεσ&αι. Nowhere, ονδαμον.
I rest, αναπαύομαι. Supper-time, δροπηστός. Food, σιτιον.
Drink, ποτόν. I find, καταλαμβάνω. Without supper, αδειπ-
νος. Without breakfast, άνάριστος. Breakfast, άριστον. Pass,
spend (of time), διάγομαι. Fine flour, αλενρον. Want, ενδεια.
Excessively, σφοδρά. To come upon, to seize, λαμβάνειν. To
perspire, ίο sweat, Ιδροϋν (όειν).

The army ascended upon the hill. He made the army
ascend upon the hill. Some hastened in one direction, some
in another. Some said one thing, some another. Thus
he spent the night. Where did you spend the night 1 I
spent the night at home. I found the camp plundered. Did
you find the camp plundered ? When did he arrive ? He
arrived about supper-time. He arrived when the sun was
setting. And finally, after the sun set, he arrived.

Cyrus was riding on horseback, with his head uncovered.
He rode through the midst of the city at full speed with his
head uncovered, shouting that the king was coming with a
large army. And when the hill was made bare, he ascended
(upon it) with about fifty horsemen to observe those things
which were) beyond it. He made his men ascend upon the
hill. And finally, they all fled at full speed, some in one
direction and some in another. And the sun went down,
almost at the time when they beheld the royal standard
They wondered that the enemy nowhere appeared. I won-EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.	113

der lhat the interpreter does not appear. He wondered that
his brother nowhere appeared, until it was plain what was
doing. I wonder th&t no one is present from the king. About
the time when the sun went down, a messenger arrived with
his horse sweating, crying out in the Greek language, that
the enemy were coming, apparently prepared for battle.
When we knew that he was dead, we all wept a long time.
When we saw that the commander of the enemy had fallen,
we advanced against (them) with far more courage. They
rested about midnight. And about supper-time they ascer-
tained that the general had been slain. They were not able
to find the road, so that many perished in wandering. They
found that whatever food or drink they had, and the greater
part of their other treasures had been plundered by the ene-
my, so that they went without supper and breakfast. The
army halted for breakfast about daybreak. They passed
this night without food or drink. He filled Jen wagons
with fine flour and wine, that he might distribute food and
drink to the army. He did not yet distribute food and drink
to the army, so that extreme want came upon them. The
king nowhere appeared, until the army provided for them-
selves fifty wagons full of fine flour and wine. He never
rode in front of the army. We conjectured that he had de-
serted to the enemy. We suspected that he had become a
traitor to us. It is high time to restVOCABULARY.

Α.

Abandon, καταλείπω. 2 : 18.—
Evacuate, εκλείπω. 2 : 24.—
Yield up, προΐεμαι. 9 : 12.—
Abandon the idea οζ άπογι-
γνώσκω. 7 : 19.—Am traitor,
προδίδωμι. 3: 5.

Able, Ικανός, 1: 5.—Am able,
δύναμαι.—Able to be crossed,
διαβατός, 4: 18.

Abounding in, εμπλεως. 2 : 22.

About, περί c. acc. 2 : 12.—In«
designations of number, ώ?.
2: 3.

Above, νπέρ. J 0 : 12.—νπερ-
&εν. 4: 4.

Abundance, supply, άφ&ονία.
9: 15.

Accord,—of one's own a. εκών.
—άπο του αυτομάτου. 2: 17.
—εκ του αυτομάτου. 3: 13.

Accordingly, τοιγαρονν. 9 : 9.

Accrue, γίγνομαι. 1: 8.

Accuse, αιτιώμαι. 2: 20.

Acknowledge, ομολογώ. 6: 8.

Acquainted, become intimate-
ly a. with, έρ πείροι γίγνομαι,
9: 1.

Admiral, ναύαρχος. 4 : 2.

Admire, αγαμαι. 1:9.—Worthy
of admiration, αγαστός. 9:
24.

Adorn, κοσμώ. 9 : 23.

Adorned with gold, χρυσονς.
2: 27.

Advance, πρόειμι. 8 : 14.—Go
towards, πρόςειμι. 10 : 6.—
Go against, Iπειμι. 10 : 10.

Advantage, profit, οφελος. 3:11.

Advice, γνώμη. 3 : 13.

Advise, συμβουλεύω, c. infin.
6 : 9.—advise with, συμβου-
λεύομαι, c. dat. 1: 10.

Adviser, σύμβουλος. 6 : 5.

Affirm, φημί. Often used with
the infin. having a subject;
and also, in the imperf., often
used like the Latin inquam
to denote a direct quotation.

After, επεί. 1: 1.—επειδή. 1: 3.
—As a preposition, μετά c.
acc. 2: 27.

Afternoon, δείλη. 8 : 8.

Afterwards, νστερον. 3: 2.—
Yet, longer, ετι. 1: 4.

Again, αν. 6: 7.—Back, back
again, πάλιν. 1: 3.116

VOCABULARY.

Against, επ I c. acc. 3 : 1.—προς
c. acc. 1: 8.—εις, 1:11.—-Op-
posite, άντίος. 8 : 17.

Ago, long a. πάλαι, 4 : 12.

Agreement,—make an a. συντί-
&εμαt, 9 : 7.

Alike, in like manner, ομοίως,
3: 12.

All, πάντες.—All together, σύμ-
παντες. 2: 9.

Allow, εώ. 4: 7.

Allowance,—a day's-a.^oml·.

Almost, σχεδόν. 10: 15.

Already, η δη. 2 : 1.

Also, και.

Altar, βωμός. 6: 7.

Am, ειμί.

Am ashamed, αϊσχννομαι. 3 :10.

Am astonished, θαυμάζω. 2:18.

Am at a loss, απορώ. 3:8.

Am come, ηκω.

Am conquered, ηττώμαι. 2 : 9.

Am conscious, σύνοιδα εμαντω.
3: 10.

Am deceived, ψεύδομαι. 8:11.

Am destroying, ruining, λυμαί-
νομαι. 3: 16.

Am displeased, αχ&ομαι.

Am engaged in military oper-
ations, στρατεύομαι. 2: 3.

Am enraged, οργίζομαι. 2' 26.

Am free from care, αμελώ.

Am friendly, εννοϊκώς εχω. 1: 5.

Am of good courage, &αρόώ.
3: 8.

Am gone, οίχομαι. 4: 8.

Am grateful, χάριν οϊδα. 4: 15.

Am guilty, αδικώ (often in the
sense of the intrans. perf. as
ηδίκηκα is trans.).

Am in haste, σπεύδω. 3 : 14

Am hired, μισ&ονμαι. 3 : 1.

Am hit with an arrow, τοξενο-
μαι. 8: 20.

Am hungry, πεινώ. !i): 27.

Am indignant,χαλεπαίνω. 4:12.

Am induced, εξάγομαι. 8 : 21.

Am informed, αϊσ&άνομαι.
2: 21.

Am informed beforehand, προ-
αισ&άνομαι.

Am jealous, φιλοτιμούμαι. 4: 7

Am king, βασιλεύω. 1: 4.

Am perplexed, απορώ. 3 : 8.

Am pleased, %\δομαι. 2 : 18.

Am reconciled with, σνναλλάτ-
τομαι προς c. acc. 2 : 1.

Am sad, λνπονμαι. 3 : 8.

Am silent, σιωπώ. 3 : 2.

Am a spectator, ϋ-εωρώ. 2: 10.

Am surprised, θαυμάζω.

Am terrified, εκπλήττομαι. 5 :
13.

Am troubled, άνιώμαι. 2: 11.

Am victorious, νικώ. 10: 4.

Am willing, έ&έλω. 2 : 26.

Ambush,—lie in a. ενεδρεύω.
6: 2.

Anchor,—to lie at a. ορμώ.
4: 6.

Anciently, το άρχαΐον. 1: 6.

Anger, οργή.

Announce, άγγέλλω. 7: 13.—
απαγγέλλω. 3 : 19.—παραγ
γέλλω. 8 : 22.—διαγγέλλω.
6: 2.

Another, άλλος.—One another,
(wanting in the nom.; in the
gen.) αλλήλων. 2 : 27.

Answer, αποκρίνομαι. 3: 20.VOCABULARY.

117

Anticipate, φ&άνω. 3: 14.

Anywhere, πον, (enclit.) 2:
27.

Apart from, χωρίς c. gen. 4 :
13.—Without, ανευ. 3 : 11.
—Away from, από. 8: 10.

* —To be apart, διεχειν. 8: 17.

Apiece, lit. to the man, to the
soldier. 3: 21.

Appear, φαίνομαι (causative in
the act.), 5: 7.—Ap. before,
προφαίνομαι. 8:1.

Appoint, τί&ημι. 2:10.—Make,
ποιώ. 1: 2.

Apprehend, suspect, νποπτενω.
1 : 1.—Seize upon, συλλαμ-
βάνω. 1: 3.

Ardor,—with a. προ&νμως.

Arise, spring up, γίγνομαι.

Armed with scythes, δρεπανη-
φόρος. 8 : 10.

Army, στρατιά. 3 : 1.—στρα-
τενμα. 1: 7.—The mercen-
ary army, το ξενικόν. 2:1.

Arms, armor, οπλα, τά. 2: 17.

Around, περί c. acc. 6: 4.—
άμφϊ c. acc. 2 : 3.

Arrange, τάττω, and σνντάττω.
2: 15.

Arrive, αφικνονμαι, ηκω, πάρει-
μι, παραγίγνομαι.

As, ως.—Just as, ωςπερ
(strengthened form of ως),
3 : 16.—As if, ως c. particip.
—Such as (relat. pron.),
οίόςπερ.—As long as, εως. 3:
11.—As much as possible,
ώς μάλιστα with the proper
form of δύναμαι.

Ascend, αναβαίνο). 1: 2.—

Make to ascend, αναβιβάζω.
10: 14.

Ascertain, αισ&άνομαι. 2 : 21.

Ask (to find out something),
ερωτώ, aor. ηρόμψ. 3 : 18.—
(to obtain something) αιτώ,
3:14.—Entreat, δέομαι. 2:14.

Assemble, ά&ροίζω. 1: 6.—
Collect, σνναγείρω. 5 : 9.

Assembly, εκκλησία. 3 : 2.—
To call an assembly, σννά-
γειν έκκλησίαν. 3 : 2.

Assist, ωφελώ. 1: 9.—Render
assistance, άρηγω. 10 : 5.

Assurance, πίστις. 2 : 26.

Assurances, πιστά. 6 : 7.

Assure,—be assured, τψ γνώ·
μψ εχετε. 3 : 6.

At, εν. 1: 9.—επί c. dat. 2:
13.—At once, ηδη.—At least,
γέ (enclit.). 6: 8.—At that
time, τότε. 2: 12.-—At the
same time, αμα. 2: 9.

Attendant, νπηκοος. 6 : 6.

Attention,—pay attention to,
επιμελούμαι. 1: 5.

Avenge myself τιμωρούμαι.
9: 13.

Axle, αξων. 8: 10.

Β.

Back again, εις τουμπαλιν.

Banish, εκβάλλω. 1:7.

Barbarian, βάρβαρος. 2 : 14.

Bare, ψιλός. 5 : 5.—Make bare
■φιλώ. 10: 13.

Base, κακός. 4: 8.

Battle, μάχη.—Without battle,
άμαχεί. 7: 9.118

VOCABULARY·

Be assured, τψ γνώμψ εχετε.
3: 6.—To be upon, έπεΊναι.
2: 5.

Bear, άρκτος. 9 : 6.

Beast, &ηρίον. 2: 7.—Beast of
burden, νποζνγιον. 3:1.

Beautiful, καλό?. 2: 22.

Because, οτι. 7 : 18.—Often
denoted by the participle.

Before, πριν. 4:13.—Previous-
ly, πρότεgov. 2: 26.—The
former time, το πρόσ&εν. 10:
10.—Previous to, προ c. gen.
7: 13.—To, προς c. acc. 1: 3.

Beg, entreat, δέομαι. 9: 25.

Begin, αρχομαι. 3 : 1.—Begin
to run, δρόμος γιγνεταί μοι.
2: 17.

Behalf,—in behalf of) υπέρ c.
gen. 3: 4.

Behind, in the rear of) οπισ-
&εν. 7 : 9.—Beyond, νπέρ.
—Later, νστερος. 5: 14.
—Leave behind, καταλείπω.
2: Ιδ.

Belong to, είναι c. gen. 1: 6.

Benefit, ωφελώ. 1: 9.

Bereft, έρημος. 3 : 6.

Besiege, πολιορκώ. 1: 7.

Best, άριστος. 3: 12.

Between, through the midst
(with a verb of motion), δια
μέσον c. gen. 4: 4.—In the
midst between (with a verb
of rest), μεταξύ c. gen. 7: 16.
—Into the midst of (after a
verb of motion), εϊς μέσον c.
gen. 5: 14.

Beyond, νπέρ. 1: 9.-^On the
other side, πέραν. 5: 10.

Bid, order, χελενω. 1: 11.

Blackness, thick darkness, μ*«
λανία. 8: 8.

Blow, πληχη. 5: 11.

Boat, πλοϊον, 2: 5.

Boldly, &αρραλέως. 9 : 19.

Border, adj., έσχατος. 2 : 19.

Both, αμφότεροι. 1: 1.—Both
—and τέ (enclit.)—xai. 1: 9.
τέ και. 1: 3.—καϊ—και. 2 : 3.

Bowman, τοξότης.

Bracelet, ψέλλιον. 2 ι 27.

Brave, bold, εντολμος. 7: 4.

Bravest, βέλτιστος. 1: 6.

Brazen, χαλκοί)?. 2: 16.

Bread, a loaf of bread, άρτος·
9: 26.

Breadth, ενρος, τό. 2 : 5.

Break through, διακόπτω. 8.
10.

Breakfast, άριστον. 10: 19.
—Without breakfast, ανά-
ρ ιστός. 10: 19.

Breast, στέρνον. 8 : 26.

Breastplate, ·&ώραξ. 8 : 6.

Bridge, γέφνρα. 2 : 5.

Bridle, having a gold-studded
bridle, χρνσοχάλινος. 2 : 27.

Brother, «ίελφός.

Brush-wood, νλη. 5 : 1.

Build, erect, οίκοδομώ. 2: 9.—
Construct, ζενγννμι. 2 : 5.

Burn, καίω. 6: 1.—Burn down,
κατακαίω. 4: 10.

Burnish, έκκα&αίρω. 2 : 16

Bustard, ωτίς. 5: 2.

Buy, ώνονμαι. aor. επριάμψ.
5: 6.

By (denoting the agent or
doer), νπο c. gen.—By, from,VOCABULARY.

119

i* c. gen. 1: 6.—By, com-
munication from, παρα c. gen.
—To denote the immediate
and powerful influence of the
agent; also, in solemn assev-
erations, προς c. gen.—By,
along by, παρά c. acc. 2: 13.
—By land, κατά γψ; by sea,
χατα &άλατταν.

C.

Call, καλώ. 2 : 2.—Call, name,
καλώ. 2 : 8.—Call together,
συνάγω. 3: 2.

Calumniate, διαβάλλω. 1; 3.

Care,—free from care, adv.
ημελημένως.

Carry on war, πολεμώ. 1: 9.

Cast (missiles) at, βάλλω. 3: 1.

Catch, ΰηρεύω. 2: 13.

The cavSlry, το Ιππικόν. 9: 31.

Cave, άντρον. 2 : 8.

Cease, παύομαι. 2 : 2.

Centre, μέσον. 8 : 13.

A certain, τϊς (enclit.).

Character, τρόπος. 2: 11.

Chariot, war-chariot, άρμα.
2: 16.

Cheerful, ηδύς. 4: 9.

Chiefly, μάλιστα. 6: 5.—το
μέγιστον. 3 : 10.

Childhood,—from childhood,
εύ&νς παις ων. 9 : 4.

Choose, αϊροϋμαι, aor. εΐλόμην.
3: 5.

Cilician woman, Κίλισσα. 2:12.

Citadel, ακρόπολις. 2: 1.

City, πολί?.

Close, termination, τελευτη. 9:

30.—1: 1.—To close one's
ranks, συστρέφεσ&αι. 10: 6.

Close to, close by, close upon,
προς c. dat.

Cloud, νεφέλη. 8: 8.—Cloud of
dust, κονιορτός. 8 : 8.

Coadjutor, συνεργός. 9: 21.

Cold, χειμων. 7 : 6.

Collect, ά&ροίζω. 1: 6.—σι/λ-
λέγω. 1: 9.

Come or go, έρχομαι, εΊμι.—
Arrive, αφικνονμαι. — Am
come, ηκω.—Come on, πρός-
ειμι. 8: 11.—Come upon,
seize, λαμβάνω. 10: 18.—
Come to one's assistance,
παραγίγνομαι. 1: 11.—To
come to one's senses, εν εαυ-
τω γίγνεσ&αι. 5 : 17.

Command, προέστηκα. 2 : 1.—
Command (to do something),
κελεύω.—Command an army,
στρατηγώ. 3: 15.

Commander, άρχων. 1: 2.

Companion, table companion,
ομοτράπεζος. 8 : 25.

Company of horse, ϊ'λη: c. of in-
fantry, τάξις:—In companies
of horse and of infantry, κατ
ΐλας καϊ κατ α τάξεις. 2: 16.

Compel, try to compel, βιάζο-
μαι. 3: 1.

Competent, Ικανός. 9: 20.

Conceal, κρύπτω. 4: 12.—απο-
κρύπτω. 9: 19.—έπικρύπτω.
1: 6.

Concern,—it concerns, μέλει.
4: 16.

Concerning, περί c. gen. 2: 8

Conduct, αγω.120

VOCABULARY.

Confer with, συγγίγνομαι. 1: 9.

Confess, acknowledge, ομολο-
γώ. 6: 8.—It is confessed,
ομολογείται. 9: 1.

Confidence,—place confidence
in, πιστεύω. 2 : 2.

Confusion, τάραχος. 8: 2.

Congratulate, ευδαιμονίζω. 7: 3.

Conjecture, εϊκάζω. 6: 1.

Conquer, νικώ. 2 : 8.—Get the
advantage of, περιγίγνομαι.
1: 10.—Am conquered, ητ-
τώμαι. 2: 9.

Consent, v. ε&έλω. 2 : 26.

Consent, η. γνώμη. 3 : 13.

Consider, σκέπτομαι. 3 : 11.—
(For the choice between this
and σκοπώ, see Lid. and
Sc. sub σκέπτομαι.)

Considerable, συχνός. 8: 8.

Considerably, σνχνόν. 8: 10.

Conspicuously, διαφεροντως.
9: 14.

Construct, ζεύγνυμι. 2:5.

Contemporary with any one,
denoted by επί c. gen. e. g.
oi έπϊ Κνρου, those who were
contemporary with Cyrus.

Contend, ερίζω. 2:8..

Contest, αγών. 2: 10.

Continually, denoted by the
verb διάγω. See 2 : 11.

Continue, διάγω. 2:11.

Contrary to, παρα c. acc. 9: 8.

Contribute, συμβάλλω. 1: 9.

Corn, σίτος. 4: 19.

Costly, πολυτελής. 5 : 8.

Country, χωρα. 1:11.—Native
country, πατρίς. 3 : 6.

Courage,—with courage, with

ardor, adv. προ&νμως, adj.
πρό&υμος.—Am of good cour-
age, &αρρώ. 3: 8.

Cross, διαβαίνω. 2: 6.

Crown, στέφανος. 7: 7.

Cry out, βοώ. 8 : 1.

Cut off, έκκόπτω. 4: 10.—Cut
in pieces, κατακόπτω. 2 : 25.

D.

Danger, κίνδυνος:—Incur dan-
ger, κινδυνεύω. 9: 14.

Dangerous, επικίνδυνος. 3:19.

Darkness, thick darkness,
blackness, μελανία. 8 : 8.

Dart, παλτόν. 8: 3.

Day. ημέρα :—To-day, τημερον.
9: 25.—At break of day,
α μα τ?] ημέρα. 7: 2.—On the
next day, rfj υστεραία. 7: 19.
—On the ensuing, tlfla follow-
ing day, Tjj έπιοΰσα ημέρα.
7:2.

Decease," τελευτώ. 1: 3.

Deceived, am deceived, ψεύδο-
μαι. 8: 11.

Decide, γιγνώσκω. 3: 12.—De-
cide, vote, ψηφίζω. 4: 15.

Deep, βα&ύς. 7 : 14.—Three
deep, four deep, etc.—επί
τριών, έπϊ τεττάρωνί etc. 2:15.

Defend myself against, άλέξο-
μ αι. 3 : 6.

Delay, διατρίβω. 5: 9.

Deliberate, βουλεύομαι. 1: 4.

Delicious, ηδύς. 5: 3.

Demand, αΐτώ. 1: 10.—De-
mand of, from, απαιτώ. 2: 11.
—Demand in addition, προς·VOCABULARY.

121

ίζιτώ. 3: 21.—Demand (on
the ground that it is worthy),
άξιώ. 1: 8.

Deny, ου φημι. 3:1.

Deprive, αφαιρούμαι. 3: 4.—
9: 19.—στερώ or στερίσχω.
4: 8.

Deride, καταγελώ. 9: 13.

Descend, καταβαίνω. 2: 23.

Descry, κα&ορώ. 8 : 26.

Desert, αυτομολώ. 7 : 13.

Deserted, έρημος. 5: 4.

Deserter, αυτόμολος. 7:2.

Desire, έπι&νμώ. 9: 12.—χρ/ιζω.
3 : 20.—Desire earnestly,
pray, εύχομαι. 4: 7.

Desist, παύομαι. 5 : 17.

Destroy, am destroying, λυμαί-
νομαι. 3: 16.

Destruction, ολε&ρος. 2: 26.

Difficult,—difficult to pass, δυς-
πόρευτος. 5: 7.

Difficulties, πράγματα. 3 : 3.

Difficulty, embarrassment, απο-
ρία. 3: 13. For the plural
see the foregoing word.

Dig, όρύττω. 5:5.

Diligent, μελετηρός. 9: 5.

Direction,—in this direction,
ταύττ]. 10: 6.

Discipline, ευταξία.

Discover, see, ενορώ. 3 : 15.

Disgraceful, αίσχρός. 9: 3.

Dismiss, άφίημι. 3 : 19.

Displeased,—I am displeased,
αχ&ομαι. 1: 8.

Dispute, άμφιλέγω. 5: 11.

Distribute, διαδίδωμι. 9: 22.

Difcch, τάφρος. 7 : 14.

Do, πράττω (either trans, or

intrans.), ποιώ (trans.):—Do
well by, do good, ευ ποιώ. 6:
9. άγα&ον ποιώ. 9: 11.—Do
harm, κακώς ποιώ, and κακόν
ποιώ. 9: 11.—Do homage
to, προςκυνώ (from προς and
κυνώ I kiss). 6 : 10.

Door, &ύρα. 2: 11.

Draw, σπάω. 8 : 29.—Draw
down, drag down, κατασπάω.
9: 6.—Draw away from,
αποσπάω. 8: 13. άποσπάο-
μαι. 5: 3.—Draw up, arrange,
τάττω. 2: 15.—Draw up (to-
gether, in order of battle),
συντάττω. 10: 5.

Drink, s. ποτόν. 10: 18.

Drink, v. πίνω ; drink up, έκπί·
νω. 9 : 25.

Drive, έλαύνω. 8 : 10.—Drive
out, έξελαύνω. 3: 4.

Due, pass, of οφείλω.

Dug, ορυκτός. 7 : 14.

Dwell, οικώ. 1: 9.—Dwell in,
ένοικώ. 2: 24.

Ε.

Each, έκαστος.

Eagle, αετός. 10 : 12.

Earlier, πρότερον.

Effect,—effect an entrance, εις·
βάλλω. 2: 21.

Efficient,—most efficient, κρά-
τιστος. 9: 20.

Either—or,?}—η. 3: 5.—In ei-
ther direction, εκατέρωσε. 8:
14.

Elder, adj.πρεσβύτερος. 1: 1,

Elude, άποδιδράσκω. 4: 8.122

VOCABULARY.

Embark, εμβαίνω. 4:7.

Embarrassment, απορία. 3: 13.

Employ, χράομαι. 3: 18.

Empty (of a river), εμβάλλω.
2: 8.

Encamp, στρατοπεδεύω. 3 : 7.

Enclose, fold around, περιπτύσ-
σω. 10: 9.

Encompass, περιέχω. 2 : 22.

Endeavor, πειρώμαι. 1: 7.

Endure, ανέχομαι. 7: 4.

Enemy, πολέμιος. 3: 12.—Pri-
vate enemy, έχ&ρός. 3: 12.

Engaged in military opera-
tions, στρατεύομαι. 2: 3.

Enjoin upon, προςτάττω. 9: 18.

Enraged.—am enraged, οργί-
ζομαι. 2: 26.

Enter, ειςέρχομαι. 2: 21.'

Enterprise, πράξις. 3: 16.

Entreat, δέομαι. 1: 10.

Envied, ζηλωτός. 7 : 4.

Envy, v. φ&ονώ. 9 : 19.

Equal, an equal in age, ηλικιώ-
της. 9: 5.

Equipment, στόλος. 2 : 5.

Escape, έκφεύγω. 3 : 2.—απο-
φεύγω. 4: 8.

Especially, μάλιστα. 6: 5.—
διαφερόντως. 9: 14.

Establish, κα&ίστημι. 1: 3.

Esteem, think, νομίζω. 2: 27.

Evacuate, εκλείπω. 2: 24.

Even, και.—Not even, ουδέ. 3:
12.—In an even line, δμαλώς.
8: 14.

Evil-doer, κακούργος. 9: 13.

Every, πας.—Of every vari-
ety, παντοδαπός. 2 : 22.—On
every side, πάνττβ. 2 : 22.

Exceedingly, ισχυρώς. 2 : 21.

Except, ει μη. 4: 18.—πλην.
8: 25.

Excessively, σφοδρά. 10 : 18.

Execution, death, θάνατος. 6:
10.

Exhibit, επιδείκνυμαι. 9: 16.

Exhort, κελεύω.

Exile, φυγάς. 1: 9.—ο φεύγων.
1: 7.—ο έκπεπτωκως. 1: 7.

Expedient,—it seems expedi-
ent, δοκέϊ.

E^gpedition,—I make an expe-
dition against, στρατεύομαι
ύς. 1:11.·—Join in an expedi-
tion against, συστρατεύομαι
επί c. acc. 4: 3.

Expel, έκβάλλω. 1 : 7.

Express, λέγω. 2: 11.

Extend from, αποτείνω. 8: 10.
Extend beyond, εξω γίγνεσ-
θαι. 8 : 23.—Extend down,
κα&ηκειν. 4: 4.

Eye, οφ&αλμός. 8 : 27.

F.

Face about, αναστρέφω. 10: 8.

Fail, έπιλείπω. 5: 6.

Faithful, πιστός.

Fall, πίπτω.—Fall in with, εν-
τυγχάνω. 2: 27.—συντυγχάνω,
10: 8.—Fall upon, επιπίπτω.
8: 2.—Fall upon (lit. fall
around, not in a hostile
sense), περιπίπτω. 8 : 28.

Fa'se,—prove false, am false
to, ψεύδομαι. 3: 5.

^ar off, πόρρω. 3: 12.—Far,VOCABULARY.

123

much (an intensive word),
πολύ. 10 : 10.

Fare, v. πράττω. 9: 10.

Father, πατήρ.

Favor,—receive favors, εύ πάσ-
χω. 3: 4.

Fear, v. δέδοικα or δέδια.—φο-
βούμαι. 9:9.

Fear, η. φόβος. 2: 18.

Fearlessly, άδεώς. 9: 13.

Feet,—hundred feet, πλέ&ρον.

Fellow-soldier, συστρατιώτης.
2: 26.—Fellow-soldiers! άν-
δρες στρατιώται. 3 : 3.

Few, ολίγοι.

Fidelity, πιστότης. 8: 29.

Fight, μάχομαι. 5 : 9.

Fill up, πίμπλημι. 5 : 10.

Filled, μεστός. 4: 19.

Finally, τέλος. 9: 6.

Find, ευρίσκω. 2: 25.—Find,
catch, καταλαμβανω. 10 : 18.
Light upon, επιτυγχάνω. 9:25

Fine-flavored, sweet, ηδύς* 9:
25.—Fine flour, αλευρον. 10:
18.

First—after that, πρώτον μεν—
είτα δέ. 2: 16.

Fish, ιχ&ύς. 4: 9.

Flay, εκδείρω. 2:8.

Flee, φεύγω (fut. mid.).—Flee
for refuge, καταφεύγω. 5: 13.

Flourishing, ευδαίμων. 5 : 10.

Flow, ρέω. 2: 7.—Flow round,
περιρρέω. 5 : 4.

Fly, πέτομαι. 5:3.

Follow, έπομαι. 3: 6.

Following, επιών. The follow-
ing day, η έπιούσα ημέρα. 7 2.

Folly, tlrj&sia. 3: 16.

Fond of learning φιλομα&ής,
9:5.

Food, σιτίον. 10: 18.

Foolish, εύη&ης. 3 : 16.

Foot,*7ioi;£. 5 : 3.—Foot forces,
πεζοί. 10: 12.—δύναμις πεζή.
3: 12.—On foot, πεζγ. 4: 18.

For, on account of; often de-
noted by the gen. without a
prep.—δια c. acc. 8: 29.—
ενεκαν. gen. 9: 21.—For the
sake of, ενεκα c. gen. 5: 9.—
For, to ; oftener denoted by
the dat. case.—εις. 1: 9.—
For (an end in view), επί c.
dat. 3: 1.—For, conj. γάρ
(postpos.).—For what? τ/;
acc. synec. 3 : 18.

Forage, χιλός. 5: 7.

Force,—by force, βία. 4 : 4.—
Try to force, βιάζομαι. 3 : l/
Force a passage, εϊςβάλλω.
2: 21.

Forces, δύναμις. 1: 6.—F(*ot,
equestrian, naval forces, δύ-
ναμις πεζη} Ιππική, ναυτική.
3: 12.

Fordable, διαβατός πεζΐ]. 4: 18.

Foreign friend, ξένος.

Foreign soldier, ξένος.

Foremost, the foremost, ol
πρόσ&εν.

Form, σχήμα. 10 : 10.

Former, πρότερος. 4: 12.—
πρόσ&εν.

Formerly, πρόσ&εν. 3 : 18.

Fortified, ερυμνός. 2 : 8.

Fortress, wall, τείχος. 4: 4.

Forward, εις το πρόσ&εν. 10: 5
—Go forward,	2:17.124

VOCABULARY.

Move forward (intrans.), έπι-
χωρώ. 2 : 17.

Forward, v. αποπέμπω. 1: 8.

Fountain, κρψη. 2 : 13.

Free, ελεύ&ερος.—Free 'from
care, adv. ημελημένως.

Freedom, έλευ&ερία. 7: 3.

Freely,—speak freely, exhibit,
αποφαίνομαι. 6: 9.

Frequently, πολλάκις. 2: 11.

Friend, φίλος. 1: 2.—To be
treated as a friend, άγαπασ-
&αι. 9: 29.

Friendly,—am friendly, ευνοϊ-
κώς. εχω. 1: 5.—In a friendly
manner, προς φιλίαν. 3: 19.

Friendship, φιλία. 3 : 5.

From, away from, από.—Out
of! εκ.—Communication from
(before the name of a per-
son, denoting agency), παρά
c. gen.

Front,—in front of, προ. 2: 17.

Frontier, adj. έσχατος. 2 : 19.

Fugitive, the fugitive, ο φευ-
γων.

Full, πλήρης. 2 : 7.—Half full,
7ιμιδεης. 9: 25.—Full, com-
plete, εντελής. 4: 13.—To be
full, πλη&ειν. §: 1.

G.

Gain, κέρδος. 9: 17.—To be
greedy of gain, φιλοκερδέΐν.
9: 16.

Garrison, φυλακή. 1: 6.

Gates, πυλαι.

Gazelle, δορκάς. 5 : 2.

General, στρατηγός.—Act as
general, στρατηγώ. 3: 15.

Get, τυγχάνω. 4: 15.

Gift, δώρον. 2: 27.

Girdle, ζώνη. 6: 10.

Give, δίδωμι.—άποδίδωμι. 2 :
11.—Give orders, παραγγέλ-
λω. 1: 6.—Give out, grow
weary, απαγορεύω. 5: 3.—
Give permission, έπιτρέπω.
2 : 19.—Give trouble, πράγ-
ματα παρέχω. 1: 11.—Give
way, εκκλίνω. 8: 19.—Give
way,^ive place to, υποχωρώ.
4: 18.

Gladly, ηδέως. 2 : 2.

Go, έρχομαι, ειμί. 2: 11.—βαί-
νω, πορεύομαι. 2: 1.—Go up,
αναβαίνω. 1: 2.—Go down,
καταβαίνω. 2:22.—Go down,
set (of the sun), δύεσ&αι. 10:
15.—Go along, παρέρχομαι.
4: 4.—Go forward, πρόειμι.
2 : 17.—Go in, είςέρχομαι.
2 : 21.—Go from, απέρχομαι.
9: 29.—Go further, Ιέναι τον
πρόσω. 3: 1.—-Go against,
ιέναι επί c. acc. 3: 1.—Go
over, διαβαίνω. 2: 6.—Goon
board (a ship), έμβαίνω. 4:
7.—Go into the power of,
έρχομαι τινι εις χείρας. 2: 26.
—Let go, αφίημι. 3: 19.

Golden, adorned with gold,
χρυσούς. 2: 27.—Having s

* gold-studded bridle, χρυσό·
χάλινος. 2: 27.

Gone,—am gone, οϊχομαι. 4: 8.

Good, άγα&ός.—It seems good,
δοκέΐ. 2: 1."VOCABULARY.

125

Goodness, αρετή, 4: 8.

s Goose, χψ. 9: 26.

Govern, προέστηκα. 2: 1.—άρ-
χω. 4: 10.

Governor, ό άρχων.—One who
has been governor, ο αρξας.
4: 10.

Government, αρχή. 1: 3.

Grapple with, συμπίπτω. 9: 6.

Grateful,—am grateful, χάριν
οϊδα. 4: 15.

Grave, τάφος. 6 : 11.

Greater, μείζων, comp. of μέγας.
The greater part, τό πολύ.
4: 13.

Grecian (lit. of the Greeks),
gen. plur. of "Ελλψ.

Greek, "Μλλην. 2 : 14.—In the
Greek language, 'Ελλψικώς.
8: 1.

Ground,—on the ground that,
ώς c. particip.

Guard, s. φύλαξ (denoting a
single person); φυλακή (col-
lective) ; — Body-guard =
guards about one's self} φυ-
λακές περί εαυτόν or -τψ. 2:
12.

Guard, v. φνλάττω. 2:1.

Guest, ξένος.

Guilty,—am guilty, αδικώ.

Π.

Hal£, ήμισυς. 8: 22.—ήμισυ, τό.
9: 26.—Half eaten, ημίβρω-
τος. 9: 26.—Half full,ημιδε-
ής. 9: 25.—Half more, ημιό-
λιον. 3: 21.

Halt, χα&έζομαι. 5: 9.—Halt,

stand, ισταμαι. 10:12.—Haltj
unloose, καταλύω. 8 : 1.

Hand, χειρ. 8:3.—On the other
hand, αύ. 10: 5.

Hang up, κρεμάννυμι. 2: 8.

Happen, τυγχάνω. 1: 2.

Happy, ευδαίμων.—Think, pro-
nounce happy, ενδαιμονίζω.
7: 3.

Hard, harsh, χαλεπός. 3: 12.

Harm, injure, αδικώ. 4: 9.

Haste, σπουδή.—With much
haste, πολλfj σπουδή. 8: 4.—
Am in haste, σπεύδω. 3: 14.

Hasten, ορμώμαι. 2:5/

Have, εχω. 2 : 1.—εστί μοι. 2 :
1.—I have, there is born to
me, γίγνεταί μον. 1: 1.

Hay, χόρτος. 5: 5.

Head, κεφαλή. 8 : 6.

Hear, hear of, ακούω. 2: 5.

Heat, καύμα. 7:6.

Heavy-armed-man, οπλίτης.

Heights, ακρα, τά. 2: 21.

Helmet, κράνος. 2:16.

Helper, συνεργός. 9: 21.

Here, αύτον. 3 : 11.—Hither
(after a verb of motion), δεν·
go. 3: 19.

Hereupon, εκ τούτου. 2: 17.

Hill, γηλοφος. 5: 8.

Hinder, κωλύω. 3: 16.

Hired,—am hired, μισ&οϋμαι.
3: 1.

Hit, (with a dart or javelin,)
ακοντίζω. 8: 27.—Am hit
with an arrow, τοξεύομαι. 8:
20.

Homage,—do homage to. προς-
κυνώ. 6: 10.126

VOCABULARY.

Home, homeward, οικαδε (after
verbs of motion). 2: 2.—At
home, οΐκοι. 1: 10.

Honor, s. τιμή, 9: 29.—v. τιμώ.
9: 28.—Honor before, prefer
in honor, προτιμώ. 6: 5.

Honorable, τίμιος. 2: 27.

Hope, έλπίς. 2: 11.

Horse, ϊππος.—On horseback
(with verbs signifying to
ride, to proceed, οχεϊσ&αι^
έλαννειν, etc.) εφ ϊππου: (with
verbs meaning to fight (μά-
χεσ&αι), to hunt (&ηρευειν),
αφ ϊππον, «7το ϊππον. 2 : 7.

Horseman, ιηπενς. 5 : 3.

Hostile, πολέμιος. 2 : 19.

How, in a direct question, πώς;
in an indirect, οπως. 3: 11.

Hunger, λιμός. 5: 5.

Hunt, <&ηρενω. 2: 7.

I.

I, denoted by the termination
of the verb. If any empha-
sis rests upon it, εγώ is ex-
pressed. 3: 5.—I for my part,
I at least, εγωγε. 3: 18.

Ιζ εΐ (before the indie, and op-
tat.) ; iav (before the sub-
junct.).

Ill, badly, κακώς.—I fare ill,
κακώς πράττω.—I treat ill.
κακώς ποιώ.

Immediately, εν&νς. 5: 8.—αν-
τίκα (only of future time).
8:2.

Implacable, χαλεπός. 3 : 12.

Implicitly,—most implicitly, ai
much as possible, f} δννατορ
μάλιστα. 3: 15.

Impose, inflict, έπιτί&ημι. 3:10.

Impost, δασμός. 1: 8.

Impracticable, impassable, α-
μήχανος. 2: 21.

In, into, εϊς c. acc. (after a verb
of motion).—In, iv c. dat.
(after a verb of rest).—In
front of, προ c. gen. 2: 17.

Income, revenue, πρόςοδος. 9:
19.

Indeed, δη. 3 : 5.

Indignant,—am indignant, χα-
λεπαίνω. 4: 12.

Induced,—am induced, εξάγο-
μαι. 8: 21.

Inevitable,—it is inevitable,
ανάγκη. 6: 8.

Infest, πράματα παρέχω. 1: 11.

Inflict,—inflict punishment, δί-
κψ έπιτί&ημι. 3 : 10.—Inflict
blows, πληγάς εμβάλλω. 5: 11.

Inhabitants, οl ένοικουτες c. acc.
or οικονντες εν c. dat. 2: 24. ·

Injure, αδικώ (trans, or intrans.
in the pres.). 3: 10.

Inner, εσω&εν. 4: 4.

Innkeepers, ol τα καπηλεία
εχοντες. 2: 24.

Inspect, κατασκοπώ (fut. and
aor. common, supplied from
κατασκέπτομαι). 5 : 12.

Instead ofj in preference to
αντί c. gen. 7: 3.

Intelligent, σοφός. 10: 2.

Interpreter, ερμηνενς. 2: 17.

Ionian,3Ιωνικός. 1:6.VOCABULARY.

121

J.

Jealous,—am jealous, φιλοτι-
μούμαι. 4: 7.

Join in an expedition against,
συστρατεύομαι επί c. acc. 4: 3.
—Join in a war against, συμ-
πολεμώ προς c. acc. 4: 2.

Journey, οδός, η.

Judge, s. κριτής.

Judge, v. κρίνω. 9: 20.—γιγνωσ-
κω. 3: 12.

Just, δίκαιος. 3: 5.—Just as,
ώςπερ. 3 : 16.

Justice, δικαιοσύνη. 9: 16.

Justly, what is just, δίκαια
(neut. plur. of δίκαιος). 3: 5.

Κ.

Keeping,—in keeping with,
προς c. gen. 2 : 11.

King, βασιλείς.—Am king, βα-
σιλεύω. 1 : 4.

Kingdom, βασιλεία, η. 1: 3.

Kinsman, συγγενής. 6: 10.

Knee, γόνν, το. 5 : 13.—Upon
the knees (after a verb of mo-
tion), προς τα γόνατα. 5: 13.

Know, οϊδα. 3: 5.—Know well,
εν οϊδα.—Know well, know
how, am acquainted with,
έπίσταμαι. 3 : 12. 7:3: 25.
—Know, decide, judge, γιγ-
νώσκω. 3 : 1%.

Knowledge, — without the
knowledge of, λάϋρα c. gen.
3: 8.

L.

Laborious, επίπονος. 3 : 19.

Land, γη.—By land, κατά γην.

Land, v. αποβιβάζω (trans.)
4: 5.

Language,—in the Greek lan-
guage, 'Ελληνικώς. 8 : 1.

Large, μέγας.

Late,—am too late for, υστερώ
c. gen. 7: 12.

Later, adj. νστερος.—Adv. νστε-
ρον.—A little later, ου πολν
νστερον. 5: 16.

Laughter, γέλως. 2: 18.

Lay up, κατατί&εμαι (reflex.).
3: 3.

Lead, αγω.—Lead away, άπα-
γω. 3: 14.—Lead out, lead
forth, εξάγω. 6 : 10.—Lead
towards, προςάγω. 10: 9.

Leader, guide, ηγεμων. 3 : 16.

Leap down, καταπεδώ. 8: 3.

Learn, μαν&άνω. 9 : 4.—κατα-
μαν&άνω. 9:3.

Learning,—fond of learning,
φιλομα&ης. 9 : 5.

Leave, λείπω. 2: 21.—Leave an
interval (of space or time),
διαλείπω. 8 *. 10.—Leave be-
hind, καταλείπω. 2: 18.—
Leave behind, leave remain-
ing, υπολείπω. 2: 25.—Leave
off, cease, παύομαι. 2: 2.

Left, ευώνυμος. 2: 15.—The
(part) left, το έπιλειπόμενον.
8: 18.

Leisure, σχολή. 6: 9.

Lest, μη.

Letter, επιστολή. 6: 3.

Level, ομαΧος. 5: 1.

Levy, s. συλλογή. 1: 6.

Levy, v. συλλέγω. 1: 7.128

VOCABULARY.

Liberty, ελευθερία. 7 ; 3.

Lie, κείμαι. Β, 27.—Lie in am-
bush, ενεδρεύω. 6: 2.

Lieutenant, νπαρχος. 8 : 5.

Life, βίος. 1: 1.—One's life, το
σώμα. 9 : 12.

Lift up, αίρω. 5 : 3.

Light-armed-man, γνμνψης.
2:3.

Like, similar to, παραπλήσιος.
3 : 18.—In accordance with,
προς c. gen. 2: 11.—Just as,
ώςπερ. 8: 29.

Like, am pleased with, ηδομαι.
9: 26.

Live, gain a subsistence, ζάω.
5 : 5.—Live upon, διαγίγνο-
μαι Ισ&ίων. 5: β.—Dwell,
οϊκώ. 1:9.

Lofty, νψηλός. 2: 22.

Long, μακρός.—A long time,
πολνς χρόνος. 9 : 25.—Long
ago, πάλαι. 4: 12.—As long
as, εως. 3: 11.

Longer, yet, Iti. 3: 9.—No
longer, ουκέτι, μηκέτι.

Look, βλέπω. — Look away,
αποβλέπω. 8: 14.

Loth,—am loth, οκνώ. 3 : 17.

Love, φιλώ. 9: 28.

Μ.

Magnificently, μεγαλοπρεπώς.
4: 17.

Make (for myself), ποιούμαι.
Make an expedition against,
στρατεύομαι εις. 1: 11.—To
make one's head-quarters at,
ίρμασ&αι έκ, etc. 1 : 9.—

Make of the highest impor·
tance, περί πλείστου ποιούμαι.
9: 7.—Make war, πολεμώ. 1:
5, 8,9, lli~—τονπόλεμον ποιού-
μαι. 5: 9.—Make an agree-
ment with, σνντί&εμαι. 9: 7.
—Make a treaty, σπίνδομαι.
9: 7.

Man, homo, άνθρωπος, vir, ανηρ.
2: 20.

Manage, πράττω.—Dispose, δι-
ατίθημι.

Manager, οικονόμος. 9: 19.

Manifest, δήλος.

Manifestly, clearly, σαφώς. 4 :
18.

Manifold more, πολλαπλάσιος.
7: 3.

Many, πολλοί.—As many as
possible, οτι πλείστοι. 1: 11.

March, πορεύομαι. — March,
(spoken of the general),
έξελαννω. — March against,
στρατεύομαι εις. 1: 11.

Market, market-place, αγορά.
2: 10.

The market-men, ol εκ της ά-
γορας. 2: 18.

Master of, εγκρατής. 7 : 7.

Meat, flesh, κρέα (nom. sing.
κρέας). 5: 3.

Meet, συναντώ. 8 : 15.—έντνγ·
χάνω. 8: 1.

Mentioned,—have mentioned,

εΐρηκα. 2: 5. (A defective verb,
pres. supplied by φημί fut.
έρώ.)

Mercenary, ξένος. 1: 10.—μισ-
θοφόρος. 4: 3.—The merce*
nary army, το Ιενικόν. 2: 1,VOCABULARY.

129

Merchant-ship, ολκάς. 4: 6.

Messenger, άγγελος. 2: 21.

Midnight, — about midnight,
περί μέσας νύκτας. 7: 1.

Midst, μέσος, cf. ito construction
Lat. medius. When the ar-
ticle stands before it, we
translate it, the middle, the
central; in the midst of, at
the midst ofj κατα μέσον. 7 :
14.—In the midst between,
(with a verb of rest), μεταξύ
c. gen. 7: 16.—(After a verb
of motion), δια μέσου c. gen.
4: 4.

Milesian, Μιλησιος.

Military,—am engagedin mili-
tary operations, στρατεύομαι.
2: 3.

Mill-stone, ονος άλέτης. 5 : 5.

Millet, μελίνη. — Millet-flour,
σίτος μελίνης. 5: 10.

Mind, advice, γνώμη. 6: 9.

Mingle, κεράννυμι. 2 : 13.

Mischief;—do mischief to, κα-
κώς τιοιώ.

Missing, αφανής. 4: 7.

Mock, καταγελώ. 9: 13.

Money, χρήματα. 1: 9.

Month, μψ. 1: 10.

Monthly, month by month,
κατ α μηνα. 9: 17.

More, μάλλον comp. of μάλα.—
πλέον comp. of πολύ. 2: 11.
—More, yet, It*. 6: 8.

Morning, εως.—The following
morning, ή έπιονσα εως. 7 : 1.

Most, the very most, οτι πλύσ-
τοι. 1: 11.

Mostly, σχεδόν. 8: 25.

Mother, μψηρ. 1: 3.

Mount (a horse), αναβαίνω mi
c. acc. 8:3.

Mountain, ορο£.

Move forward (intrans.), em-
χωρώ. 2: 17.

Much, πολύς.—Much money
χρήματα πολλά. 2: 12.

Mud, πηλός. 5:7.

Multitude, πλή&ος. 7: 4.

Ν.

Name, s. ονομοι. 2: 23.—Name,
call, v. καλώ. 2: 8.

Narrow, στενός. 4: 4.—Narrow
place, στενοχώρια. 5: 7.

Narrowly, a little, μικρόν. 3: 2.

Nation, ϊ&νος.—Nation by na-
tion, κατα ε&νη. 8 : 9.

Near, εγγύς.

Necessary,—it is necessary,
unavoidable, ανάγκη.—It is
necessary, needed, δεϊ.—It is
necessary, expedient, χρη.
3: 11.

Neck, τράχηλος. 5: 8.

Necklace, στρεπτός. 2: 2™.

Need,—am in need, δέομαι. 9:
21.

Neglect, αμελώ. 3: 11.

Never, ονποτε (com. with the
future), ουδέποτε (com. with
the pres. or fut.) ϋύδεπώποτε
(only with the past) ; μηποτε,
μηδέποτε and μηδεπώποτε are
used when the sense requires

^ this form of the negative.

*1: 4.—6: 2.

Next, εχόμενος. 8 : 4.—On the130

VOCABULARY.

next day, τ§ υστεραία (sc.
ημέρα). 2 : 21.

No longer, ουκέτι, μηχέτι.

No one, ουδείς, μηδείς.

Noise, θόρυβος. 8: 16.

Nonsense, φλυαρία. 3 : 18.

North, άρκτος. 7:6.

Not, ov; ουκ (before the smooth
breathing); ουχ (before a
rough breathing); ου (when
it is the last word in the
clause) ; μη (when the sense
requires this form of the
negative). Not yet, ουπω,
μηπω.

Nothing, ουδέν, μηδέν.

Notice, remembrance, υπόμνη-
μα. 6: 3.

Now, νυν ι now, already, ηδη.

Nowhere, ουδαμου. 10: 16.

Numbers, πληϋος. 7 : 4.

Ο.

Obey, πεί&ομαι. 2: 2.—Render
obedience, πει&αρχώ. 9: 17.

Obliquely, εις πλάγιον. 8: 10.

Observe, <&εωρώ. 2 : 10.—Ob-
serve, see, ορώ aor. είδον. 2:
18.—Descry, κα&ορώ. 10: 14.
—Fix the attention on, κατα-
νοώ. 2: 4.

Obtain, τυγχάνω. 4 : 15.—Ob-
tain in return, ανταγοράζω.
5: 5.

Occupy, εχω. 2 : 15.

Of, commonly denoted by the
gen.—Of one's own accord,
απο του αυτομάτου. 2 : 17.—
ix του αυτομάτου. 3 : 13.

Offender, evil-doer, κακοϋρ/οζ
9: 13.

Often, πολλάκις.

On, έπϊ c. gen. εφ αρματος. 2 :
16.—έπϊ c. acc. (after a verb
ofmotion). 2: 22.—On horse-
back, άφ ϊππου, απο ϊππου.
2: 7. This phrase is used
with d-ηρεύω, μάχομαι and
wherever from may be pred-
icated. Otherwise, as with
έλαύνειν and οχέϊσ&αι, έφ ϊπ-
που is used.—On the next
day, ττ\ υστεραία. 2: 21.—On
foot, πεζρ. 4: 18.—On ac-
count of, often denoted by
the gen. without a preposi-
tion.—ενεκα c. gen. 9 : 21.—
δια c. accusative—On this
account, δια τούτο. 2 : 8.

Once, on a certain occasion,
ποτέ (enclit.). 5: 7.—Once
for all, απαζ. 9: 10.—At
once, ηδη.

One, εις; a certain one, τις (en-
clit.).—One of opposite party#
άντιστασιώτης. 1: 10.

Onset, σύνοδος. 10: 7.

Openly, φανερός. 6: 8.—Openly
at least, IV ys τω φανερώ. 3:
21.

Opportunely, εις το δέον. 3: 8.

Oppose, κωλύω. 2 : 21.

Opposed to, along by, κατα c.
acc. 8: 21.

Opposite, καταντιπέρας c. gen.
1: 9.—άντίος. 8: 17.—One
of opposite party, άντιστασι-
ώτης. 1 : 10.

Oppress, πιέζω. 1: 10.VOCABULARY.

131

Order, v. κελεύω.—Give orders,
παραγγέλλω. 1: 6.

Order, law, νόμος. 2 : 15.—Ar-
rangement, military order,
τάξις, 2 : 18.—In order that,
ϊνα, ώς, οπως.

Ornament, κόσμος. 9 : 23.

Ostrich, στρον&ος η μεγάλη.
5: 2.

Other, άλλος:—έτερος. 2 : 20.
This word denotes a more
marked difference than άλλος.

Ought, denoted by χρη. 4: 14;
also, by and the verbal
in -τέος.

Out of, εκ, έξ (before a vowel).
—Out of the way, εκποδών.
To put out of the way, εκ-
ποδών ποιέΐσ&αι. 6 : 9.

Outcry, κρανγη. 2 : 17.

Outer, the outer, ό εξω. 4: 4.

Overcome, νικώ. 2 : 8.—Sur-
pass, περιγίγνομαι. 1: 10.

Overpower, βιάζομαι. 4: 5.

Overthrow, καταστρέφω. 9: 14.

Owe, οφείλω. 2: 11.

P.

Palace, βασίλεια, τά. 2 : 7.

Palm-tree, φοίνιξ. 5: 10.—
Fruit of the palm-tree, βάλ-
ανος η άπο τον φοίνικος. 5:10.

Park, παράδεισος. 2 : 7.

Part, specimen, μέρος. 5 : 8.—
The greater part, το πολύ.
4: 13.

Partridge, πέρδιξ. 5 : 3.

Pass, s. εϊςβολη. 2: 21.

Pass, spend, (of time) διαγίγνο-

μαι. 10: 19.—Pass along, πα-
ρέρχομαι. 8: 16.

Passage, πάροδος. 4: 4.—Pas·
sage over, νπερβολη. 2: 25.
—Force a passage, εϊςβάλλω.
2: 21.

Paternal, πατρώος. 7: 6.

Pay, μισθός.

Pay, v. μισ&ον δίδωμι. 1: 10.—
μισ&ον άποδίδωμι. 2: 12.—
Pay attention to} επιμελούμαι.
1: 5.

Paymaster, μισϋοδότης. 3 : 9.

Peace,—make peace with, κα-
ταλύω προς c. acc. 1: 10.

Perceive, αισθάνομαι. — Per-
ceive beforehand, προαισ&ά-
νομαι. 1: 7.

Perish, άπόλλνμαι (trans, in the
act.);—αποθνήσκω. 9: 31.

Permit, εάω. 4: 7.—επιτρέπω.
2: 19.—It is permitted, εστί,
εξεστι.

Perplexed,—am perplexed, α-
πορώ. 3: 8.

Persian, Πέρσης,

Persuade, πείθω.

Phalanx, φάλαγξ. 2 : 17.

Pigeon, περιστερά. 4:9.

Place, χωρίον. 2: 24.—Region,
τοπος. 5 : 1.—Narrow place,
στενοχώρια. 5: 7.—In that
place, ενταύθα. 2 : 1.—In
place (after a verb of motion
and denoting distribution),
κατα χώραν. 5: 17.

Place confidence in, πιστεύω.
2: 2.

Plain, dijXog. 2: 11.—In plain
sight, καταφανής. 8 : 8.132

VOCABULARY.

Plain, πεδίον, 2: 22.

Plan, γνώμη. 8: 1GL

Plea,—on the plea that, ως c.
particip. 1: 10.

Pleased,—am pleased, ηδομαι.
2: 18.

Pleasure,—waste in pleasure,
κα&ηδνπα&ώ. 3 : 3.

Plot, s. επίβουλη. 1: 8.

Plot, βουλεύομαι. 1: 7.—Plot
against, έπιβουλεύω. 1: 3.

Plunder, αρπάζω. 2 : 25.—διαρ-
πάζω. 2:19.—άφαρπάζω. 2:27.

Point out, έπιδείκννμαι. 3 : 13.

Possess, κέκτημαι. 7 : 3.

Possible, of such a nature as,
οϊός τε. 3: 17.—Practicable,
άνυστός. 8: 11.—As many
as possible, οτι or ως πλείσ-
τοι (often strengthened still
farther by δύναμαι) :—It is
possible, εστί. 4: 4.

Power, δύναμις.—Am in the
power of any one, είμϊ επί
τινι. 1: 4.—Go into the pow-
er of] έρχομαι τινι εϊς χείρας.
2: 26..

Praise, επαινώ. 3: 7.

Pray, εύχομαι. 4 : 7.

Prayer, ευχή. 9: 11.

Preparation, παρασκευή. 2: 4.

Prepare, provide, παρασκευάζω.
10: 18.—Prepare in turn, in
opposition, άντιπαρασκευάζο-
μαι. 2: 5.

Present,—to be present, παρέί-
ναι. 1: 1.—Things present.
τα παρόντα. 3 : 3.—In the
present circumstances, έκ τού-
των. 3:11.

Present, gift, δωρον. 9: 22»

Present, v. δίδωμι.—Presen'
hold forth, προβάλλομαι. 2
17.

Preserver, σωτηρ. 8: 16.

Pretence, πρόφασις. 2: 1.—On
the pretence that, c. par-
ticip.

Pretend, make pretence, προς·
ποιούμαι. 3 : 14.

Pretext, πρόφασις. 1: 7.

Prevent, κωλύω. 3: 16.

Previously, πρότερον. 2: 26.

Private,—private person, ιδιώ-
της. 3: 11.—For one's own
private use, εις το Ιδιον—τινι.
3: 3.

Produce, ν. φύω. 4: 10. In-
trans. in the perf. and 2d aor.
act.

Profit, advantage, οφελος. 3:11.

Profitable, κερδαλεος. 9 : 17.—

Profitable, useful, ωφέλιμος.
6: 2.

Promise, νπισχνοϋμαι. 2: 2,

Proof, τεκμηριον. 9: 29.

Prophet, soothsayer, μάντις.
7: 18.

Prosperous, ευδαίμων. 2: 6.

Provide, παρασκευάζω. 10 : 18.

Provisions, επιτήδεια, τά. 3: 14.
—The act of taking in pro-
visions, επισιτισμός. 5: 9.—I
furnish myself with, take in
provisions, έπισιτίζομαι. 4:19.

Punishment, δίκη.—To inflict
punishment, δίκην έπιτι&έναι>
3: 10.

Purchase, ώνονμαι, aor. έπριά«
μην. 5: 6.—αγοράζω. 3: 14VOCABULARY ·

133

—Purchase in return, άντα-
γοράζω. 5:5.

Purple, φοινικονς. 2 : 16.

Pursue, διώκω. 4 : 8.

Put, place, τί&ημι.—Put any-
thing in its place, κατάχώραν
τι τί&εμαι. 5: 17.—Put on,
ενδύω. 8 : 3.—Put to death,
άποκτείνω. 1: 3.

α

Quarters,—to make one's head
quarters at, ορμασ&αι έκ. 1: 9.

Q,uiek, ταχύς, &άττων, τάχιστος.
2: 20.

Quickly, ταχέως^ ταχύ. 5: 3.—
τάχα, 8: 8.—δια ταχέων. 5:
9. Comp. ΰαττον. sup. τάχισ-
τα.—As quickly as he could,
fl έδννατο τάχιστα. 2: 4.

R.

Raft, σχεδία. 5: 10.

Rank, τάξις. 8 : 19.

Rather, μάλλον. 1: 8.

Reach, εξικνούμαι. 8: 19.—
Reach, arrive at, άφικνονμαι
εις. 2: 25.

Read, αναγιγνώσκω. 6:4.

Readily, ηδέως. 2 : 2.

Ready, έτοιμος. 6 : 3.

Rear,—in the rear, οπισ&εν.
10: 6.

Receive, take, λαμβάνω. 2 : 26.
—Receive (pay) φέρω. 3: 21.
Receive (a thing offered)
δέχομαι. 8: 17. — Receive
favors, εν πάσχω. 3: 4.

Reconciled,—become recon-
ciled with, καταλύω προς c.
acc. 1: 10.—Am reconciled
with, σνναλλάττομαι προς c.
acc. 2 : 1.—καταλλάττομαι c.
dat. 6: 2.

Recover, take back, απολαμβά-
νω. 4 : 8.

Reed, κάλαμος. 5 : 1.

Region, τόπος. 5: 1.

Refuse, ου φημι. 3:1.

Related, (by birth), γένει προς-
ηκων. 6: 1.—(By the ties of
hospitality), ξένος. 1: 10.

Reluctant,—am reluctant, ox-
νω. 3: 17.

Remain, μένω. 2 : 6.

Remember, μέμνημαι. 7: 5.

Repent, μεταμέλει μοι. 6: 7.

Reply, αποκρίνομαι. 3: 20.

Report, εκφέρω. 9: 11.

Requite, άλέξομαι. 9: 11.

Rescue, (by entreaty), εξαιτώ,
1: 3.

Rest,—the rest of, ο άλλος, οι
άλλοι. 2: 15.

Rest, ν. αναπαύομαι. 10 : 16.

Restore, κατάγω. 1: 7.

Restrain myselfj ανέχομαι. 8:
26.

Retain, hold, εχω. 4: 7.

Return,—in return for, αντί.
3: 4.

Revenue, πρόςοδος. 9: 19.—
δασμός. 1: 8.

Review, εξέτασις. 2 : 9.—To
review, εξέτασιν ποιιίν.

Revolt, άφίστημι in the mid.
and in the perf. pluperf and
2d aor. act. 1: 6.134

VOCABULARY.

Rich, wealthy, πλούσιος. 9:16.
—To be rich, πλουτείν. 9: 19.

Ride, έλαύνω.—Ride along, ride
by, παρελαύνω. 2 : 16.—Ride
up, νπελαύνω. 8: 15.

Right, δεξιός, 2: 15.

Right-hand, δεξιά. 6: 6.—On
the right, εν δεξιά. 5:1.

Rightly, όρ&ώς. 9: 30.

River, ποταμός. 2 : 5.

Road, οδός. 2: 13.—Wagon-
road, οδός αμαξιτός. 2: 21.—
A public, trodden road, στει-
βομένη οδός. 9: 13.

Rob, άναρπάζω. 3: 14.—«πο-
σνλώ. 4: 8.

Robe, στολή. 2 : 27.

Round about, κύκλω. 5: 4.

Rout, τροπή. 8 : 25.

Route, οδός.—By the shortest,
the quickest route, τψ ταχίσ-
τψ οδό v. 2 : 20.

Royal, βασίλειος. 10 : 12.

Rugged, οχυρός. 2 : 22.

Ruining,—am ruining, λυμαί-
νομαι. 3: 16.

Rule, αρχω. 9: 4.

Run, τρέχω. 5 : 2.—Run away
from (by stealth), άποδιδράσ-
κω. 4: 8.—Run forward,
προτρεχω. 5: 2.—Begin to
run (lit. a running begins to
me), δρόμος γίγνεταί μοι. 2 ι
17.

Running, with a running pace,
δρόμω. 5: 3.

S.

Sacrifice, ιερόν. 8: 15.	ί

Sad,—am sad, λυπονμαι. 3: 8,

Safe, ασφαλής.—In the safest
(place, condition), έν άσφα
λεστάτω. 8 : 22.

Safely, ασφαλώς,—έστερον,—έσ·
τατα.

Sail, πλέω.—Sail away, απο-
πλέω. 3: 14.

Sail, Ιστίον. 5: 3.

Same, αυτός with the article
before it.

Satisfy, εμπίπλημι. 7: 8.

Say, λέ/ω.—Say, affirm, φημί.
fut. έρώ.—It is said, λέγεται.
2: 8.

Scar, ώτειλη. 9: 6.

Scarce, σπάνιος. 9: 27.

Scatter, διασπείρω. 8: 25.

Scimeter, άκινάχης. 2: 27.

Scythe, δρέπανον. 8: 10.-—
Scythe-bearing, δρεπανηφό-
ρος. 8: 10.

Sea, -&άλαττα.—By sea, κατα
&άλατταν.

Seasonably, εϊς το δέον. 3: 8.

Seasons, ώραι. 4: 10.

Secret, — to be kept secret,
απόρρητος. 6: 5.

Secretly, expressed by the
verb λαν&άνω. For the con-
struction, see 1: 9.

See, ορώ. 2: 18.—See, discov-
er, ενορώ. 3: 15.—See before,
προορώ. 8: 20.—See that,
οπως c. fut. indie. 7 : 3.

Seems, it seems, δοκέΐ.—It
seems good, expedient, δοκει>
3: 11.—2: 1.

Self, αυτός in apposition with
a noun or pronoun.VOCABULARY.

135

Sell, πωλώ. 5: 5.

Send, πέμπω.—Send away,
αποπέμπω. 1: 3.—Send for,
μεταπέμπομαι. 1: 2.—Send
with, σνμπέμπω. 2: 20.—
Send orders, παραγγέλλω. 2:
1.

Sent for, μετάπεμπτος. 4 : 3.

Separated,—to be separated,
drawn asunder, διασπάσ&αι.
5: 9.

Servant, θεράπων. 8: 28.—
νπηρέτης. 9: 18.

Serve, do service to, θεραπεύω.
9: 20.—Serve, to be a νπη-
ρέτης, νπηρετέϊν. 9: 18.

Set (of the sun), δνομαι. 10:15.

Set out, πορεύομαι.

Settle, κα&ίστημι.

Several, έκαστοι. 1: 6.

Sew together, συσπάω. 5: 10.

Shall have, etc., denoted by
the adverb av with the
aor. subjunct. in dependent
clauses: by 4he perf. act.
particip. with the fut. of εϊμϊ
in independent clauses.

Shield, ασπίς.

Ship, νανς.—War-ship, τριήρης.
—Merchant ship, ολκάς.

Short,—a short distance, βρα-
χύ. 5: 3.

Shout, φ&έγγομαι. 8: 18.

Shouting, κραυγή. 7: 4.

Sick,—am sick, ασθενώ. 1: 1.

Side,—on every side, πάντη. 2 ·
22.—On both sides, εκατέρω-
θεν. 8: 13.—On the side of,
προ. 4: 4.—On the other
eidej πέραν. 5 : 10.

Sideways, εις πλάγιον. 8: 10.
Seize, λαμβάνω.—Seize before-
hand, προκαταλαμβάνω. 3:

14.

Sight,—in plain sight, καταφα-
νής·. 8: 8.—In the sight of,
προς c. gen. (A solemn form
of asseveration). 6: 6.
Silent,—am silent, σιωπώ. 3:
2.

Silently, σιγ?]. 8:11.

Silver, άργύριον.

Similar, παραπλήσιος. 3: 18.
Since, because, επεί. 3 : 5. This
idea is often denoted by the
particip. alone.

Sink, καταδύω. 3: 17.
Sit, κάθημαι.

Skill, σοφία. 2: 8.

Skilful, δεινός. 9 : 19.

Skin, δέρμα. 2: 8.—Tanned

skin, διφθέρα. 5 : 10.

Slave (by capture) άνδράπο-

δον. 2: 27.

Slay, άποκτείνω.—Slaughter,
σφάζω.—Kill, κατακαίνω =
κατακτείνω. 6: 2.—9: 6.
Sleep, καθεύδω. 3: 11.
Slow,—am slow to, δκνώ. 3:17.
Slowly, βραδέως. 8: 11.—Slow-
ly, leisurely, σχολαίως. 5:
9.

Smite, strike, πα/ω. 8: 26.
So—as, ούτω or ούτως—ως. 2:

15.—So	as, ωςτε. 1: 5.—So
far as this person is concern-
ed, το κατά τούτον είναι. 6:

9.

Sobriety, σωφροσύνη. 9: 3.
Soldier, στρατιώτης.—οπλίτης^136

VOCABULARY.

heavy-armed soldier.—πελ-
ταστής, targeteer.—γυμνητης
or ψιλός, light-armed soldier.

Some, I'νιοι, — Some, certain
persons, τινές. 7: 5.—Some
—others, ol μεν—ol δέ.

Somehow, πώς (enclit.).

Sometimes, ενίοτε. 5 : 2.

Son, παις. 1 ; 1.

Sooner, earlier, πρότερος. 2: 25.
—Adv. ·&άττov. 5 : 8.

Sound a trumpet, σαλπίζω.

Source, πηγη. 2: 7.

South, μεσημβρία. 7 * 6.

Sovereignty, αρχή. 1: 2.

Speak, λέγω.—Speak the truth,
speak truly, άλη&εύω. 7 : 18.

Spear, δόρυ. 8: 18.

Specimen, part, μέρος. 5 : 8.

Speed,—at full speed, ανά κρά-
τος. 8: 1.

Spend (of time), διαγίγνομαι.
10: 19.—Expend (ofmoney),
δαπανώ. 1: 8.—3: 3.

Spices, αρώματα. 5: 1.

Splendor, λαμπρότης. 2 : 18.

Split, σχίζω. 5: 12.

Squander, χα&ηδυπα&ώ. 3: 3.

Stand, εστηκα (in this sense in
the perf. pluperf. and 2d aor.
act. and throughout the mid.)
3: 2.—Stand armed, τί&εμαι
τα οπλα. 5: 14.—Stand asun-
der, δά'σταμαι. 8: 20.

Standard, σημέϊον. 10: 12.

Station, arrange, τάττω. 9: 31.

Stay, remain, μένω. 2 : 21.

Steep, ορ&ιος. 2: 21.—πρανής.
5: 8. (Down hill opposed to
ος&ιος, up-hill.)

Stone, λί&ος. 5: 12.—Stone to
death, καταπετρώ. 3: 2.—χα-
ταλεύω. 5: 14.

Strength, Ισχύς. 8: 22.

Strong, ισχυρός. 5: 9.

Strongly, Ισχυρώς. 2: 21.

Struck,—am struck with terror,
εκπλήττομαι. 8: 20.

Subject, νπηκοος. 6: 6.

Subjugate, καταστρέφω. 9:14.

Subsequently, νστερον.

Subsist upon, διαγίγνομαι εσ-
τιών. 5: 6.

Succeed, καϊαπράττω. 2: 2.—
Succeed another,

μαι. 5: 2.

Successful,—am successful, for-
tunate, ευτυχώ. 4: 17.

Suffer, πάσχω. 9: 6.—εν πάσχω,
I receive favors. 3 : 4.—Sufc
ier, permit, εάω. 4: 7.

Sufficient, Ικανός. 7:7.

Summon, παρακαλώ. 6 : 5.

Sun, ήλιος. 10: 15.

Superior,—become superior to,
π εριγίγνομαι. 1: 10.

Superior to, χρείττων. 7: 3.

Supper, δέΐπνον. — Without
supper, αδειπνος. 10: 19.—
Supper-time, δόρπ?ιστος. 10:
17.

Supply, αφ&ονία. 9: 15.

Support, τροφή. 1: 9.

Support, v. τρέφω. 1: 9.

Suppose, νομίζω. 2: 27.

Supposition,—on the supposi-
tion that, c. particip.

Surpass, am over and above,
π ερίειμι. 8: 13.—Surpass,
conquer, t ικώ. 9: 11. Sur-VOCABULARY.

131

pass, become over and above,
περιγίγνομαι. 1: 10.

Surprised, — ani surprised,
θαυμάζω. 3: 3.

Surround, χυκλώ. 8: 13.

Suspect, υποπτευω. 3 : 1.

Suspend, χρεμάννυμι. 2 : 8.

Suspicion, υποψία. 3: 21.

Sweet, fine-flavored, ηδύς. 9:
25.—Sweet-scented, ευώδης.
5: 1.

Τ.

Table-companion, ομοτράπεζος.
8:25.

Take, λαμβάνω. 1: 2.—Take
away, αφαιρούμαι. 9 : 19.—
Take back, απολαμβάνω. 4:
8.—Take beforehand, προκα-
ταλαμβάνω. 3:14.—Take any
one captive, ζώντά τινα αίρω.
6: 2.—Take command, lead,
στρατηγώ. 3:15.—Take coun-
sel, βουλεύομαι. 1: 4.—Take,
lead, α/ω. — Take under
(one's protection), Απολαμ-
βάνω.—Take vengeance up-
on, τιμωρούμαι. 3: 4.

Talent, τάλαντον. 7: 18.

Talk, mere talk, φλυαρία. 3: 18.

Tame, πράος. 4: 9.

Tamely, πράως. 5: 14.

Tanned skin, διφ&έρα. 5: 10.

Targeteer, πελταστης. 2: 9.

Taste, γεύομαι. 9: 26.

Tender, απαλός. 5: 2.

Tent, σκψη. 2:18.

Τent-cover, σκέπασμα. 5: 10.

Termination, τελεντη. 1:1.

Terrified, — am terrified, εκ-
πλήττομαι. 5: 13.—Am much
terrified (lit. much terror is
to me), φόβος πολύς εστί μοι.
2: 18.

Than, IJ. 1:5.

That, denoting a subordinate
declaration after the verba
sentiendi, is generally ex-
pressed by the accus. and
infinitive or participle: after
verbs expressing or implying
a declaration, (verba decla-
randi), ov or ως with a finite
mood is commonly used: that,
so that, ως. 1: 5.—That, in
order that, οπως, 1:4.—ϊνα. 4:
18.—(After verbs of fearing)
μη, like the Lat. ne.—At that
time, τότε. 2:12.—After that,
είτα, επειτα.

Then, τότε.—Then, after that,
«txa, επειτα. 3 : 2.—Then in-
deed, εν&α δη. 8: 24.—Then,
accordingly, (denoting an in-
ference which follows natu-
rally, in accordance with
what might be expected),
«ρα.7:18.

There, ένταϋ&α. 2: 1.—αυτό&ι.
4: 6.—εκεϊ. 8:12.—εν&α. 5:8.

Think, ηγούμαι. 2 : 4.—νομίζω.
—οΐομαι, οιμαι. (For the pe-
culiar force of οιμαι, see Lid.
and Sc. sub. οΐομαι.)

This, ούτος.—Of a person :>r
thing present, ουτοσί. 6: 6.

Thracian, Θραξ. 1: 9.

Through, δια c. gen. 2: 5.

Throw, 'ίημι. 5:12.—ρίπτω. 5:8.138

VOCABULARY.

Thus, (as above-mentioned)
οντω, before a vowel, όντως.
1: 9. (As follows), ώδε. 6:5.
—τοιάδε. 3: 2.

Till, tz^V. 1: 10.

Time, χρόνος.—Long time, no-
3: 2.—Proper
time, high time. ωρα. 3:11.
—At that time, τότε. 2: 12.
—At the same time, αμα. 2 :
9.

To; often expressed by the dat.
without a preposition when
motion is not denoted.—προς
c. acc. 1: 5.—ώς (only before
names of persons). 2:4.—To,
into, εϊς. 2 : 8.—To, as far as
to, επί c. acc. 2: 5.—To the
number of, εις. 2: 3.—To, up
to, μέχρι or μέχρις.—To_ the
region where, μέχρις ov. 7:
6.

Together, ο μου. 10: 8.

Toil, πονώ. 9 : 19.

Touch, απτομαι. 5 : 10.

Towards, επί c. acc. 2: 17.—
περί c. acc. 4: 8.

Track, foot-print, ΐχνιον. 6: 1.
—Beaten track, στίβος.

Transport, transport-vessel,
πλόϊον.

Treacherous, δόλιος. 4: 7.

Treasures, χρήματα.

Treat ill, κακώς ποιώ. 4 : 8.

Treated,—to be treated as a
friend, άγαπάσ&αι. 9: 29.

Treaty, σπονδαί. 9: 8.—Make
a treaty, σπένδομαι. 9 : 7.

Tree, δένδρον. 2 : 22.

Trial, κρίσις. 6: 5.

Trouble, give trouble, πράγμα'
τα παρέχω. 1: 11.

Troubled,—am greatly trou-
bled, χαλεπώς φέρω. 3: 3.—
troubled, άνιώμαι. 2: 11.

True, άλη&ινός. 9:17.

Truly, by the gods, μα τους
&εονς. 4:8.

Trumpet sounds, σαλπίζει (im-
pers.). 2:17.

Trustworthy, πιστός.

Try, πειρώμαι. 1: 7.—Try to
force, compel, βιάζομαι. 3:1.

Tunic, χιτών. 2:16.

Turn about, face about, ανα-
στρέφω. 10: 8.

U.

Uncovered, bare, ψιλός. 8: 6.

Under, νπο c. acc. (after a verb
of motion). 8: 27.

Unjust, άδικος. 6 : 8.—Unjust
towards, άδικος περί c. acc.
6: 8.

Unjustly, by unjust means, εκ
του άδίκον. 9: Ϊ6.

Unobserved by, denoted by
λαν&άνω. 3: 17.—I do any
thing unobserved by any one,
λαν&άνω τίνα ποιών τι s or
with less emphasis on the
first word, λαν&άνων τινα ποιώ
τι. Cf. τνγχάνω, φ&άνω} διάγω.

Unprepared, άπαράσκενος. 1: 6.
Less prepared, άπαρασκευασ-
τότερος. 5: 9.

Unrequited, αχάριστος. 9: 18.

Unsparingly,—most unspar-
ingly, αφειδέστατα. 9: 13.VOCABULARY.

139

Until, πριν. 1: 10.—τοσούτον
χρόνον—Ιστέ. 9: 11.

Unwillingly, ακων. 3 : 17.

Up, ανά; I go up, αναβαίνω.—I
go up upon, I ascend, ανα-
βαίνω in I c. acc. 2: 22.—Up to,
μέχρι* or μέχρις. 7: 6.

Upon, έπϊ c. gen. (after a verb
of rest). 2: 21.—επί c. acc.
(after a verb of motion). 2:
22.—Upon this, εκ τούτου. 2:
17.

Upward, ανω. 2:1.

Urge, κελεύω.

Use, v. χράομαι. 3: 18.— Used
to, denoted by the imperf.
tense. Note, ch. 1; (2).

Use,—for one's own private
use, εις το i'diov—τινί. 3 : 3.

Useful, χρήσιμος. 6:1.

ν.

Valuable, (worthy 'of much),
πολλού άξιος. 3: 12.—The
(things) most valuable, τα
πλείστον alia. 4: 7.

Variety,—of every variety,
παντοδαπός. 2: 22.

Vengeance,—take vengeance
upon, τιμωρούμαι. 3: 4.

Venison, ελάφεια (κρέα). 5: 2.

Very, μάλα.

Vessel, ship, νανς;—vessel for
wine, βϊκος or βίκος. 9 : 25.

Victorious,—to be victorious,
νικαν. 10: 4.

Victory, νίκη. 8: 16.

Village, κώμη. 4 : 9.

Vine, άμπελος. 2; 22.

Violently, Ισχυρώς. 5: 11.

Virtue, αρετή.

Voluntarily, (as a volunteer),
έ&ελοντης. 6:9.

Voluntary, εκών. 1: 9.

W.

Wage war, πολεμώ. 1: 5, 8, 9,
11.

Wages, μισ&ός.

Wagon, αμαξα. 5: 7.—Wagon-
road, οδος αμαξιτός. 2 : 21.

Wall, fortress, τείχος, 4: 4.

Wander, πλανώμαι. 2 : 25.

Want, v. δέομαι.—Want little,
ολίγου δέω. 5 : 14.

Want, s. s'νδεια. 10 : 18.

War, πόλεμος. 5: 9.—Wage,
carry on war, πολεμώ.—Join
in a war against, συμπολεμα
προς c. acc.

War-chariot, αρμα. 2: 16.

Ward off, αλέξομαι. 3: 6.

Wares, ώνια, τά. 2: 18.

Waste in pleasure, κα&ηδυπα-
&ώ. 3 : 3. ^

Watch-word, σύν&ημα. 8: 16.

Water, νδωρ. 5 : 7.

Way, road, οδός. 2: 13.

Weak, ασ&ενης. 5 : 9.

Wealthy, πλούσιος. 9: 16.

Wear, φορώ. 8 : 29.

Weary,—grow weary, απαγο-
ρεύω. 5: 3.

Weep, δακρύω. 3 : 2.

Well, εν. 4: 8.—καλώς. 2: 2.
—To do well by, εν ποιείν.
6: 9.—To be well, to go well
with, καλώς εχειν. 8: 13.—«140

VOCABULARY.

Well-peopled, οικούμενος. 4:
1.—Wei-watered, επίρρντος.
2: 22.

Wet, βρέχω. 4: 17.

What, τί /—δ τι (in an indirect
question) ; — of what sort,
qualis, oiog. 3: 13. — For
what, in what, τί. 3: 18.
acc. syn.

When,—at the time when, οτε.
2: 9.—When = after, έπεί.
2: 1.—επειδή. 3: 4.— When
is often denoted by the par-
ticip. in Greek. When, (the
definite time when), πψίκα
(interrog.); ψίκα (relat.). 8:
1.

Whence, ο&εν (relat). 3 : 17.

Where (relat. adv.), ου. 2: 22.
—που (interrog.); ποί (in-
terrog. with a verb of mo-
tion).

Wherefore, oiv (postpos.). 1:6.
It denotes an inference; ωςτε
followed by the indicative
denotes a consequence, a re-
sult, and maybe rendered,
wherefore. 1 : 8.—dC o, on
account of which fact, for
which reason. 2:21. — δια
τοντο, for this reason. 2 : 8.

Wherever, οπη (with a verb of
motion) ;—οπου (with a verb
of rest), 3: 6.

Whether, εϊ. 3: 5.—Whether
—or, πότερον—η. 4 : 13.

While, (in what time), εν ώ.
10: 10.—While is often de-
noted by the participle, e. g.
πολεμούντων. 1: 8.

Who, what, τίς) τι.—οςτις, ήτις,
ο τι (in indirect questions).

Whoever, οςτις. 1: 5.

Whole, ολος. 2: 17.—πας with
the article prefixed.

Wholly, παντάπασιν. 2: 1.

Why, τίt δια τί (in a direct
question), δι ο, δι a (rela-
tive). 3: 151

Width, ενρος. 2: 23.

Wife, γυνή. 2: 12.

Wild, άγριος. 2: 7.

Wine, οίνος. 2: 13.

Wing, πτέρνξ. 5: 3.—κέρας (of
an army, lit. horn). 10:
9.

Wisdom, σοφία. 2: 8.

Wish, βονλομαι. 1: 1.—έ&έλω.
2 : 26.

With, συν (in company with) :
—μετα (participating with) :
—παρα c. dat. (by the side of).
1: 5.—Tfie participles εχων,
λαβών, φέρωνy χρώμενος, may
often be translated, with. 2:
3, 5, 6.—3: 4, 7:—απο (lit.
from) denoting the means).
1: 9.

Withdraw, αποχωρώ. 2: 9.

Within, εΓσω c. gen. 2: 21.

Without, εξω. 4: 5. (without
= on the outside). — ανευ
(without == destitute of) c.
gen. 3: 11.—Without the
knowledge οζ λά&ρα c. gen.
3: 8. — κενός (without =
empty) c. gen. 8 : 20. —
Without order, ατακτος. 8:
2.

Wonder, θαυμάζω. 10: 16.—VOCABULARY.

141

To be wondered at, θαυμασ-
τός. 9: 24.

Wood, ξνλον. 5: 12.

Work, έργον. 9: 18.

Worse, xaxiov. 9 : 10.

Worsted,—to be worsted, μείον
εχειν. 10: 8.

Worth,—it is w^h, δύναται. 5:
6.—Worth much, valuable,
πολλού άξιος. 3: 12.

Worthy, 'άξιος.—Worthy of
admiration, αγαστός. 9:
24.

Wound, τιτρωσχω. 8 : 26.

Write, γράφω. 6: 3.

Y.

Yet, ομως. 8: 23. (yet = nev-
ertheless).—έτι (yet = long-
er.—πώ (yet=up to this
time). 2: 26.—Not yet, ονη ω.
—No longer, ονχέτι.

Yield, πείθομαι. 3: 6.

Young, νέος.—ωτερος,—ωτατος.
1:1.

Ζ.

Zeal, προθυμία. 9: 18.
Zealous, πρόθυμος. 3: 19.A LIST OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS

INVOLVED IN THESE EXERCISES, WITH THE fttlNCIPAL PARTS
WHICH ARE USED BY THE ATTIC WRITERS.

αγαμαι, I admire, αγάσομαι,

ηγάσ&ην.

άγείρω, I collect, assemble, α/ε-
ρώ, aor. ήγειρα, pass. perf.
αγηγερμαι, aor. ηγέρ&ην.
αγω, 1 lead, α|ω, perf! aor.
ηγαγον, pass. perf. ηγμαι, aor.
ηχ&ην, aor. mid. ηγαγόμψ.
αϊρώ (εω), I take, αίρησω, ρρηκα,

aor. είλοι>, pass, τ']ρημαι9 τ}ρέ~
&ψ.

αισθάνομαι, I perceive, αίσ&ή-
σομαι, ^σ&ημαι, aor. τ}σ&όμψ.
άκονω, I hear, άκούσομαι, άκη-
κοα> ηκονσα, pass, peri! and
aor. ηκονσμαι, ηκονσΰψ.
άλέξομαι, / areri from myself

άλεξησομαι, ηλεξάμψ.

αρπάζω, I seize, snatch, άρπάσω
and άρπάσομαι, ηρπακα, aor.
ηρπασα, pass. perf. and aor.,
ηρπασμαι, ηρπάσ&ψ.
άφικνοϋμαι, I arrive, άφίξομαι,

άφίγμαι, άφικόμην.

νχϋομαι, I am weighed down,

displeased, άχ&έσομαι, τβ&έσ-
&ψ.

βαίνω, I go, walk, βησομαι, βέ~

βηκα, aor.

βάλλω, I cast, /?αλώ3 βέβληκα,

βέβλημαι, εβλη&ψ.

βονλομαι, / wiVi, βουλησομαι,
βεβουλημαι, έβονλη&ην and
ηβονλη&ην.

γελώ («ω), / laugh, γελάσομαι,

sometimes /ελ«σω, έγέλασα.
γίγνομαι, I am born, become,
γενησομαι, γεγένημαι and ys-
yorcf, έγενόμψ.

γι/νωσκω, I know, γνώσομαι,
εγνωκα, εγνων, perf.^and aor.
pass, εγνωσμαι, εγνωσ&ψ.
δέδοικα rarely I fear, aor.
εδεισα. Other tenses supplied
by φοβούμαι.

δείκννμι, and δεικνύω, I show,
δείξω, δέδειχα, έδειξα, perf and
aor. pass, δέδειγμαι, εδείχ&ψ,
δέρω, I flay, δερώ, aor. εδειρα.
δέομαι, I want, I beg for, δεήσο«.

δεδεημαι, έδεη&ψ.
δέω, 1 bind, δησω, δεδεκα, ε'δησα,
perf and aor. pass, δέδεμαι,
έδέ&ψ.IRREGULAR VERBS.

143

διδράσχω, used only in compo-
sition, απ ο-, δια-, εκ-, I run
away, skulk, δράσομαι, δ&δρα-
κα, εδραν.

δίδωμι, Ι give, δώσω, δέδωκα, aor.
έδωκα (used chiefly in the
sing.) (used in the dual
and plural in<Jic. and in the
other moods and particip.),
peril and aor. pass, δίδομαι,
έδό&ην·

δοκώ, I seem, think, δό|ω,

δέδογμαι.

δνναμαι, 1 am able, δυνησομαι,
δεδννημαι, έδυνή&ην and
νη&ψ.

δύω, I cause to enter, siiiZc, <5υσο),
δέδνκα, έδυσα, δέδνμαι, έδν-
-Θψ;—and εδνν are
more common than δύομαι,
έδυσάμψίη the intrans. sense.
εαω, see εώ.

εζομαι, poetic, see κα&εζομαι.
έ&έλω, I will, wish, έ&ελησω,

η&έληκα, η&έλησα·

είμί, I am, εσομαι, imperf.

εϊμι, Iwill go, imperf. and
ηα.

εΐρηκα, see φ^/.

έλαννω, I drive, fut. ελώ, εληλακα,

ηλασα, εληλαμαι, ηλά&ην.
επαινώ (εω), I praise, επαινέσω,
έπαινέσομαι—?^εκ« — Ίρεσα—
γίνημαι—Ίΐνέ&ψ.

επιμέλομαι and επιμελούμαι, /
care jfor, έπιμελησομαι, έπι-
μεμέλημαι, έπεμελη&ψ.
έπομαι, /follow, εψομαι, imperf.

ύπομψ.

έρχομαι, / come, or gO fut. είμί

rarely ελενσομαι, £ληλν&£ΐ,
aor.

ερωτώ («ω), I ask, ερωτήσω, etc.

aor. ηρόμην.

εσ&ίω, I eat, fut. εδομαι, perf.
έδηδοκα, aor. εφαχον, perf. and
aor. pass, έδηδεσμαι, ^ύεσ-
&ην.

ευρίσκω, I find, ενρησω, ενρηκα,
aor. ε^ρο?, perf. and aor. pass.
ενρημαι, ενρέ&ψ.

εχω, I have, ε£ω, εσχηκα, imperf.
εΐ^ο?, aor. εσχον, perf. and
aor. pass, εσχημαι, έσχέ&ψ.
εώ («ω), εασω, εΐακα, εϊ'ασα, aor.

pass, ειά&ψ.

ζενγννμι and ζενγννω, I join,
£ει;£ω, εζευξα, perf. and aor.
pass, εζενγμαι, έζενχ&ψ and
εζνχψ.

ηδομαι, lam pleased, ησ&ησομαι,
ησ&ψ.

Ό-ανμάζω, I wonder at, I admire,

fut. mid.

ΰνησκω, comm. απο&νησκω, I
die, απο&ανονμαι, αποτέ&νψ
κα, aor. άπέ&ανον,

ϊίημι, I send, throw, ησω, είκα,
aor. ήκα used chiefly in the
sing, indie.; for the dual and
plural with the dependent
moods and the particip., the
aor. 2d is commonly used,
ειτον, είτ^ν, είμεν, είτε, είσαν,
or less common, εμεν, ετε, εσατ,
subjunct. ώ, opt at. εΙ?^> im~
perat. infin. ε^αί, part. ε% /
aor. mid. εϊμψ; perf. and aor.
pass, είμαι, εϊ&ην and ε&ψ.
Ικνονμαι, comm. «φζκ.? έζικ., I144 EXERCISES IN GREEK

PROSE COMPOSITION.

comej ιϊομαι, ιγμαι, Ικόμην
(aor.).

ϊστημι, / cawse ίο stand, στήσω,
έστησα, εστηκα present in
meaning and intrans.,
κε*?, or εΐστηκειν imperf. in
meaning and intrans. 5 2d aor.
Ιστην intrans.; perf. and aor.
pass, εσταμαι, έστά&ψ, mid.
ϊσταμαι I stand, also trans.
/se£ up for myself, αοΓ.έστψ
σάμψ common trans.
κα&έζομαι, I sit down, fut. κα-

ΰεδονμαι, imp. έκα&εζόμψ.
καϋενδω, I sleep, κα&ενδησω,
imperf. κα&ηϊιδον, also εκά-
■ΰενδον, rarely xa&ένδον.

καλώ (εω), / caZZ, fut. καλώ, κε-
κληκα, έκάλεσα, perf. and aor.
pass. χέκλημαι, έχλή&ην,
κεφαι, Hie, fut. κείσομαι, imperf.
έχείμψ, subjunct. etc. κέωμαι,
κεοίμψ, κεΊ,σο, κέϊσ&αι, κείμε-
νος.

κεράνννμι, and κερανννω, I
mingle, κεράσω and κε^ω, κε-
κρακα, εκέρασα,χέκραμαι, later
κεκερασμαι, εκρά&ην and εκε-
ράσ&ψ.

κλίνω, I bend, incline, κλίνω, έκ-
λινα, κέκλιμαι, έκλί&ψ.
κρεμάνννμι, Ι suspend, κρεμάσω
and κρεμώ, εκρέμασα, έκρεμάσ·
■&ψ.

χρίνω, I separate, judge, κρίνω,
κέκρικα, έκρινα, κέκριμαι, έκρι-
&ψ, έκρινάμψ.

κτάομαι, I acquire, κτησομαι,
έχτησάμψ, κέκτημαι and εκτι-

μά*, I have acquired= /j>os-
sess.

κτείνω, comm. άποκτείνω, I
slay, κτενώ, εκτονα (perf 2d),
εκτεινα, less comm. εχτανον
for the perf and aor. pass.
τέ&νηκα, and άπέ&ανον were
commonly used.

λαμβάνω, I take, λήφομαι9 εΐλη-
φα, aor. ελαβον, εΐλημμαι, ελτ,φ-
■Θην.

λαν&άνω, I escape notice, am
concealed, λησω, λέλη&α sy-
nonymous with the present,
ελα&ον.

λέγω, I say, λέξω, λέλεγμαι, έλεχ-
s—συλλέγω, I collect, συλ-
λέξω, σννείλοχα, σννείλιγμαι,
συνελέγψ, so in the other
compounds which mean to
collect, to choose.

λείπω, I leave, λείψω, λέλοιπα,
ελιπον.

μαν&άνω, / learn, μα&ήσομαι,

μεμά&ηκα, εμα&ον.

μάχομαι, I fight, fut. μαχονμαι,
less comm. μαχεσομαι} με-
μάχημαι, εμαχεσάμψ,

μέλει, ?'£ concerns, μελησει, μεμέ-
ληκε.

μ έμνήμα ι, I remember, μεμνησο-
μαι.

μένω, I remain, μενώ, μεμένηκα,
εμεινα.

νοιιίζω, I think, suppose, Att.

fut. νομιώ, νενόμικα, etc.

οιδα, Iknow, εισομαι,7]δειν plu-
perf in form, imperf. in mean-
ing.

οΐχομαι, I am gone, οιχησομαι,IRREGULAR VERBS.

145

ωχόμψ imperf. in form, gen-
erally an aorist in meaning.
ολλνμι, comm. άπόλ- I destroy,
lose, ολώ, ολώλεκα, perf. 2d
ολωλα intrans., aor.
aor. mid. ώλόμψ.

οράω see ορώ.

ορύσσω or ορυττω, I dig, ορύξω,
ορώρνχα, aor. ωρυξα, ορώρυγ·
μαν, ώρνχψ.

ορώ, I see, imperf. εωρων, aor.
ci5oj>, fut. οψομαι, perf. έώρα-
κα, perf. pass, εώραμαι or ωμ~
μαι, aor. pass. ώφ#?ρ>.

οφείλω, I owe, ought, οφειλησω,
aor. ωφελο)>, later οφελο^ used
only in expressing a wish.
παίω, I strike, takes σ in the

pass. perf. and aor.

πάσχω, I feel, am affected, πδ/-
σομαι, πεπονιά, aor. επα&ον.
παύω, / cawse /ο cease, παύσω,
πέπαυκα, έπαυσα, πέπανμαι,
επαν&ψ and έπαύσ&ψ.
πεί&ω, I persuade, πείσω, πέ-
πεικα, πέποι&α intrans. and
present in meaning, / irwsi,
aor. επεισα, perf. and aor.
pass, πέπεισμαι, έπείσ&ην.
πέτομαι, later, ϊπταμαι, I fly,
πετησομαι comm. πτησομαι,
aor. έπτόμψ, less comm.
έπτάμψ, later ε π την.
πίμπλημι, Ifill, πλησω, πέπληκα,
επλησα, πεπλησμαι, έπλήσ&ψ.
πίπτω, I fall, fut. πεσόν μαι,

perf. πεπτωκα, aor. επεσόν,
πλέω, I sail, πλενσομαι, oftener
πλενσοΰμαι, πέπλενκα, εττλεν-
σ«, pass, takes σ.

πλήττομαι, I am struck, peril
πεπληγμαι, aor. έηλψ/ψ, perf.
2d act. πέπληγα (sometimes
in a pass, sense). The other
parts of the act. voice were
supplied by πατάσσω, or πα-
τάττω.

πορεύομαι, I go, march, πορεύ-
σομαι, πεπόρενμαι, έπορεύ-
&ην.

ρέω, ρυήσομαι, seldom ρεύσομαι9
ερρύηκα, aor. έρρύψ, seldom
ερρενσα.

σαλπίζω, I sound the trumpet,

σαλπίγξω, εσάλπι/ξα,
σκέπτομαι, I consider, seldom
used in the present and im-
perf. ; instead of it σκοπώ or
σκοπονμαι and έσκόπουν or
έσκοπούμψ are more com-
mon ; fut. σκέψομαι, aor. έσ-
κεψάμψ, perf εσκεμμαι.

σπάω, I draw} takes σ in the

passive.

σπένδω, I pour out (a libation),
σπείσω, εσπεικα, εσπεισα; mid.
σπένδομαι, I make a treaty.
στερώ, commonly in the simple
verb, στερίσκω, στερήσω, etc.
στρέφω, I turn, twist, στρέψω,
εστροφα, έστρεψα, εστραμμαι,
έστρέφ&ην.

σφάζω or σφάττω, I slay, σφάξω}

έσφαξα, εσφαγμαι, έσφάγην.
τάσσω or τάττω, I arrange, τάξω,
τέταχα, έταξα, τέταγμαι, έτάχ·
&ψ.

τί&ημι, / place, &ησω, τέ&εικα,
aor. in the sing, indie, ε&ηκα,
etc.j in the dual and plur. indie·146 EXERCISES IN GREEK

PROSE COMPOSITION.

and in the other moods, and
particip. the 2d aor. εϋετον,
ε&έτψ, ε&εμεν, etc.peril and
aor. pass. τέ& είμαι, ετέ&ψ.
τιτρώσχω, I wound, τρώσω, τέ-

τρωμαι, ετρώ&ην.

τρέπω, I turn, τρέψω, τέτροφα,
ετρεψα, τέτραμμαι, ετρέφ&ψ,
έτράπψ comm. in the sense
of the mid.: έτραπομψ, re-
flexive ; έτρεψάμψ I routed,
I put to flight.

τρέφω, I nourish, ΰρέψω, τέτρο-
φ«, ε&ρεψα, τέ&ραμμαι, έτρά-
φην.

τρέχω, I run, &ρέξομαι, comm.
δραμονμαι, δεδράμηκα, aor.
εδραμον.

τρίβω, 1 rub, τρίψω, perf. and
aor. pass. τέτριμμαι, ετρίφ&ην,
comm. έτρίβψ.

τυγχάνω, I obtain, hit, happen,
τενξομαι, τετνχηκα, aor. ετνχον.
νπισχνονμαι, I promise, νποσχη-
σομαι, νπέσχημαι, νπεσχόμην.
φαίνω, I make to appear, $Λοΐ0,
φανώ, εφψα, πέφασμαι, έφάν-
-&ψ oftener έφάνψ.

φέρω, I bear, carry, flit. οίσω,
perf. ένψοχα, perf. and aor.
pass, ένψεγμαι, ηνέχ&ψ, aor.
act. ψεχκα, and ψεχκον. In
the 1st pers. of these two
aorists, and in the optat. the
usage is very fluctuating;

but of the remaining form»
we find a preference given
in the act. to the infin. £νεγ*
κύν, part, ένεγκών, and the
2d pers. sing, imperat. ενεγκε,
all from the 2d aor.; while
the other parts together with
the whole of the mid. are
taken from the 1st aor. Butt.
φενχω, I flee, φεύξομ αι, πέφευγα,

aor. εφνγον.

φημί, I say, fut. έρω, perf. εΐ'ρψ
κα, perf and aor. pass, εΐρη-
μαι, έρρη&ψ and ερρέ&ψ, aor.
act. είπα or ειπον. The 2d
aor. was far more common.
Of the 1st aor. the forms,
είπας, είπατε and εϊπάτω were
the most frequent, yet even
these were constantly ex-
changed for the correspond-
ing forms of the 2d aor. Butt.
φ&άνω, I anticipate,- fut. φΰη-
σομαι, perf εφ&ακα, aor. εφ-
&ασα or εφ&ην.

φνω, I produce, φνσω, εφνσα,
πέφνκα, 2d aor. εφνν. The
last two forms are intransi-
tive.

χρη, sub. χργ, optat. χρείη, infin.
χρψαι, part, χρεών (τ6) : fut.
χρήσει, imperf. έχρψ comm.

ώνονμαι, I purchase^ ώνψομαι,
etc., aor. επριάμψ.GREEK AND ENGLISH
CIPAL

INDEX TO THE MIN-
NOTES.

A.

Adverbs and clauses used ad-

jectively. ch. 2. (3).

Aeolie form of the optat. aor.

where used. ch. 2. (9).
Agent or doer, how expressed.

ch. 2. (46).

αιτώ and ερωτώ distinguished.

ch. 3. (41).

Aorist tense defined, ch. 1.
(2).

απαξ and ποτέ distinguished.

ch. 9. (1).
Apprehend—different senses.

ch. 1. (8).

Article instead of a possessive

pronoun, ch. 1. (11).
αντος—meanings, ch. 2. (49).

C.

Cause, concomitant of an ac-
tion etc. denoted by the par-
ticip. ch. 1. (10).

D.

δέ and xat distinguished, ch. 2.

(7)·

δοχέϊ Άπάφαίνεται distinguished,
ch. 6. §§ 1-5. (5).

E.

*Eav and ε I distinguished, ch. 3.
(35).

ΈΧ τις, εΐ τι—meaning, ch. 6.

§§ 1-5. (2).

ΙΕλ&εϊν and παςαγενέσ&αι dis-
tinguished. ch. 1. (39).

3ΕπεΙ and οτε distinguished, ch.
1. (6).

Euphemism, τελεντώ for απο-
θνήσκω. ch. 1. (7).

*Εχ&ρος and πολέμιος distin-
guished. ch. 3. (29).

H.

απα% and ποτk distinguished.

e ch. 9. § 7. (1).

ήμισυς,—construction, ch. 9.

. iu)·

ψίχα and οτε distinguished,
ch. 8. § 1. (1).

I.

Imperfect tense defined, ch, 1.
(2).148

INDEX.

Κ.

χέχτημαι and εχω distinguished,
ch. 7. § 1. (3).

Μ.

μη distinguished from ου. ch. 3.

(7).—In	prohibitions, ch. 3.

(8).—After	verbs of fearing,
ch. 7. (11).

Metonymy of οπλα for δπλϊται.

ch. 2. (13).

Middle voice defined, ch. 9.
(5).

N.

νανς, πλοϊον etc. distinguished.
3. (39).

Negatives ου and μη distin-
guished. ch. 3. (7):—nega-
tives after ωςτε. ch. 5. (6):
—negative connectives, ch.
3. (25).

O.

Ο δε,—use of this phrase, ch. 1.
(θ).

οίκοι and οίκαδε distinguished.

ch. 2. (36).

νΟπη and οπου distinguished.

ch. 3. (15).

Optative in dependent clauses,
ch. 1. (12).

ως, as, as ifJ ch. 1. (4):—on
the grov/nd that, ch. 1. (5^
—ως with the particip. and
ως with the optat. distin-
guished. ch. 1. (16).

ωςτε followed by the indie, and
the infin. ch. 1. (26):—with
the negative, ch. 5. (6).
οτε and έπεϊ distinguished.

ch. 1. (6).

οτι used to introduce a direct

quotation, ch. 8. (6).

ου and μη distinguished, ch. 3.

,(7)·

ουτω or ούτως and ώδε distin-
guished. ch. 1. (36).

p. Ρ

Participle—agreement with
the subject of the verb. ch. 1.
(1):—defined, ch. 1. (10):—
instead of a substantive,
ch. 2. (43):—fut. particip.
how translated, ch. 1. (40):
—where we should use the
infin. &c. ch. 1. (24): λαβών,
ϊχων, etc., translated with.
ch. 2. (4).c
Position of αυτου and of αυτού·

ch. 8. § 21. (11).

πράγματα and χρήματα distin-
guished. ch. 3. (10).

Present or perf instead of the

fut. ch. 8. (3).

Prohibitions how expressed,
ch. 3. (8).INDEX.

149

Pronouns, my) your, his, etc.
when expressed, ch. 1. (11).

S.

Subjunctive in dependent
clauses, ch. 1. (12).

συν c. dat. and μετά c. gen. dis-
tinguished. ch. 2. (38).

T.

τύευτώ a euphemism for απο-

&νήσχω. ch. 1. (7).

Time, denoted by the particip.
ch. 1. (10).THE

FIEST BOOK

OF

XENOPHON'S ANABASIS,

ACCORDING TO THE TEXT OF KRIJGER.THE

FIKST BOOK

OF

XENOPHON'S ANABASIS,

ACCORDING TO THE TEXT OF KRIJGER.

a. Δαρείου και Παρυσάτιδος παίδες γίγνονται διjo, 1
πρεσβύτερος μεν Αρταξέρξης, νεώτερος δε Κύρος. Έπύ δε
ησθένει Δαρείος και υπώπτευε τελεντην τον βίου, εβούλετό
οι τώ παΐδε άμφοτέρω παρεΐναι. Ό μεν ούν πρεσβύτερος 2
παρών ετύγχανε* Κυρον μεταπέμπεται άπο της άρχης ης
αντον σατράπην εποίησε, καΐ στρατηγον δε αυτόν απέδειξε
πάντων οσοι εις Καστωλου πεδίον αθροίζονται. Αναβαίνει
ονν ο Κνρος λαβών Τισσαφέρνην ώς φίλον, και των Έλλή-
vcov δε έχων οπλίτας άνέβη τριακοσίονς, άρχοντα δε αυτών
Ξ,ενίαν Παρράσιον. 3Επειδή δε ετελεύτησε Δαρείος και κα- 3
τέστη εις την βασιλείαν Αρταξέρξης, Τισσαφέρνης διαβάλλει
τον Κυρον προς τον άδελφον ώς επιβονλεύοι αντφ. Ό δε
πείθεται τ ε και συλλαμβάνει Κυρον ώς άποκτενών' η fls μψ
τηρ ίξαιτησαμένη αυτόν αποπέμπει πάλιν έπι την αρχήν. Ό 4
δ, ώς απήλθε κινδυνεύσας και ατιμασθείς, βουλεύεται οπως
μηποτε ετι έσται επι τφ άδελφφ, άλλ\ ην δύνηται, βασι-
λεύσει άντ εκείνου. Παρνσατις μεν δη η μήτηρ υπήρχε τφ
Κύρψ, φιλούσα αντον μάλλον η τον βασιλεύοντα Αρταξέρξην.
7Οςτις δ! άφικνοΐτο των παρά βασιλέως προς αυτόν, πάντας 5
ουτω διατιθεις άπεπέμπετο ώς$ εαντφ μάλλον φίλους εΐναΑ154	Άνάβασις.

η βασιλεΐ. Και τών παρ εαυτφ δε βαρβάρων επεμελεϊτο
ως πο)»εμεΐν τε ικανοί εΐησαν και ευνοϊκώς εχοιεν αυτφ.

£ Την δε Έλληνικην δύναμιν η&ροιζεν ως μάλιστα εδύνατο
επικρυπτόμενος, όπως οτι άπαρασχευαστότατον λάβοι βασιλέα<
*Ωδε ονν εποιεΐτο την σνλλογήν. cΟπόσας είχε φύλακας εν
ταΐς πόλεσι, παρήγγειλε τοις φρονράρχαις έκάστοις λαμβά-
νειν άνδρας Πελοποννησίους οτι πλείστους και βέλτιστους,
ως επιβουλεύοντος Τισσαφέρνους ταΐς πόλεσι. Και γαρ ήσαν
αϊ ΊωνικαΙ πόλεις Τισσαφέρνους το άρχαΐον, εκ βασιλέως δε-
δομεναι, τότε δ' άπεστησαν προς Κύρον πάσαι πλην Μιλήτου'

7	εν Μιλήτφ δ' ο Τισσαφέρνης προαισΟομενος τα αυτά ταύτα
βουλευομένους, άποστηναι προς Κύρον, τους μεν αυτών άπε-
κτεινε, τους δ3 εξεβαλεν. *0 δε Κύρος ύπολαβών τους φεύ-
γοντας συλλεξας στράτευμα ίπολιόρκει Μίλητον και κατά γην
και κατά ΰάλατταν και επειράτο κατάγειν τους εκπεπτωκό-
τας. ΚαΙ αυτη αύ άλλη πρόφασις ψ αυτφ του άΰροίζειν

8	στράτευμα. Προς δε βασιλέα πέμπων ήξίου αδελφός ων
αυτού δο&ηναί οι ταύτας τάς πόλεις μάλλον η Τισσαφερνην
άρχειν αυτών * και η μήτηρ συνεπραττεν αυτφ ταύτα' ώςτε
βασιλεύς της μεν προς εαυτόν επίβουλης ουκ ησϋάνετο, Τισ-
σαφερνει δε ενόμιζε πολεμουντα αύτον άμφι τά στρατεύματα
δαπανάν' ώςτε ουδέν ηχ&ετο αυτών πολεμούντων. Kcu γαρ
ο Κύρος άπεπεμπε τους γιγνομενους δασμούς βασιλεΐ εκ τών
πόλεων ων Τισσαφέρνης ετύγχανεν εχων.

9	*Αλλο δε στράτευμα συνελέγετο αυτφ εν Χερρονήσα} τ%
καταντιπερας 3Αβύδου τόνδε τον τρόπον. Κλέαρχος ψ Λακε-
δαιμόνιος, φυγάς. Τούτφ συγγενόμενος ό Κύρος ήγάσ&η τε
αυτόν και δίδωσιν αυτφ μυ^ίους δαρεικονς. Ό $6 λαβών το
χρυσίον στράτευμα συνελεξεν άπο τούτων τών χρημάτων και
επολεμει εκ Χερρονήσου ορμώμενος τοις Θραξι τοις υπερ
Έλληςπόντου οίκουσι και ωφελεί τους βΕλληνας* ώςτε και
χρήματα συνεβάλλοντο αυτφ εις την τροφην τών στρατιωτών
αί Έλληςποντιακαι πόλεις εκούσαι. Τούτο δ' αυ ου τω τρεφό ·
αενον ελάν&ανεν αυτφ το στράτευμα.Λ. α. κ. α'.

155

^Αρίστιππος tfa ό Θετταλος ετύγχανε ξένος ων αυτφ, και 10
πιεζόμενος νπο ιών οΐκοι άντιστασιωτών ερχεται προς τον
Κυρον και αιτεί αυτόν εις διςχιλίους ξένους και τριών μηνών
μισϋόν, ώς ουτω περιγενόμενος αν τών άντιστασιωτών. Ό
δε Κύρος δίδωσιν αυτφ εις τετρακιςχιλίους και εξ μψών
μιαϋον, καΐ δεΐται αυτου μη πρόσ&εν καζαλυσαι προς τους
άντιστασιώτας πρ\ν αν αυτφ συμβουλεύσηται. Ουτω δε αν
το εν Θετταλία ελάν&ανεν αυτφ τρεφόμενον στράτευμα.

Πρόξενον δε τον Βοιώτιον, ξένον όντα αυτφ, εκελευσε 11
λαβόντα άνδρας ότι πλείστους παραγενεσ&αι, ώς εις Πισίδας
βουλόμενος στρατεύεσ&αι, ώς πράγματα παρεχόντων τών Πι-
αιδών τη εαυτου χώρα. Σοφαίνετον δε τον Στυμφάλιον και
Σωκράτην τον *Λχαιόν, ξένους οντάς και τούτους, ίκελευσεν
άνδρας λαβ όντας ελ&εΐν οτι πλείστους, ώς πολεμησων Τισ-
σαφε'ρνει συν τοις φυγάσι τών Μιλησίων. Και εποίουν ού-
τως ούτοι.

β'. Έπει δ' εδόκει αυτφ ηδη πορευεσ&αι άνω, την μεν 1
πρόφασιν εποιεΐτο ώς Πισίδας βουλόμενος εκβαλεΐν παντά-
πασιν εκ της χώρας * και ά&ροίζει ώς επι τούτους το τε βαρ-
βαρικον και το Έλληνικον ενταυ&α στράτευμα' και παραγ-
γέλλει τφ τε Κλεάρχφ λαβόντι ηκειν όσον ην αυτφ στράτευμα
και τφ Άριστίππφ συναλλαγεντι προς τους οίκοι άποπεμψαι
προς εαυτόν ο είχε στράτευμα' και Ξενία τφ Αρκάδι, ος
αυτφ προειστηκει του εν ταΐς πόλεσι ξενικού, ηκειν παρήγ-
γειλε λαβόντα τους άνδρας, πλην οπόσοι ικανοί εΐησαν τάς
ακροπόλεις φυλάττειν. Έκάλεσε δδ και τους Μίλητον πολι- 2
ορκουντας, κάί τους φυγάδας εκελευσε συν αυτφ στράτευε-
σ&αι, υποσχόμενος αυτοΐς, ει καλώς καταπράξειεν εφ ά εστρα-
τεύετο, μη πρόσ&εν παύσασ&αι πρ\ν αυτους κοφαγάγοι οΐκαδε.
Οι δε ηδεως επεί&οντο' επίστευον γαρ αυτφ' και λαβόντες
τα όπλα παρησαν εις Σάρδεις. Ξενίας μεν δη τους εκ τών 3
πόλεων λαβών παρεγενετο εις Σάρδεις, οπλίτας εις τετρακις-
χιλίους. Πρόξενος δε παρην εχων οπλίτας μεν εις πεντακό-
σιους και χίλιους, γυμνητας δε πεντακόσιους, Σοφαινετος δΐ156

Άν άβ ασις.

δ Στυμφάλιος δπλίτας εχων χίλιους, Σωκράτης δε δ 'Αχαιός
δπλίτας εχων ως ηεντακοσίους' Πασίων δε δ Μεγαρευς εις
ίπτακοσίους έχων άνδρας ηαρεγένετο' ην δε κα\ ούτος και

4	ο Σωκράτης των άμφϊ Μίλητον στρατευόμενων. Ούτοι μεν
εις Σάρδεις αυτω άφίκοντο. Τισσαφέρνης δε, κατανοήσας
ταύτα και μείζονα ήγησάμενος είναι η ως in ι Πισίδας την
παρασκευήν, πορεύεται ως βασιλέα rj εδυνατο τάχιστα ιππέας

5	εχων ως πεντακοσίους. Και βασιλεύς μεν δη επει ηκουσε
παρα Τισσαφέρνους τον Κύρου στόλον, άντιπαρεσκενάζετο.

Κύρος δε εχων ους εΐρηκα ώρματο άπο Σάρδεων' και
εξελαύνει δια της Λυδίας σταθμούς τρεις, παρασάγγας είκοσι
κάί δυο, επϊ τον Μαίανδρον ποταμόν. Τούτου τδ εύρος δύο

6	ττλέθρα * γέφυρα δε επην εζευγμένη πλοίοις επτά. Τούτον
διαβάς εξελαύνει δια Φρυγίας σταθμον ενα, παρασάγγας
οκτω, εις Κολοσσάς, πόλιν οϊκουμένην καΐ ευδαίμονα και
μεγάλην. 'Ενταύθα εμεινεν ημέρας επτά · και ηκε Μένων δ
Θετταλδς εχων δπλίτας χίλιους και πελταστάς πεντακοσίους,

7	Λόλοπας και Αινίανας και Όλυνθίους. 3Εντεύθεν εξελαύνει
σταθμούς τρεις, παρασάγγας εΐκοσιν, εις Ιίελαινάς, της Φρυ-
γίας πολιν οϊκουμενην, μεγάλην και ευδαίμονα. 'Ενταύθα
Κύρφ βασίλεια ψ και παράδεισος μέγας αγρίων θηρίων
πλήρης, α εκείνος εθήρευεν άπο Ιππου, δπότε γνμνάσαι βού-
λοιτο εαυτόν τε και τους ίππους. Λιά μέσου δε του παρα-
δείσου ρεΐ δ Μαίανδρος ποταμός * αι δε πηγαι αυτού είσιν
εκ των βασιλείων ρεΐ δε και δια της Κελαινων πόλεως.

8	"Εστί δε και μεγάλου βασιλέως βασίλεια εν Κελαιναΐς ερυμνα
επι ταΐς πηγαΐς του Μαρσνου ποταμού υπο τη άκροπόλει.
'Ρεΐ δε και ούτος δια της πόλεως και εμβάλλει εις τον Μαί-
ανδρον του fls Μαρσύου το εύρος είκοσι καΐ πέντε ποδών.
3Ενταύθα λέγεται Απόλλων εκδεΐραι Μαρσύαν, νικήσας ερί-
ζοντά οι περί σοφίας, και το δέρμα κρεμάσαι εν τφ άντρφ
οθεν αι ηηγαί* δια δε τούτο δ ποταμος καλείται Μαρσύας.

9	'Ενταύθα Ξέρξης, οτε εκ της fΕλλάδος ηττηθείς τη μάχη
άπεχωρει, λέγεται οίκοδομησαι ταύτά τε τα βασίλεια και τψA. α. κ. β'.	15?

Κελαινών άκρόπολιν. Ένταυϋα εμεινε Κύρος ημέρας τριά-
κοντα· και ηκε Κλέαρχος ό Λακεδαιμόνιος, φυγάς, εχων
όπλίτ'ας χίλιους και πελταστάς Θράκας όκτακοσίονς και τοξο-
τας Κρήτας διακοσίους. &Αμα δε και Σωσίας παρην ό Συ-
ρακόσιος εχων οπλίτας τριακοσίους, κατ [Σοφαίνετος] ο * Αρ-
κάς εχων οπλίτας χίλιους. Και ενταυ&α Κύρος εξίτασιν καϊ
άρι&μον των 'Ελλήνων εποίησεν εν τφ παραδείσφ' και εγε-
νοντο οί σύμπαντες όπλΐται μεν μύριοι και χίλιοι, πελτασται
δε άμφι τους διςχιλίους.

Έντευ&εν εζελαύνει σταθμούς δύο, πα'ρασάγγας δεκα, 10
εις Πελτας, πόλιν οίκουμένην. Ένταΰ&α εμεινεν ημέρας τρεις,
εν αις Βενίας ό 3Αρκάς τα Αύκαια ε&υσε και αγώνα ε&ηκε'
τα δε ά&λα ησαν στλεγγίδες χρυσαΐ' ε&εώρει δε τον αγώνα
και Κύρος. Έντευ&εν εξελαύνει στα&μους δυο, παρασάγγας
δώδεκα, εις Κεραμών άγοράν, πόλιν οίκουμένην, εσχάτην
προς τη Μυσία χώρα. *Εντεΰϋεν εξελαύνει στα&μους τρεις> 11
παρασάγγας τριάκοντα, εις Καυστρου πεδίον, πόλιν οίκουμέ-
νην. Ένταυ&α εμεινεν ημέρας πεντε * και τοις στρατιώταις
ώφείλετο μισ&ος πλέον η τριών μηνών' και πολλάκις ίόντες
επι τ ας ΰύρας άπήτονν. Ό δε ελπίδας λέγων διήγε και δή-
λος ψ άνιώμενος' ου γαρ ην προς του Κύρου τρόπου έχοντα
μη άποδιδόναι. *Ενταυ&α άφικνεΐται Έπύαξα η Συεννίσιος 12
γυνή του Κιλίκων βασιλέως παρά Κυρον' και ελεγετο Κύρφ
δούναι χρήματα πολλά. Τη δ3 ονν στρατιά τότε άπέδωκε
Κύρος μισ&ον τεττάρων μηνών. Είχε δε ή Κίλισσα και φυ-
λακήν περί αυτήν Κίλικας και Άσπενδίους* ελεγετο δε και
συγγενε'σ&αι Κυρον τη Κιλίσση. Έντευ&εν εξελαυνει στα&μους 13
δυο, παρασάγγας δεκα, εις Θύμβριον, πόλιν οικουμίνην. Έν-
ταυ&α ην παρά την όδον κρήνη η Μίδου καλούμενη του
Φρυγών βασιλέως, εφ y λεγεται Μίδας τον Σάτυρον $η-
ρευσαι οίνφ κεράσας αυτήν.

Έντευ&εν εξελαύνει στα&μους δυο, παρασάγγας δεκα, 14
εις Τυριαΐον, πόλιν οίκουμένην. Ένταυϋα εμεινεν ήμε'ρας
τρεις. Καϊ λεγεται δεη&ήναι η Κίλισσα Κύρου επιδεΐξαι to158	Άνάβασις.

στράτευμα εαυτή' βουλόμενος ουν επιδεΐξαι εξετασιν ποι*

15	εΐται εν τφ ηεδίφ τών 'Ελλήνων και των βαρβάρων. Έχί
λενσε δε τους "Ελληνας, ώς νόμος αυτοϊς εις μάχην, ουτω
ταχϋηναι και στηναι, συντάξαι δε εκαστον τους εαυτόν.
Έτάχ&ησαν ουν επι τεττάρων' είχε δε τ ο μεν δεξιον Μένων
και οί ουν αντφ, το δε ευώνυμον Κλέαρχος και οι εκείνον,

16	το δε μέσον οί άλλοι στρατηγοί, Έ&εώρει ονν ο Κνρος
πρώτον μεν τονς βαρβάρονς' οί δε παρηλαννον τεταγμένοι
κατ ΐλας καΐ κατά τάξεις' ειτα δε τονς "Ελληνας, παρελαύ-
νων εφ άρματος και ή Κίλισσα εφ άρμαμάξης. Εΐχον δε
πάντες κράνη χαλκά και χιτώνας φοινικους και κνημιδας και

17	τ ας ασπίδας εκκεκα&αρμένας. 3Επειδή δε πάντας παρήλασε,
στησας το άρμα προ της φάλαγγος μέσης πεμχρας Πίγρητα
τον ερμηνέα παρά τονς στρατηγούς των *Ελλήνων εκελευσε
προβαλεσ&αι τά όπλα και επιχωρησαι ολην την φάλαγγα.
01 δε ταύτα προεΐπον τοις στρατιώταις' και επει εσάλπιγξε,
προβαλλόμενοι τά οπλα επήεσαν. Έκ δε τούτον %άττον
προϊόντων συν κρανγy άπο τον αυτομάτου δρόμος εγενετο

18	τοις στρατιώταις επι τάς σκηνάς. Τών δδ βαρβάρων φόβος
πολύς και άλλοις και η τε Κίλισσα εφυγεν εκ της άρμαμά-
ξης και οί εκ της αγοράς καταλιπόντες τά ώνια εφευγον οί
δε βΕλληνες σνν γέλωτι επι τάς σκηνάς ηλ&ον. Ή δε Κίλισσα
ίδονσα την λαμπρότητα και την τάξιν τον στρατεύματος
ε&αύμαζε. Κνρος δε ησ&η τον εκ τών \Ελλήνων εις τονς βαρ-
βάρους φόβον ίδών.

19	Έντεν&εν εξελαννει στα&μονς τρεις, παρασάγγας εΐκοσιν,

* εις *Ικόνιον, της Φρυγίας πόλιν εσχάτην. Ένταν&α εμεινε

τρεις ημέρας. Έντενϋεν εξελαννει δια της Ανκαονίας στα-
θμούς πέντε, παρασάγγας τριάκοντα. Ταύτην την χωράν

20	επέτρεψε διαρπάσαι τοις 0Ελλησιν ώς πολεμίαν ονσαν. Έν-
τεν&εν ο Κνρος την Κίλισσαν εις Κιλικίαν αποπέμπει την
ταχίστην όδόν * και σννέπεμψεν αν τη στρατιώτας ους Μένων
είχε και αυτόν Μενωνα τον Θεσσαλόν. Κνρος δε μετά τών
άλλων εξελαννει δια Καππαδοκίας στα&μους τέτταρας, παρα-Λ. α, κ. β\

159

σάγγας είκοσι και πέντε προς Λάναν, πόλιν οίκουμένην, με-
γάλην και ευδαίμονα. Ένταύ&α έμειναν ημέρας τρεις * εν φ
Κύρος άπέκτεινεν άνδρα Πέρσην Μεγαφέρνην, φοινικιστην
βασίλειον, και ετερόν τινα των υπάρχων \δυνάστην\ αΐτιασά-
uevog έπιβουλεύειν αυτφ.

Έντεύ&εν έπειρώντο είςβάλλειν εις την Κιλικίαν * η δε 21
ειςβολη ην όδος αμαξιτός, όρϋία ισχυρώς και αμήχανος εις-
ελ&εΐν στρατεύματι, ει τις έκώλυεν. Έλεγετο δε και Συέννε-
σιν εΐναι επί των άκρων ςρυλάττοντα την είςβολήν ' δι3 ο έμει-
ν εν ημέραν εν τφ πεδίφ. Τη δ' υστεραία ηκεν άγγελος λέ-
γων οτι λελοιπώς εϊη Συέννεσις τα άκρα, επει ησ&ετο τό τε
Μένωνος στράτευμα οτι ηδη εν Κιλικία ην εΐσω τών ορέων
και οτι τριήρεις ηκουε περιπλεούσας απ 3Ιωνίας εις Κιλικίαν
Ταμών έχοντα τας Λακεδαιμονίων και αυτου Κύρον. Κύρος 22
δ' ουν άνέβη επι τα ορη ουδενός κωλνοντος και είδε τας
σκηνάς ου εφύλαττον οί Κίλικες. Έντευΰεν δε κατεβαινεν
εις πεδίον μέγα και καλόν και επίρρυτον και δένδρων
παντοδαπών συμπλέων και αμπέλων' πολυ δε και σήσα-
uov και μελίνην και κέγχρον καϊ πυρους και κρι&άς φέ-
ρει. "Ορος δ' αυτό περιέχει όχυρον και υψηλον πάντη εκ
ϋαλάττης εις ΰάλατταν. Καταβάς δε, δια, τούτου του πεδίου 23
ηλασε σταΰμους τέτταρας, παρασάγγας πέντε και εΐκοσιν, εις
Ταρσούς, της Κιλικίας πόλιν μεγάλην και ευδαίμονα. *Εν-
ταυ&α ησαν τα Σνεννέσιος βασίλεια του Κιλίκων βασιλέως'
δια μέσης δε της πόλεως ρεΐ ποταμός Κύδνος όνομα, εύρος
δύο πλέϋρων. Ταύτην την πόλιν εξέλιπον οι ενοικούντες 24
μετά Σνεννέσιος εις χωρίον όχυρον επι τα ορη, πλην οι τα #
καπηλεία έχοντες' έμειναν δε και οι παρά την ϋάλατταν οι-
κονντες εν Σόλοις και εν Ίσσοΐς.

Έπύαίξα δε η Σνεννέσιος γυνή πρότερα Κνρου πέντε ημέ- 25
ρας εις Ταρσούς άφίκετο. Έν δε τη υπερβολή των ορών τη
εις το πεδίον δύο λόχοι του Μένωνος στρατεύματος άπω-
ιονφ. 01 μεν εφασαν αρπάζοντας τι κατακοπηναι υπό τώψ
Κιλικων, οί δέ, υπολειφ&έντας και ου δυναμένους ευρεϊν το160

9Α νάβασις.

άλλο στράτευμα ουδε τάς οδούς εΊτα πλανωμενονς άπολί

26	σ&αι. 7Ησαν δε ούτοι εκατόν (έκαστος) οπλΐται. Οι δ'
άλλοι επειδή ηκον, την τε πόλιν τους Ταρσούς διήρπασαν, δια
τον όλε&ρον των σι^στρατιωτών όργιζόμενοι, και τα βασίλεια
τα εν avTrj. Κΰρος δε επει είςήλασεν εις την πόλιν, μετεπεμ-
πετο Συεννεσιν προς εαυτόν' ο δε ούτε πρότερον ουδενί πω
κρείττονι εαυτου εις χείρας ελ&εΐν εφη ούτε τότε Κύρφ ίεναι

27	η&ελε, πριν η γυνη αυτόν επεισε και πίστεις ελαβε. Μετά
δε ταύτα επει συνεγενοντο άλλήλοις, Συεννεσις μεν Κύρφ
εδωκε χρήματα πολλά εις την στρατιάν, Κύρος δε εκείνφ
δώρα ά νομίζεται παρά βασιλεΐ τίμια, ϊππον χρυσοχάλινον
και στρεπτον χρυσουν και ιρέλια και άκινάκην χρυσουν και
στολην Περσικην και την χώραν μηκετι άρπάζεσ&αι, τά
δε ηρπασμίνα άνδράποδα, ην που εντυγχάνωσιν, άπολαμ-
βάνειν.

1	/. *Ενταυ&α εμεινε Κύρος και η στρατιά ήμε'ρας a-
κοσιν' ol γάρ στρατιώται ουκ εφασαν ίεναι του πρόσω'
υπώπτευον γάρ ηδη επι βασιλέα ίεναι' μισ&οο&ηναι δε ουκ
επι τούτφ εφασαν. Πρώτος δε Κλέαρχος τους αυτου στρα-
τιώτας εβιάζετο ίεναι* οι δε αυτόν τε εβαλλον και τά υπο-

2	ζύγια τά εκείνον, επεί ηρξατο προϊεναι. Κλέαρχος δε τότε
μεν μικρόν εξεφυγε το μη καταπετρω&ηναι, ύστερον επει
εγνω οτι ου δυνήσεται βιάσασϋαι, συνήγαγεν εκκλησίαν τών
αυτου στρατιωτών. Και πρώτον μεν εδάκρυε πολύν χρόνον
εστώς* οι δε, όρώντες ε&αύμαζον και εσιώπων ειτα ελεξε
τοιάδε.

3	"Ανδρες στρατιώται, μη θαυμάζετε οτι χαλεπώς φε'ρω
τοις παρουσι πράγμασιν. *Εμοι γάρ Κνρος ζενος εγενετο
και με φενγοντα εκ της πατρίδος τά τε άλλα ετίμησε και
μυρίους εδωκε δαρεικονς' ους εγώ λαβών ουκ εις το ΐδιον
κατε&έμην εμοί, άλΧ ουδε κα&ηδυπάΰησα, άλΧ εις υμάς

4	εδαπάνων. Και πρώτον μεν επι τους Θράκας επολεμησα
και υπερ της "Ελλάδος ετιμωρούμην με& υμών, εκ της
ρονησου αυτους εξελαύνων, βουλομένονς άφαιρεΐσ&αι τουςΛ '	'

Α. α. κ. γ.

161

ενοικονντας "Ελληνας την γη ν. 3Επειδη δε Κύρος εκάλει, λα-
βών υμάς επορευόμην, ίνα, εΐ τι δέοιτο, ώφελοίην αυτόν άν$
ών ευ επα&ον υπ εκείνου. ΈπεΙ δε υμεΐς ου βούλεσ&ε 5
συμπορεύεσ&αι, ανάγκη δη μοι η Ιυμάς προδόνζα τη Κνρου
φιλία χρησ&αι η προς εκείνον -ψευσάμενον με$ νμών Ιεναι.
Ει μεν δη δίκαια ποιήσω ουκ οΐδα, αίρήσομαι ό' ουν υμάς και
συν υμΐν ο, τι αν δέη πείσομαι. Και ουποτε ερεΐ ουδείς, ώς
εγώ 0Ελληνας άγαγών εις τους βαρβάρους προδους τους *Ελ-
ληνας την των βαρβάρων φιλίαν εΐλόμην άλΧ επει υμεΐς 6
ουκ ε&έλετε πεί&εσ&αι ουδέ επεσ&αι, εγώ συν υμΐν εψομαι
και ο,τι αν δέη πείσομαι. Νομίζω γαρ υμάς εμο\ εΊναι
και πατρίδα και φίλους jial συμμάχους, και συν υμΐν μεν
αν είναι τίμιος οπου αν ω, υμών δ' έρημος ών ουκ αν ικανός
είναι οΐμαι ουτ αν φίλον ώφελησαι ουτ αν εχΰρον άλέξα-
σ&αι. cΩς εμου ουν ιόντος οπη αν και υμεΐς ουτω την
γνώμην 'έχετε.

Ταύτα είπεν * οι δε στρατιώται οι τε αυτου εκείνου και Ί
οι άλλοι ταύτα άκούσαντες, ότι ου φαίη παρά βασιλέα πο-
ρεύεσ&αι, επψεσαν · παρά δε Ξενίου και Πασίωνος πλείους
η διςχίλιοι λαβόντες τά όπλα και τα σκευοφόρα εστρατοπε-
δενσαντο παρά Κλεάρχω. Κύρος δε τούτοις άπορων τε και 8
λυπούμενος μετεπέμπετο τον Κλέαρχον' ο δε ιίναι μεν ουκ
η&ελε, λά&ρα δε των στρατιωτών πέμπων αυτφ άγγελον
ελεγε Φαρρεΐν, ώς καταστησομένων τούτων εις το δέον * μετά-
πέμπεσ&αι εκέλευεν αυτόν' αυτός δ' ουκ εφη ίεναι. Μετά 9
δε ταύτα συναγαγών τους τε με& εαυτου στρατιώτας καΐ
τους προςελ&όντας αυτφ και τών άλλων τον βουλόμενον
ελεξε τοιάδε.

"Ανδρες στρατιώται, τά μεν δη Κύρου δηλον οτι ούτως
έχει προς ημάς ώςπερ τά ημέτερα προς εκείνον' ουτε γάρ
ημείς ετι εκείνου στρατιώται, επει γε ου συνεπόμεΰα αυτφ,
ουτε εκείνος ετι ημΐν μισ&οδότης. νΟτι μέντοι άδικεΐσ&αι 10
νομίζει υφ ημών οϊδα' ώςτε και μεταπεμπομένου αυτου162

*Αν αβασις.

ουκ ε&έλω ελ&εΐν, το μεν μεγιστον, αιοχννόμενος, οτι συν*
οιδα εμαυτφ πάντα ειρευσμενος αυτόν, επειτα και δεδιώς μη

11	λμβών με δίκην επι&\\ ων νομίζει υπ εμού ηδικησ&αι·. ΈμοΙ
ουν δοκεΐ ουχ ώρα είναι ημΐν κα&εύδειν οέδ' άμελεΐν ημώρ
αυτών, άλλα βουλεύεσ&αι ο,τι χρη ποιεΐν εκ τβύτων. Κβ]
εως γε μενομεν αυτού, σκεπτεον μοι δοκεΐ είναι οπως ώς
άσφαλε'στατα μενούμεν εϊτε ηδη δοκεΐ άπιεναι, όπως [ώ?]
ασφαλέστατα άπιμεν και οπως ιτά επιτήδεια εξομεν' άνεν

12	γαρ τούτων ούτε στρατηγού ούτε ιδιώτου οφελος ουδέν. Ό
δ' άνηρ πολλού μεν άξιος φίλος ω αν φίλος χαλεπωτατος
δ' εχ&ρος φ αν πολέμιος *Ετι δε δύναμιν εχει και
πεζην και ιππικην και ναυτικήν, ψ πάντες ομοίως ορώμεν
τε και επιστάμε&α' και γαρ ουδε πόρρω δοκούμεν μοι αυ-
του κα&ησ&αι. "Ωςτε ωρα λεγειν ο,τ ι τις γιγνώσκει άριστον
είναι.

13	Ταύτα ειπών επαύσατο. Έκ δε τούτου άνίσταντο οι
μεν εκ του αυτομάτου, λεξοντες ά εγίγνωσκον, οι δε και υπ
εκείνου εγκελευστοι, · επιδεικννντες οία εΐη απορία άνευ της

14	Κύρον γνώμης και μενειν κα.1 άπιεναι. Εις δε δη εΐπε, προς-
ποιούμενος σπεύδειν ώς τάχιστα πορεύεσ&αι εις την ^Ελλάδα,
στρατηγούς μεν ελεσ&αι άλλους ώς τάχιστα, u μη βούλεται
Κλέαρχος άπάγειν' τά δ9 έπιτηδεια άγοράζεσ&αι' ή δ' αγορά
ην εν τφ βαρβαρικφ στρατεύματι * και συσκευάζεσ&αι' έλ-
κοντας δε Κυρον αϊτεΐν πλοία, ώς άποπλεοιεν* εάν δε μη
διδφ ταύτα, ηγεμόνα αϊτεΐν Κύρον, οςτις ώς δια φιλίας
της χώρας άπάξει. 'Εάν δε μηδε ηγεμόνα διδφ, συντάτ-
τεσ&αι την ταχίστην, πεμχραι δε καΐ προκαταληψομενουζ
τά άκρα, οπως μη φ&άσωσι μήτε ο Κύρος μήτε οι Κίλικες
καταλαβόντες, ών πολλούς κα\ πολλά χρήματα εχομεν ηρ*
πακότες.

15	Ούτος μεν δη τοιαύτα είπε * μετά δε τούτον Κλέαρχος
είπε τοσούτον. Ώς μεν στρατηγήσοντα εμε ταύτην τψ
ντρατηγίαν μηδείς υμών λεγετω · πολλά γάρ ενορώ δι α εμοιΛ. α. κ. γ'.

163

τούτο ου ποιητεον' ως δε τφ άνδρι ον άν ελησϋε πείσομαι
% δυνατόν μάλιστα, ϊνα είδήτε οτι και άρχεσ&αι επίσταμαι,
ως τις και άλλος μάλιστα άνϋρωπων.

Μετά τούτον άλλος ανέστη, επιδεικννς μεν την ευή&ειαν 16
του τα πλοΐα αιτεΐν κελεύοντος, ωςπερ ηάλιν τον στολον Κν-
ρου μη ποιουμενου, επιδεικνύς δε ώς ευη&ες εΐη ηγεμόνα
αιτεΐν παρά τούτου φ λυμαινόμε&α την πράξιν. Ει δε τι
και τφ ηγεμόνι πιστεύσομεν φ αν Κύρος δφ, τι κωλύει και
τα άκρα ημΐν κελεύειν Κνρον προκαταλαμβάνειν; 'Εγώ [μεν] 17

οκνοίην μεν άν εις τα πλοία εμβαίνειν α ημΐν δοίη, μη
ημάς αυταΐς τοις τριηρεσι καταδύση, φοβοίμην δ' αν τφ ήγε-
μόνι φ [<ίί>] δοίη επεσ&αι, μη ημάς άγάγη ο&εν ουχ οίον τε
εσται εξελ&εΐν βουλοίμην δ3 άν άκοντος άπιών Κύρου λα-
βείν αυτόν άπελ&ών, ο ου δυνατόν εστίν. ΆλΧ εγωγε φημι 18
ταύτα μεν φλυαρίας εΐναι' δοκεΐ δε' μοι άνδρας ελ&όντας
προς Κνρον οϊτινες επιτήδειοι συν Κλεάρχω ερωτάν εκείνον
τι βούλεται ημΐν χρησΰαι, και εάν μεν η πράξις rj παραπλή-
σια οίαπερ και πρότερον εχρητο τοις ξενοις, ίπεσ&αι κάί
ημάς και μη κακίους είναι των πρόσΰεν τούτφ σνναναβάν-
των' εαν δε μείζων η πράξις της πρόσ&εν φαίνηται κα\ 19
επιπονωτερα και επικινδυνότερα, άξιούν η πείσαντα ημάς
άγειν η πεισ&έντα προς φιλίαν άφιεναί' ούτω γαρ κάί
επόμενοι άν φίλοι αυτφ και πρό&υμοι εποίμε&α και άπι*
όντες ασφαλώς άν άπίοιμεν' ο,τι δ3 άν προς ταύτα λεγη
άπαγγεΐλαι δενρο' ημάς δ* άκούσαντας προς ταύτα βου-
λεύεσαι.

"Εδοξε ταύτα, και άνδρας ελόμενοι συν Κλεάρχφ πεμ- 20
πουσιν, οι ηρωτων Κύρον τα δόξαντα τη στρατιά. Ό δ'
άπεκρίνατο ότι άκουοι \Αβροκόμαν, εχ&ρον άνδρα, επι τφ
Ευφράτη ποταμφ εΐναι, άπεχοντα δώδεκα στα&μούς. Προς
τούτον ονν εφη βούλεσ&αι ελ&εΐν' καν μεν $ εχεΐ, την δίκην
εφη χρηζειν επι&είναι αυτφ, ην δε φεύγη, ημείς εκεί προς
ταύτα βουλευσόμε&α. Άκουσαντες δε ταύτα οι αιρετοί άναγ-
νελλουσι τοις στρατιώζαις' τοις δε υποψία μεν ην οτι άγει 21164

* Λ ν ά β α σ ι ς.

προς βασιλέα, ομως δε εδόκει επεσ&αι. Προςαιτονσι δΐ
μισ&ον ό Κνρος νπισχνεϊται ημιόλιον πασι δώσειν ον πρότερο#
έφερον, αντί δαρεικον τρία ημιδαρεικα τον μηνός τφ στρα-
τιώτη ' οτι δε επι βασιλέα αγει ονδε ενταν&α ηκονεν ονδεις
εν γε τφ φανερφ.

λ δ'. Έντεν&εν εξελαύνει στα&μονς δύο, παρασάγγας
δέκα, επι τον Ψάρον ποταμόν, ον ην το ενρος τρία πλέ&ρα.
*Εντεν&εν εξελαύνει στα&μον ενα, παρασάγγας πέντε, επι τον
Πνραμον ποταμόν, ον το ενρος στάδιον. Έντεν&εν εξελαύνει
στα&μονς δύο, παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα, εις Ίσσούς, της
Κιλικίας έσχάτην πόλιν, επι τη Φαλάττΐ] οίκονμένην, μεγάλην

2	και ενδαίμονα. Ένταν&α έμειναν ημέρας τρεις' και Κύρφ
παρησαν at εκ Τίελοποννήσον νηες, τριάκοντα και πεντε, και
επ ανταΐς ναύαρχος Πν&αγόρας Λακεδαιμόνιος. Ήγεΐτο
αυτών Ταμ ώς Αιγύπτιος εξ Έφέσον, έχων ν αν ς ετέρας Κύρου
πέντε και εΐκοσιν, αίς επολιόρκει Μίλητον, οτι Τισσαφέρνει

3	φίλη ην, και σννεπολέμει Κύρφ προς αυτόν. Παρψ δε και
Χειρίσοφος Λακεδαιμόνιος επι των νεών, μετάπεμπτος νπο
Κύρον, επτακοσίονς έχων δπλίτας, ών εστρατήγει παρα Κύ-
ρφ. Αι δε νηες ώρμονν κατ α την Κύρον σκηνην. Ένταν&α
και οι παρ3 Αβροκόμα μια&οφόροι "Ελληνες άποστάντες
ηλ&ον παρα Κνρον, τετρακόσιοι οπλΐται, και σννεστρατεύοντο
επι βασιλέα,

4	Έντεν&εν εξελαύνει στα&μον ενα, παρασάγγας πέντε, επι
πύλας της Κιλικίας καΐ της Σνρίας. 1Ησαν δε ταντα δύο
τείχη, και το μεν έσω&εν (το) προ της Κιλικίας Σνέννεσις εΐχε
και Κιλίκων φνλακή, το δε έξω προ της Σνρίας βασιλέως
ελέγετο φνλακη φνλάττειν. Αια μέσον δε ρεΐ τούτων ποτά-
μος Κέρσος ονομα, ενρος πλέ&ρον. "Απαν δε το μέσον των
τειχών ησαν στάδιοι τρεις' και παρελ&εΐν ονκ ην βία' ψ
γαρ η πάροδος στενή και τα τείχη εις την %άλατταν καθή-
κοντα, νπερ&εν δ' ησαν πέτραι ηλίβατοι' επι δβ τοις τείχεσιν

5	άμφοτεροις εφειστήκεσαν πνλαι. Ταύτης ονν ενεκα της πα*
ρόδον Κνρος τάς νανς μετεπέμχρατο, οπως όπλίτας άποβι-Λ. α. κ* δ'.

165

Βάσειεν εΐσω και εξω τών πυλών, και βιασάμενοι τους πο-
λεμίους παρέλ&οιεν, εί φυλάζτοιεν επι ταΐς Συρίαις πύλαις,
όπερ φετο ποιήσειν τον Αβροκόμαν ο Κύρος, έχοντα πολυ
στράτευμα. Αβροκόμας δε ου τοντ εποίησεν, άλλ' επει
ηκουε Κύρον εν Κιλικία όντα, άναστρέψας εκ Φοινίκης παρά
βασιλέα άπηλαυνεν, έχων, ώς ελέγετο, τριάκοντα μυριάδας
στρατιάς.

Έντεν&εν εξελαύνει δια Συρίας στα&μον ενα, παρασάγ- 6
γ ας πέντε, εις Μυρίανδρον, πάλιν οϊκουμένην υπό Φοινίκων
επι τχι -&αλάττ\ι ' εμπόριον δ' ψ το χωρίον κα\ ώρμουν αυ-
τό&ι όλκάδες πολλαί. Ένταν& έμειναν ημέρας επτά' και 7
Εενίας ο Αρκάς, στρατηγός, και Πασίων ο Μεγαρευς εμ-
βάντες εις πλοϊον κα\ τα πλείστου άξια εν&έμενοι άπεπλευ-.
σαν, ώς μεν τοις πλείστοις εδόκουν, φιλοτιμη&έντες, ότι τους
στρατιώτας αυτών τους παρά Κλέαρχον άπελ&όντας ώς άπι-
όντας εις την Ελλάδα πάλιν και ου προς βασιλέα εϊα Κύρος
τον Κλέαρχον 'έχειν. *Επέί 5' ουν ήσαν αφανείς, διηλ&ε λογος
ότι διώκοι αυτους Κύρος τριηρεσι' και οι μεν εύχοντο ώς
δολίους όντας αυτους ληφ&ηναι, ol δ' φκτειρον εί άλώσοιντο.
Κύρος δε συγκαλέσας τους στρατηγούς εΐπεν *Απολελοίπασιν 8
ημάς Αενίας καΐ Πασίων' αλλ' εν γε μέντοι επιστάσ&ωσαν
οτι ούτε άποδεδράκασιν' οιδα γαρ όπη οΐχονται' ούτε άπο-
πεφεύγασιν · έχω γαρ τριήρεις ώςτε ελεΐν το εκείνων πλοϊον.
Άλλα μα τους &εους ουκ έγωγε αυτους διώξω, ουδ' ερεΐ ου-
δείς ώς εγώ, εως μεν άν παρη τις, χρώμαι, επειδάν δε άπιέναι
βούληται, συλλαβών και αυτους κακώς ποιώ και τα χρήματα
άποσυλώ. 3Αλλα Ιόντων, είδότες ότι κακίους είσΐ περι ημάς
η ημείς περι εκείνους. Καίτοι έχω γε αυτών και τέκνα και
γυναίκας εν Τράλλεσι φρουρούμενα' άλΧ ουδε τούτων στερή-
σονται, άλΐ άπολήψονται της πρόσ&εν ενεκα περι εμε αρετής.
ΚαΙ ό μεν ταύτα εΊπεν οι δε"Ελληνες, εΐτις κα\ ά&υμότερος Ο
ην προς την άνάβασιν, άκούοντες την Κυρου άρετην ηδιον και
προ&υμάτερον συνεπορεύοντο.

Μετά ταύτα Κύρος εξελαύνει σταϋμους τέτταρας, παρα*166

Ά νάβασις.

σάγγας εϊκοσιν, επί τον Χάλον ποταμό ν, οντα το ενρος πλέ*
&ρου, πλήρη 3' ίχ&νων μεγάλων και πραέων, ους οι Σνροι
&εους ενόμιζον και άδικεΐν ουκ εϊων ονδε rag περιστεράς,
Λί δε κώμαι εν aig εσκήνουν Παρνσάτιδος ήσαν εις ζώνην

10	δεδομέναι. Έντενΰεν εξελαννει στα&μους πέντε, παρασάγγας
τριάκοντα, επι τάς πηγάς τον Λαράδακος ποταμού, ου το
εύρος πλέ&ρου. Ένταυ&α ησαν τα Βελέσνος βασίλεια του
Συρίας άρξαντος, καΐ παράδεισος πάνυ μέγας καΐ καλός,
έχων πάντα οσα ωραι φύουσι. Κύρος δ' αυτόν εξέκοψε και
τα βασίλεια κατ έκανα εν.

11	Εντεύθεν εξελαύνει σταθμούς τρεις, παρασάγγας πεντε-
καίδεκα, επ\ τον Ενφράτην ποταμόν, οντα το εύρος τεττάρων
σταδίων' και πόλις αυτόθι φκεΐτο μεγάλη και ευδαίμων,
Θαψακος ονόματι. 'Ενταύθα έμειναν ημέρας πέντε' και
Κύρος μεταπεμιράμενος τους στρατηγούς των *Ελλήνων ελε-
γεν οτι ή οδος εσοιτο προς βασιλέα μέγαν εις Βαβυλώνα' και
κελεύει αυτους λέγειν ταύτα τοις στρατιώταις και άναπείθειν

12	έπεσθαι. Οι δε ποιήσαντες έκκλησίαν απήγγελλον ταύτα'
οι δε στρατιώται εχαλέπαινον τοις στρατηγοΐς, και έφασαν
αυτους πάλαι ταυτ είδότας κρύπτειν, και ουκ έφασαν ιέναι,
εάν μη τις αυτοΐς χρήματα διδω, ώςπερ και τοις προτέροις
μετα Κυρου άναβάσι παρά τον πατέρα του Κυρου, και ταύτα
ουκ επι μάχην ιόντων, άλλα καλούντος τον πατρός Κυρον.
Ταύτα οι στρατηγοί Κύρφ άπήγγελλον' ό δ' νπέσχετο άνδρ\
εκαστω δωσειν πέντε αργυρίου μνάς, επαν εις Βαβυλώνα
ήκωσι, και τον μισθον εντελή, μέχρι αν καταστήση τους °Ελ-

13	ληνας εις Ίωνίαν πάλιν. Το μεν δη πολυ του 1Ελληνικού
ούτως επεισθη. Μένων δε πρ\ν δήλον είναι τί ποιήσουσιν
οι άλλοι στρατιώται, πότερον εψονται Κυρφ ή ου, συνέλεξε
το αυτού στράτευμα χωρίς τών άλλων και ελεξε τάδε.

14	"Ανδρες, εάν εμοι πεισθήτε, οντε κινδυνενσαντες ούτε
πονησαντες τών άλλων πλέον προτιμήσεσθε στρατιωτών υπο
Κυρου. Τί ουν κελεύω ποιήσαι; Νυν δεΐται Κύρος έπεσθαι
τους Ελληνας επι βασιλέα' εγώ ούν φημι υμάς χρήναι δια-Α. α. κ. c'.

167

βηναι τον Ευφράτην ποταμον πριν δηλον είναι ο, τι οι άλλοι
"Ελληνες άποκρινοννται Κνρφ. *Ην μεν γαρ χρηφίσωνται επε- 15
σϋαι, νμεΐς δόζετε αίτιοι είναι άρξαντες του διαβαίνειν, και
ώς προ&νμοτάτοις ουσιν νμΐν χάριν εΐσεται Κνρος και απο-
δώσει' επίσζαται §* εΐ τις και ά?*λος' ην δ3 άποψηφίσωνζαι
οι άλλοι, άπιμεν μεν άπαντες [εις] τοΰμπαλιν, νμΐν δε ώς
[ιμόνοις πει&ομένοις] πιατοτάτοις χρησεται και εις φρούρια
καΐ εις λοχογίας, και άλλον ούτινος αν δέησ&ε οΐδα οτι ώς
ςρίλον τενξεσ&ε Κύρον.

*Λκουσαντες ταντα επεί&οντο και διέβησαν πριν τους αλ- 16
λονς άποκρίνασ&αι. Κύρος δ* επει ησ&ετο διαβεβηκότας,
ησ&η τ ε και τ φ στρατεύματι πέμψας Γλοΰν εΐπεν' 3 Εγώ μεν,
ώ άνδρες, ηδη νμας επαινώ' οπως δε και νμεΐς έμε επαινέ-
σετε εμοι μελήσει, η μηκέτι με Κνρον νομίζετε. Οι μεν δη 17
στρατιώται εν ελπίσι μεγάλαις οντες ενχοντο αυτόν εντυχησαι*
Μένωνι δε και δώρα ελέγετο πέμχραι μεγαλοπρεπώς. Ταντα
δε ποιησας διάβαινε' σννείπετο δε καΐ το άλλο στράτευμα
αντφ απαν. Και [τών] διαβαινόντων τον ποταμον ονδεις
εβρέχ&η ανωτέρω τών μαστών νπο του ποταμον. 01 δε 18
ΘαιρακηνοΙ ελεγον οτι ουπώποχΡ ούτος ό ποταμος διαβατός
γένοιτο πεζή εί μη τότε, άλλα πλοίοις, ά τότε *Αβροκόμας
προϊών κατέκανσεν, ϊνα μη Κύρος διαβη. Έδόκει δη Φεΐον
είναι και σαφώς νποχωρησαι τον ποταμον Κνρ($ ώς βασι-
λεύσοντι. Έντεν&εν εξελαννει δια της Συρίας στα&μους 19
εννέα, παρασάγγας πεντήκοντα' και άφικνοννται προς τον
3Αρά\ην ποταμον. Ένταυ&α ήσαν κώμαι πολλαί, μεσταΐ σί-
του και οίνου. 5Ενταυ&α έμειναν ημέρας τρεις και ε7ζεσιτί~
ααντο.

ε'. Έντευ&εν εξελαννει δια της Αραβίας τον Ενφράτην 1
ποταμον εν δεξιά έχων στα&μους έρημους πέντε, παρασάγγας
τριάκοντα και πέντε, 3Εν τοντφ δε τφ τόπο) ην μεν η γη
πεδίον άπαν όμαλον ώςπερ ΰάλαττα, axpiv&iov δε πλήρες' ει
δέ τι και άλλο ενην νλης ^ καλάμου, απαντα ησαν ενωδη
ώςπερ αρώματα' δένδρον δ' ουδέν ενην' &ηρία δε παντοία, 2168

Ά ν ά β α σ ι $.

πλείστοι μεν ονοι άγριοι, ουκ ολίγοι δε στρου&οι οι μεγάλοι
ένησαν δε ααι ώτίδες και δορκάδες. Ταύτα δδ τά Φηρία ol
ιππείς εδίωκον ενίοτε. Και οι μεν ονοι, επεί τις διώκοι,
προδραμόντες άν εστασαν* πολυ γαρ των ίππων ετρεχον
&άττον · και πάλιν επει πλησιάζοιεν οι ίπποι ταντον εποίουν'
και ουκ ην λαβείν, ει μη διαστάντες οι ιππείς Φηρφεν δια-
δεχόμενοι τοις ίπποις. Τά δδ κρεα των άλισκομενων ψ

3	παραπλήσια τοις ελαφείοις, άπαλώτερα δε. Στρον&ον δε
ονδεις ελαβεν * οι δε διωξαντες των ιππέων ταχυ επαύοντο *
πολυ γαρ άπεσπα φενγονσα, τοις μεν ποσι δρόμφ, ταΐς δε
πτερυξιν αρασα ωςπερ ίστίφ χρωμενη. Τάς δε ώτίδας, άν
τις ταχυ άνιστη, εστι λαμβάνειν' πετονται γαρ βραχύ ως-
περ πέρδικες και ταχυ άπαγορεύουσι. Τά δδ κρεα αυτών
ηδιστα ην.	%

4	Πορευόμενοι δδ δια ταύτης της χωράς άφικνουνται επί
τον Μασκάν ποταμον, το εύρος πλε&ριαΐον. Ένταυ&α ην
πόλις ερήμη, μεγάλη, ονομα δ' αυτή Κορσωτη' περιερρεΐτο
δ' αύτη νπο του Μασκά κύκλφ. *Ενταύ$ εμειναν ημέρας

5	τρεις και επεσιτίσαντο. Έντεΰΰεν εξελαύνει στα&μους έρη-
μους τρεις και δεκα, παρασάγγας ενενηκοντα, τον Ευφράτην
ποταμον εν δεξιά εχων, και άφικνεΐται επι Πύλας. 3Εν τού-
τοις τοις σταϋμοΐς πολλά των υποζυγίων άπωλετο υπο του
λιμού* ου γαρ ην χόρτος ουδε άλλο δενδρον ονδίν, άλλα
ψιλή ην άπασα η χωρα' οι δε ενοικουντες ονους άλίτας παρά
τον ποταμον όρύττοντες και ποιοΰντες εις Βαβυλώνα ηγον

6	και επωλουν και άνταγοράζοντες σΐτον εζων. Το δε στρά-
τευμα ό σίτος επελιπε, και πρίασ&αι ουκ ψ εί μη εν τη
Λυδία άγορα εν τφ Κύρου βαρβαρικφ, την καηί&ην άλεύρων
η άλφίτων τεττάρων σίγλων. Ό δδ σίγλος δύναται επτά
δβολους και ήμιοβόλιον ~Αττικούς' η δε καπί&η δύο χοίνικας
Άττικάς εχοίρει. Κρεα ουν εσ&ίοντες οι στρατιώται διεγί-
γνοντο.

7	1Ην δε τούτων των στα&μων ους πάνυ μάκρους ηλαυ*
νεν, οπότε η προς υδωρ βούλοιτο διατελεσαι η προς χιλόνΛ. ά. κ. δ'.	169

Και δη ποτε στενοχώριας και πηλού φανεντος ταΐς άμαξαις
δνςπορεύτου επέστη ό Κνρος συν τοις περι αύτον άρίστοις
και ενδαιμονεστάτοις και, εταζε Γλονν και Πίγρητα λαβόντας
του βαρβαρικού στρατού σννεκβιβάζειν τάς άμαξας. 3Επεϊ 8
ό' εδόκουν αύτφ σχολαίως ποιεΐν, ώςπερ οργιι εκέλευσε
τους περι αντον Πέρσας τους κρατίστους συνεπισπευσαι τας
άμαξας. "Εν&α δη μέρος τι της ευταξίας ην &εάσασ&αι.
ιΡί\ραντες γαρ τους πορφνρονς κάνδυς οπου έτνχεν έκαστος
εστηκώς, Ιεντο ώςπερ αν δράμοι τις περί νίκης και μάλα
κατά πρανούς γηλόφον, έχοντες τούτους τε τους πολυτελείς
χιτώνας και τάς ποικίλας άναξυρίδας, ένιοι δε κα\ στρεπτονς
περι τοις τραχήλοις και %ρέλια περι τοις χερσίν' ευϋνς δε
συν τούτοις είςπηδήσαντες εις τον πηλον ϋάττον η ως τις αν
φετο μετεώρους έξεκόμισαν τάς άμαξας. Το δε σύμπαν δη- 9
λος ην Κνρος ως σπεύδων πάσαν την οδον κα\ ου διατριβών
οπου μη επισιτισμού ενεκα η τίνος άλλου αναγκαίου εκα&έ-
ζετο, νομίζων, οσφ μεν αν Φάττον ελ&οι, τοσούτφ άπαρα-
σκεναστοτέρφ βασιλεΐ μαχεΐσ&αι, οσφ δε σχολαιότερον, το-
σούτφ πλέον συναγείρεσ&αι βασιλεΐ στράτευμα. Και συνι-
δεΐν δ' ην τ φ προςέχοντι τον νουν ή βασιλέως άρχη πληϋει μεν
χώρας και άν&ρώπων ισχυρά ουσα, τοις δε μήκεσι των οδών
και τφ διεσπάσ&αι τάς δυνάμεις άσ&ενής, ει τις διά ταχέων
τον πόλεμον ποιοιτο.

Πέραν δε τον Ευκράτου ποταμού κατά τους έρημους 10
στα&μονς ην πόλις ενδαίμων και μεγάλη, ονομα δε Χαρ-
μάνδη * εκ ταύτης οι στρατιώται ήγόραζον τά επιτήδεια, σχε-
δίαις διαβαίνοντες ώδε. Αιφϋέρας ας είχον στεγάσματα
επίμπλασαν χόρτου κούφου, είτα σννηγον και συνέσπων, ως
μη άπτεσ&αι της κάρφης το νδωρ' επι τούτων διέβαινον και
ελάμβανον τά επιτήδεια, οΐνόν τε εκ τής βαλάνου πεποιη-
μένον της άπο τον φοίνικος και σϊτον μελίνης * τούτο γάρ ην
iv Ty χώρα πλείστον.

Άμψλεξάντων δέ τι ένταν&α των τε του Μένωνος στρα- 11
ψιωτών και των του Κλεάρχου ο Κλέαρχος κρίνας αδικείρ

ΆΪ70	Άνάβασις.

τον του Μένωνος πληγάς ενέβαλεν ό δε ελ&ών προς το iav*
τον στράτευμα ελεγεν' άκούσαντες δ' ol στρατιώται ίχαλε*

12	παινον και ώργίζοντο ισχυρώς τω Κλεάρχφ. Τη δθ αυτή
ήμερα Κλέαρχος ελϋων επί την διάβασιν του ποταμού και
εκεί κατασκειράμενος την άγοράν άφιππεύει επι την εαυτόν
σκηνην δια του Μένωνος στρατεύματος συν ολίγοις τοις περϊ
αυτόν' Κύρος δε ουπω ήκεν, αλλ3 έτι προςήλαυνε' των δε
Μενωνος στρατιωτών ξύλα σχίζων τις ως είδε τον Κλεαρχον
διελαύνοντα, ϊησι t?J άξίνχι' και ούτος μεν αυτου ημαρτεν'

13	Ό δε καταφεύγει εις το.εαυτόν στράτευμα, και ενΰνς παραγ-
γείλει εις τα όπλα' και τους μεν οπλίτας εκέλευσεν αυτου
μεΐναι τας ασπίδας προς τα γόνατα ΰέντας, αυτός δε λαβών
τους Θράκας και τους ιππέας οι ησαν αυτφ εν τω στρατευ-
μάτι πλείους η τετταράκοντα, τούτων δε οι πλείστοι Θράκες,
ηλαυνεν επι τους Μενωνος, ωςτ εκείνους εκπεπληχ&αι και
αυτόν Μένωνα καΙ τρέχειν επι τα όπλα' οί δε και εστασαν

14	απορουντες τφ πράγματι. Ό Πρόξενος, έτυχε γαρ ύστερος
προςιών και τάξις αυτφ επόμενη των οπλιτών, εύ&υς ουν
εις το μέσον αμφοτέρων άγων ε&ετο τα όπλα και εδεΐτο του
Κλεάρχου μη ποιεΐν ταύτα. Ό δ' έχαλέπαινεν ότι αυτου
ολίγον δεήσαντος καταλευσίϊηναι πράως λέγοι το αυτου

15	πά&ος, εκέλευέ τε αυτόν εκ του μέσου εξίστασ&αι. 3Εν
τούτφ δδ επει ήκε Κύρος και επύϋετο τό πράγμα, ευ&υς
έλαβε τα παλτά εις τας χείρας και συν τοις παρουσι τών

16	πιστών ήκεν ελαύνων εις τό μέσον και λέγει ώδε. Κλέαρχε
και Πρόξενε και οί άλλοι οι παρόντες^Ελληνες, ουκ ϊστε ό,τι
ποιείτε. Εί γάρ τινα άλληλοις μάχην συνάψετε, νομίζετε εν
τηδε τ χι ήμερα εμέ τε κατακεκόψεσΌ-αι και νμάς ου πολν
έμου ύστερον κακώς γάρ τών ημετέρων εχόντων πάντες
ούτοι ους οράτε βάρβαροι πολεμιώτεροι ημΐν έσονται τών

17	παρά βασιλεϊ όντων "Άκουσας ταύτα ο Κλέαρχος εν εαυτφ
εγένετο' και παυσάμενοι αμφότεροι κατά χώραν ε&εντο τά
όπλα.

1 ς. 3Εντεύθεν προϊόντων εφαίνετο Ιχνη ίππων και κό·Λ. a. κ. ς.

171

προς* είκάζετο δ' είναι ο στίβος ώς διςχιλίων Ιππων. Ούτοι
προϊόντες εκαιον και χιλον κ,αι ει τ ι άλλο χρησιμον ην.
Όρόντης δε'. Πέρσης άνηρ, γενεί τε προςήκων βασιλεΐ και τά
πολέμια λεγόμενος εν τοις άρίστοις Περσών, επιβονλεύει
Κνρφ καΐ πρόσϋεν πολεμησας, καταλλαγε)ς δε. Ούτος Κνρφ 2
ειπεν, ει αντφ δοίη ιππέας χιλίονς, οτι τους προκατακαίονταζ
ιππέας η κατακάνοι αν ενεδρεύσας η ζώντας πολλούς αυτών
ελοι και κωλύσειε τον καίειν επιόντας και ποιησειεν ώςτε
μηποτε δύνασ&αι αντονς ίδόντας το Κνρον στράτευμα βα-
σιλεΐ διαγγεΐλαι. Τφ δε Κύρφ άκούσαντι ταύτα εδόκει
ωφέλιμα είναι και εκέλευσεν αυτόν λαμβάνειν μέρος παρ
εκάστου των ηγεμόνων. Ό δ5 Όρόντης, νομίσας έτοιμους 3
είναι αυτω τους ιππέας, γράφει επιστολην παρά βασιλέα
ότι ηξοι έχων Ιππέας ώς αν δύνηται πλείστους' άλλα φρά-
σαι τοις εαυτόν ιππευσιν εκέλευεν ώς φίλιον αυτόν νποδέ-
χεσ&αι. Ένην δε εν τη επιστολή καΐ της πρόσϋεν φιλίας
υπομνήματα και πίστεως. Ταυτήν την επιστολην δίδωσι πι-
στ ω άνδρί, ώς ωετο ' 6 δε λαβών Κνρφ δείκννσιν. *Αναγνονς 4
δε αυτήν 6 Κύρος συλλαμβάνει Όρόντην, κα\ συγκαλεί εις
την εαυτόν σκηνην Περσών τους αρίστους των περι αντον
επτά' και τους τών Έλλψων στρατηγούς εκέλευεν οπλίτας
άγαγεΐν, τοντονς δε &έα'ϋαι τα όπλα πεο\ την έαυτοΰ σκη-
νην. 01 δε ταύτα εποίησαν, άγάγοντες ώς τριςχιλίονς όπλί-
%ας. Κλέαρχον δε κα\ ε'ίσω παρεκάλεσε σύμβονλον, ός γε και ί»
αντφ και τοις άλλοις εδόκει προτιμη&ψαι μάλιστα τών * Ελ-
λήνων. 3 Επε] δ' εξηλ&εν, εξήγγειλε τοις φίλοι ς την κρίσιν
του Όρόντον ώς εγένετο * ου γαρ απόρρητον ην. "Εφη δε
Κνρον άρχειν τον λόγου ώδε.

Παρεκάλεσα υμάς, άνδρες φίλοι, όπως συν νμιν βον- 6
λευόμενος ο,τι δίκαιον έστι και προς &εών και προς ανθρώ-
πων, τοντο πράξω περι Όρόντον τοντουί. Τούτον γαρ
πρώτον μεν ο έμος πατήρ εδωκεν υπηκοον είναι εμοί* ίπει δε
ταχ&είς, ώς έφη αυτός, υπό τοί έμον αδελφού οντος επολέ-172

ν ά β α σ ι ς.

μησεν ίμοί εχων την εν Σάρδεσιν άκρόπολιν καΐ εγώ αυτόν
προςπολεμών εποίησα ώςτε δόξαι τοντφ του προς εμε πόλε-
μου παύαασ&αι και δεζιάν ελαβον και έδωκα, μετά ταντα,
εφη, ω Όροντα, ?α~Ί·ν ο,τι σε ηδίκησα ; *0 δε άπεκρίνατο οτι

7	ου. ΪΙάλιν 6 Κνρος ηρώτα' Ούκονν ύστερον, ώς αντος 6ν
ομολογείς, ονδεν νπ εμου αδικούμενος άποστάς εις Μνοονς
κακώς εποίεις την εμην χώραν ο,τι εδννω ; "Εφη ο Όρόντης.
Ούκονν, εφη ο Κνρος, οπότ αν εγνως την σεαντον δνναμιν,
ελ&ών επι τον της \'Αρτέμιδος βωμον μεταμελειν τέ σοι
εφησ&α και πείσας εμε πίστα πάλιν εδωκάς μοι κα\ ελαβες

8	παρ εμου ; Και τανίΫ ώμολόγει ο Όρόντης. Τί ούν, εφη δ
Κνρος, άδικηϋείς νπ εμου νυν το τρίτον επιβονλεύων μοι
φανερός γεγονας ; Είπόντος δε τον *Ορόντου οτι ονδεν άδι-
κηϋείς, ηρώτησεν ο Κΰρος αυτόν' 'Ομολογείς ονν περι εμε
ίίδικος γεγενηα&αι; γαρ ανάγκη, εφη ο 'Ορόντης. Έκ τού-
τον πάλιν ηρώτησεν ο Κνρος' *Ετι ονν αν γενοιο τφ εμφ
άδελφφ πολέμιος, εμοι δε καΐ φίλος και πιστός; Ό δε απε-
κρίνατο οτι ονδ3 εί γενοίμην, ώ Κύρε, αοί y αν ετι ποτέ
δόξαιμι,

9	Προς ταύτα ό Κνρος εΊπε τοις παρονόιν' Ό μεν άνηρ
τοιαντα μεν πεποίηκε, τοιαντα δε λεγεί' νμών δε σν πρώτος9
ω Κλεαρχε, άπόφηναι γνώμην ο,τι σοι δοκεΐ. Κλέαρχος
δε είπε τάδε. Συμβουλεύω εγώ τον άνδρα τούτον εκποδών
ποιεΐσΰαι ώς τάχιστα, ώς μηκετι δεη τοντον φυλάττεσ&αι,
άλλά σχολή $ ημΐν το κατά τοντον είναι τονς ε&ελοντάς φί-

10	λονς, τούτους ευ ποιεΐν. Ταύτη δε τη γνώμη εφη κα\ τους
άλλους προς&ε'σ&αι. Μετα ταύτα κελεύοντος Κνρου ελά-
βοντο της ζώνης τον Όρόντην επι Φανάτω άπαντες άναστάν-
τες και οι συγγενείς * είτα δε εξηγον αντον οι προςετάχ&η.
Έπεί εΐδον αντον οίπερ πρόσΰ'εν προςεκύνουν, και τότε

11	προςεκύνησαν, καίπερ ειδότες οτι επι θάνατον άγοιτο. 3Επει
δε εις την 3Αρταπάτα σκηνην ειςήχ&η του πιστοτάτου των
Κύρου σκηπτούχων, μετά ταύτα ουτε ζώντα 3 Ορόντην ovtsA. α', κ. Γ*

173

τ€θτεώτα ουδείς εϊδε πώποτε ουδε οπως άπεθανεν ουδείς
είδώς ελεγεν εΐκαζον δε άλλοι άλλως' τάφος δε ουδείς πώ-
ποτε αυτόν εψάνη.

ζ'. 'Εντεύθεν εξελαύνει δια της Βαβυλωνίας σταθμούς 1
τρεις, παρασάγγας δώδεκα, Έν δε τ φ τρίτφ σταθμω Κύρος
έξετασιν ποιείται των \Ελλήνων και των βαρβάρων εν τφ
πεδίφ περι μεσας νύκτας ' εδοκει γαρ εις την επιουσαν εω
ήξειν βασιλέα συν τφ στρατεύματι μαχονμενον' ααϊ εκελευε
Κλέαρχον μεν του δεξιού κέρως ηγεϊσθαι, "Μίνωνα δε τον
Θετταλον του ευωνύμου, αντος δε τονς εαντου διέταξε.
Μετά δε την εξέτασιν άμα τ% imovvj ημέρα αυτόμολοι παρά 2
μεγάλου βασιλέως ήκοντες άπήγγελΧον Κύρφ ττερ} της βασι-
λέως στρατιάς. Κύρος δε σνγκαλέσας τους στρατηγούς και
λοχαγούς των *Ελλήνων συνεβουλενετο τε πώς άν την μάχην
ποιοϊτο και αυτους παρψει θαόόννων τοιάδε.

7Ω, άνδρες βΕλληνες, ουκ ανθρώπων άπορων βαρβάρων 3
συμμάχους υμάς άγω, αλλά νομίζωi> άμείνονας και κρείττους
πολλών βαρβάρων υμάς είναι, διά τούτο προςέλαβον. "Οπως
ου ν εσεσθε άνδρες άξιοι τής\ ελευθερίας ης κέκτησθε και
[ν;Τίρ] ης υμάς εγώ ευδαιμονίζω. Ευ γαρ ίστε οτι την
ελευθερίαν ελοίμην αν άντι ων εχω πάντων και άλλων πολ-
λαπλασίων. "Οπως και είδήτε εις oiov ερχεσθε αγώνα, 4
εγώ υμάς είδώς διδάξω. Το μεν γαρ πλήθος πολύ και
πολλχι κραυγή επίασιν ' αν δε ταύτα άνάσχησθε, τάλλα και
αίσχύνεσ&αι μ οι δοκώ οΐονς ημΐν γνώσεσθε τους εν τη χώρα
οντάς ανθρώπους. *Τμών δε ανδρών όντων και ευτόλμων
γενομένων εγώ υμών τον μεν οΐκαδε βουλόμενον άπιέναι τοις
οΐκοι ζηλωτον ποιήσω άπελθεΐν, πολλούς δε οιμαι ποιήσειν
τά παρ εμοι ελέσθαι άντι των οίκοι.

3Ενταύθα Γαυλίτης παρών, φνγάς Σάμιος, πιστός δε 5
Κυρφ, είπε' Και μήν, ω Κΰρε, λέγονσί τίνες οτι πολλά
νπιαχνrj νυν δια το iv τοιούνψ είναι τον κινδύνου τον προς-
\όντος' αν Si εν γενηταί τι, ου ,μεμνήσθαί σε φασιν ενιοι
δε, ονδ* $1 μξμνφό τε και βούλοιο, δύνασθαι αν άποδονναι174

Άνάβασις.

6	οσα νπισχνη. ^Ακούσας ταύτα ελεξεν ό Κύρος * ΆλΧ εση
μεν νμΐν, ώ άνδρες, ή άρχη ή πατρώα προς μεν μεσημβρίαν
μέχρι ου δια καύμα ου δύνανται οίκεΐν άνθρωποι, προς
δε άρκτον μέχρι οίου δια χειμώνα * τα δ' εν μεσφ τ όντων

7	άπαντα α ατραπενονσιν ol τον εμού αδελφό ν φίλοι. *Ην δ5
ημείς ηκήσωμεν, ημάς δει τους ήμετερους φίλους τούτων εγ-
κρατείς ποίησαν ωςτε ου τούτο δεδοικα μη ουκ εχω, ο,τι δώ
εκάστφ των φίλων, αν εν γίνηται, άλλα μη ονκ εχω ικανούς
οίς δώ. 'Τμών δε των 'Ελλήνων και στεφανον έκάστφ χρν-

8	σούν δώσω. Οι δε ταντα άκούσαντες αυτοί τε ήσαν πολν
προθυμότεροι και τοις άλλοις εξήγγελλον. Είςήεσαν δε παρ
αυτόν οι τε στρατηγοί και των άλλων 'Ελλήνων τίνες, άξιούν-
τες είδεναι τί σφισιν εσται, εάν κρατήσωσιν. Ό δε εμπιπλάς

9	άπάντων την γνώμην άπεπεμπε. Παρεκελεύοντο δε αύτφ
πάντες οσοιπερ διελεγοντο μη μάχεσθαι, αλλ3 όπισθεν εαυ-
τών τάττεσθαι. 'Εν δε τφ καιρφ τούτφ Κλέαρχος ωδε πως
ήρετο τον Κύρον Οΐει γαρ σοι, ω Κύρε, μαχεΐσθαι τον
άδελφόν ; Νή Δι ,εφη ο Κνρος, εΐπερ γε Δαρείου και Πα-
ρνσάτιδός εστι παις, εμος δε αδελφός, ονκ άμαχει ταντα εγώ
λήψομαι.

10	3 Ενταύθα δη εν τη εξοπλισία αριθμός εγενετο των μεν
'Ελλήνων ασπίς μνρία και τετρακόσια, πελτασταί δε διςχίλιοι
και πεντακόσιοι, τών δε μετά Κύρον βαρβάρων δεκα μυριά-

11	δες καΐ άρματα δρεπανηφόρα άμφι τά είκοσι. Τών δε πο-
λεμίων ελεγοντο είναι εκατόν καΐ είκοσι μυριάδες και άρματα
δρεπανηφόρα διακόσια. "Αλλοι δε ήσαν ί'ξακιςχίλιοι ιππείς,
ων *Αρταγερσης ήρχεν ούτοι δε προ οιντον βασιλέως τετα-

12	γμενοι ήσαν. Του δε βασιλέως στρατεύματος ήσαν άρχοντες
\κα\ στρατηγοί και ηγεμόνες] τετταρες, τριάκοντα μυριάδων
έκαστος, Άβροκόμας, Τισσαφέρνης, Γωβρύας, Άρβάκης.
Τούτων δε παρεγενοντο εν τη μάχη ενενήκοντα μυριάδες και
άρματα δρεπανηφόρα εκατόν και πεντήκοντα. Άβροκομας
γαρ υστέρησε της μάχης ημέρας πεντε, εκ Φοινίκης ελαύνων.

13	Ταύτα δε ήγγελλον προς Κύρον οι αντομολήσαντες εχ τώνA. α. κ. ζ.

175

πολεμίων παρά μεγάλου βασιλέως προ της μάχης, xal μετά
την μάχην οϊ ύστερον ελήφθησαν των πολεμίων ταύτα ηγ-
γελλον.

Έντεν&εν δε Κύρος εξελαύνει σταϋμον ενα} παρασάγγας 14
τρεις, συντεταγμενφ τω στρατεύματι παντί κα\ τφ Έλληνικφ
και τφ βαρβαρικφ' φετο γαρ ταύτη τη ήμερα μαχεΐσ&αι
βασιλέα* κατά γαρ μέσον τον στα&μον τούτον τάφρος ην
ορυκτή βα&εΐα, το μεν εύρος όργνιαι πεντε, το δέ βά&ος
οργυιαϊ τρεις. Παρετετατο δε η τάφρος άνω δια του πεδίου 15
επι δώδεκα παρασάγγας με'χρι του Μΐ]δείας τείχους.

είοιν αϊ διωρυχες, άπο του Τίγ ρητός ποταμού ρεουσαι'

είσι δε τετταρες, το μεν εύρος πλε&ριαΐαι, βα&εΐαι δε ισχυ-
ρώς, και, πλοία πλεΐ εν αύταΐς σιταγωγά' είςβάλ7*ουσι δε εις
τον Εύφράτην, διαλείπουσι δ' εκάστη παρασάγγην, γεφυραι
δ' επεισιν^} 7Ιϊν δε παρ αυτόν τον Ευφράτην πάροδος στενή 16
μεταξύ του ποταμού και της τάφρου ως είκοσι ποδών το
εύρος * ταύτην δε την τάφρον βασιλεύς μέγας ποιεί αντί ερύ-
Ματος, επειδή πννϋάνεται Κύρον προςελαυνοντα. Ταύτην δη 17
την πάροδον Κυράς τε καϊ ή, στρατιά παρηλ&ε και εγενοντο
εΐσω της τάφροι;. Ταύτη μεν ούν τη ήμερα ονκ εμαχεσατο
βασιλεύς, άλΧ υποχωρούντων φανερά ησαν και Ιππων και
άν&ρώπων ΐχνη πολλά. Ένταύ&α Κύρος Σιλανον καλεσας 18
τον Άμπρακιώτην, μάντιν, εδωκεν αύτω δαρεικούς τρις-
χίλιους, οτι τη ενδεκάτη απ εκείνης της ημέρας πρότερον
λυόμενος εϊπεν αυτφ οτι βασιλεύς ου μαχεΐται δεκα ημερών'
Κύρος δ' εΊπεν* Ουκ άρα ετι μαχεΐται, ει μη εν ταύταις
μαχεΐται ταΐς ήμεραις' εάν δ' άληϋεύσης, ύπισχνούμαί σοι
δεκα τάλαντα. Τούτο το χρυσίον τότε άπεδωκεν, επει πα-
ρηλ&ον αϊ δεκα ημέραι. Έπει δ' επϊ τη τάφρφ ουκ εκώλνε 19
βασιλεύς το Κύρου στράτευμα διαβαίνειν, εδοξε κατ Κυροι
και τοις άλλοις άπεγνωκεναι του μαχεΐσ&αι, ωςτε τη ύστε-
ραία Κύρος επορεύετο ημελημίνως μάλλον. Τη δε τρίτη επί 20
τε του άρματος καθήμενος την πορείαν εποιεΐτο και ολίγους
iV τάζει εχων προ αντον' το δε πολύ αυτφ άνατεταραγμίνον176

Ά ν ά β α σ ι ς.

ίπορενετο και των οπλών τοις στρατιωταις πολλά επι άμα-
ξών ηγοντο και υποζυγίων.

1	η. Και ηδη τε ην άμφί άγοράν πλήθονσαν καΐ πλησίον
ψ ο στα&μος εν&α έμελλε καταλνσειν, ήνίκα Παταγύας, άνηρ
Πέρσης, των άμφι Κνρον πιστών προφαίνεται έλαννων ανά
κράτος Ιδροΰντι τφ ΐππφ, κα) εν&νς πάσιν οϊς ενετνγχανεν
έβόα και βαρβαρικώς και Έλληνικώς οτι βασιλεύς [συν\
στρατεύματι πολλφ προςέρχεται ώς εις μάχην παρεσκενα-

2	σμένος. "Ενθα δη πολνς τάραχος εγένετο' αντίκα γάρ έδό-
κονν οι0Ελληνες και πάντες δε άτάκτοις σφίσιν επιπεσεΐσ&αι.

3	Και Κνρός τε καταπηδησας άπο του άρματος τον &ώρακα
ενεδυ και άναβάς επι τον ιππον τά παλτά εις τάς χείρας
ελαβε, τοις τε άλλοις πάσι παρήγγελλεν εξοπλίζεσ&αι και

4	καΰίστασϋαι εις την εαντον τάξιν έκαστον. "Ενϋα δη συν
πολλή σπουδή καΰίσταντο, Κλέαρχος μεν τά δεξιά [τον κέ-
ρατος] έχων προς τφ Ευφράτη ποταμφ> Πρόξενος δε έχό-
μενος, οι δ' άλλοι μετά τούτον, Μένοον δε και το στράτευμα

5	το ενωννμον κέρας εΊχε τον 'Ελληνικού. Του δε βαρβαρικού
ιππείς μεν Παφλαγόνες εις χίλιους παρά Κλέαρχον έστασαν
εν τω δεξιφ και το eΕλληνικον πεΧταστικόν, εν δε τω ενω-
ννμφ *Λραϊτός τε ο Κνρον ύπαρχος και το άλλο βαρβαρικόν *

δ Κύρος δε και ιππείς μετ αντου οσον εξακόσιοι ώπλισμένοι
ΰωραξι μεγάλοις και παραμηριδίοις και κράνεσι πάντες πλην
Κνρον' Κνρος δε ιριλην εχων την κεφαλήν εις την μάχην
καϋίστατο ' λέγεται δε και τονς άλλους Πέρσας ψιλαΐς ταΐς

7	κεφαλαΐς εν τ φ πολέμω διακινδυνεύειν. 01 δ' Ιπποι απ αν-
τες οί μετά Κνρον εϊχον και προμετωπίδια και προςτερνίδια *
εΊχον δε και μαχαίρας οί ιππείς Έλληνικάς.

8	ΚαΙ ηδη τ ε ην μέσον ημέρας και ουπω καταφανείς ησαν
οι πολέμιοι' ψίκα δε δείλη έγίγνετο, εφάνη κονιορτος ως-
περ νεφέλη λευκή, χρόνφ δε σνχνφ ύστερον ωςπερ μελανία
τις εν τφ πεδίω επι πολν. "Οτε δε εγγντερον εγίγνοντο,
τάχα δη και χαλκός τις ηστραπτε και αι λόγχαι και αϊ τάξεις

9	καταφανείς εγίγνοντο. Και ησαν ιππείς μεν λενκο&ώρακε$A. α. κ. η.

im του ευωνύμου τών πολεμίων' Τισσαφέρνης ελέγετο του-
των άρχειν' εχόμενοι δε τούτων γερροφόροι, εχόμενοι de
όπλΐται συν ποδηρεσι ξυλίναις άσπίσιν Αιγύπτιοι ούτοι έλέ-
γοντο εΐναι' άλλοι δ' ιππείς, άλλοι τοξόται. Πάντες ούτοι
κατ α έ&νη εν πλαισίφ πληρει άνΰρώπων έκαστο ν το ε&νος
επορεύετο' προ δ5 αυτών άρματα διαλείποντα συχνον άπ 10
αλλήλων τα δρεπανηφόρα καλούμενα' είχον δε τα δρέπανα
εκ των αξόνων εις πλάγιον άποτεταμένα και υπο τοις
δίφροις εις γην βλέποντα, ως διακόπτοιεν οτφ εντυγχάνοιεν-
Η δε γνώμη ην ως εις τάς τάξεις των €Ελλήνων ελώντων
και διακοψόντων. βΟ μέντοι Κύρος εϊπεν οτε καλέσας πάρε- 11
κελεύετο τοις "Ελλησι την κραυγην των βαρβάρων άνασχέ-
σϋαι, εχρεύσ&η, τούτο' ου γαρ κραυγή, άλλα σιγή, ως άνυ-
στόν, και ήσυχη εν ΐσφ και βραδέως προςψσαν. Και εν 12
τούτφ Κύρος παρελαύνων αύτος συν Πίγρητι τφ ερμηνεϊ και
άλλοις τρισιν η τέτταρσι τφ Κλεάρχφ εβόα άγειν το στρά-
τευμα κατά μέσον το των πολεμίων, οτι εκεί βασιλεύς εΐη *
καν τούτ, έφη, νικώμεν, πάν$ ήμιν πεποίηται. Όρων δε ό 13
Κλέαρχος το μέσον στίφος και άκούων Κύρου έξω οντα του
1Ελληνικού ευωνύμου βασιλέα' τοσούτον γαρ πλή&ει περιην
βασιλεύς ωςτε μέσον των εαυτού έχων τορ Κύρου ευωνύμου
έξω ην' αλλ' ομως ο Κλέαρχος ουκ η&ελεν άποσπάσαι άπο
του ποταμού το δεξιον κέρας, φοβούμενος μη κυκλω&είη
εκατέρω&εν, τφ δε Κύρφ άπεκρίνατο οτι αύτφ μέλει οπως
καλώς έχοι.

ΚαΙ εν τούτφ τφ καιρφ το μεν βαρβαρικον στράτευμα 14
ομαλώς προψι, το δε Έλληνικον έτι εν τφ αύτφ μένον συν-
ετάττετο εκ τών έτι προςιόντων καΐ ό Κύρος παρελαύνων
ου πάνυ προς αύτφ τφ στρατεύματι κατε&εάτο εκατέρωσε
αποβλέπων εις τε τους πολεμίους και τους φίλους. Ίδών δε 15
αύτον άπο τού 'Ελληνικού Ξενοφών Ά&ηναΐος ύπελάσας ώς
συναντησαι ηρετο εΐ τι παραγγέλλοι' ο δ' επιστησας είπε και
Ιέγειν εκέλευε πάσιν οτι τά ιερά και τά σφάγια καλά εΐη.
Ταύτα δε λέγων θορύβου ηκουσε δια τών τάξεων ιόντος, 16178

*Αν άβασις.

και ήρετο τις ο ΰόρυβος εΐη. Ό δε £ενοφών ειπεν οτι το
σύν&ημα παρέρχεται δεύτερον ηδη, Και cs ε&αύμασε τις
παραγγείλει και ήρετο ο,τ ι και εϊη το σύνΰημα. *0 δ' άπε-

17	κρίνατο οτι Ζευς σωτήρ και νίκη* eΟ δε Κνρος άκου-
σας, :Αλλα δέχομαι τε, εφη, και τούτο εστω, Ταύτα δ' ει-
πών εις την εαυτού χωράν άπήλαυνε. Και ούκέτι τρία η
τετ τ αρα στάδια διειχετην τώ φάλαγγε απ αλλήλων ψίχα
επαιάνιζόν τε οί "Ελληνες και ήρχοντο άντίοι ίέναι τοις πο)*ε-

18	μίοις. *Ως δε πορενομενων εξεκύμαινε τι της φάλαγγος, το
επιλειπόμενον ήρξατο δρόμφ &εΐν' και άμα εφ&ε'γξαντο πάν-
τες οϊόν περ τφ Ένυαλίφ ελελίζουσι, και πάντες $£ εϋεον,
Λεγουσι δε τίνες ώς και ταΐς άσπίσι προς τα δόρατα εδούπη-

19	σαν, φόβον ποιούντες τοις ϊπποις. ΠρΙν δε τόξευμα εξικνεϊ-
σ&αι εκκλίνουσιν οι βάρβαροι και ςρευγουσι. Και ενταύ&α
δη εδίωκον μεν κατά κράτος οί °Ελληνες, εβόων δε άλλήλοις

20	μη &εΐν δρόμφ, άλΧ εν τάξει επεσ&αι. Τα άρματα
εφεροντο τα μεν δι3 αυτών των πολεμίων, τα δε καΐ δια
των 'Ελλήνων, κενά ηνιόχων, Οι δ' επει προίδοιεν, διίσταν-
το' εστι δ' όστις καΐ κατελήφθη ωςπερ εν ίπποδρόμφ
εκπλαγείς' και ουδέν μεντοι ουδε τούτον πα&εΐν εφασαν,
ουδ' άλλος δε των "Ελλήνων εν ταύτη τη μάχη επα&εν ου-
δείς ουδέν, πλην επϊ τω ευωνύμφ τοξευϋηναί τις ελέγετο.

Π Κύρος δ' ορών τους 9Ελληνας νικώντας το κα\ΐ αυτους
και διώκοντας, ηδόμενος και προςκυνούμενος ηδη ώς βασι-
λεύς υπο τών άμφ αυτόν, ουδ' ω£ εξήχ&η διώχειν, άλλα
συνεσπειραμενην εχων την τών συν εαυτφ εξακοσίων ιππέων
τάξιν ίπεμελειτο ο, τι ποιήσει βασιλεύς. Και γαρ ηδει αυ-

22	τον ο ζ ι μέσον εχοι του Περσικού στρατεύματος. Και πάντες
δ' οι τών βαρβάρων άρχοντες μέσον εχοντες το αυτών ήγούντο,
νομίζοντες ούτω καϊ εν άσφαλεστάτω είναι, ην ή ισχύς αυ-
τών εκατερω&εν η, και εΐ τι παραγγεΐλαι χρήζοιεν, ήμίσει

23	αν χρόνφ αίσ&άνεσ&αι το στράτευμα, Και βασιλεύς δη τότε
μέσον εχων της εαυτου στρατιάς όμως έξω εγένετο του Κύρου
ευωνύμου κέρατος. Έπει δε ουδείς αυτφ εμάχετο εκ τουΛ. α. κ. θ'.	179

εναντίου ονδε τοις αυτόν τεταγμένοις έμπροσθεν, επέκαμπτεν
ώς εις κύκλωσιν. "Ενθα δη Κύρος, δείσας μη όπισθεν γενό- 24
ιχενος κατακόψη το Έλληνικον ελαύνει άντίος ' και ίμβαλών
συν τοις εξακοσίοις νίκα τους προ βασιλέως τεταγμένους κα\
εις φυγην έτρεψε τους εξακιςχιλίους' καΐ άποκτεϊναι λέγεται
αυτός τη εαυτού χειρϊ *Λρταγέρσην τον άρχοντα αυτών. Ώς 25
δ3 ή τροπή εγένετο διασπείρονται καΐ οί Κύρον εξακόσιοι εις
το διώκειν όρμησαντες, πλην πάνυ ολίγοι άμφ αυτόν κατε-
λείφθησαν, σχεδόν οι ομοτράπεζοι καλούμενοι. Συν τούτοις 26
δε ων καθορα βασιλέα και το άμφ εκείνον στίφος' και ευΟνς
ουκ ψέσχετο, άλΧ ειπών, Όρώ τον άνδρα, ιετο επ αυτόν
και παίει κατά το στέρνον και τιτρώσκει δια του θώρακος,
ώς φησι Κτησίας ό ιατρός και ίάσθαι αυτός το τραύμα φησι.
Παίοντα δ3 αυτόν ακοντίζει τις παλτφ νπο τον όφθαλμον 27
βιαίως' καΐ ενταύθα μαχόμενοι καΐ βασιλεύς και Κνρος κα\
οι άμφ αντονς νπερ εκατέρον, οπόσοι μεν των άμφΐ βασι-
λέα άπέθνησκον Κτησίας λέγει' παρ εκείνφ γαρ ψ. Κνρος
δε αντός τε απέθανε και οκτώ οι άριστοι των περί αυτόν
έκειντο επ αντφ. 3Αρταπάτης δ3 ό πιστότατος αντφ των 28
σκηπτούχων θεράπων λέγεται, επειδή πεπτωκότα είδε Κνρον,
καταπηδήσας άπο του ϊππον περιπεσεΐν αντφ. ΚαΙ οι μέν 29
φασι βασιλέα κελεϋσαί τινα επισφάξαι αυτόν Κύρφ οι δ'
εαυτόν επισφάξασθαι σπασάμενον τον άκινάκην είχε γαρ
χρνσονν' και στρεπτον δε εφόρει και ψέλια και τ άλλα ώςπερ
οι άριστοι Περσών ετετίμητο γαρ νπο Κνρον δι3 εννοιάν τε
κα\ πιστότητα.

θ'. Κύρος μεν ουν ούτως ετελεύτησεν, άνηρ ών Παρ- 1
σών των μετά, Κνρον τον άρχαΐον γενομένων βασιλικώτατός
τε κα\ άρχειν άξιώτατος, ώς παρά πάντων ομολογείται των
Κνρον δοκούντων εν πείρα γενέσθαι. Πρώτον μεν γαρ 'έτι 2
παις ών, ο τ ε επαιδεύετο και συν τω άδελφφ και our τοις
άλλοις παισί, πάντων πάντα κράτιστος ενομίζετο. Πάντες 3
γάρ οι τών άριστων Περσών παίδες επι ταϊς βασάέως θύ-
ραις παιδεύονται, ένθα πολλην μεν σωφροσννην καταμάθοι180

Άνάβασις.

4	άν ης, αίσχρον δ' ονδεν οντ άκονσαι οντ ίδεΐν εστι. Θεών-
ται δ' οι παίδες και τους τιμωμένους νπο βασιλέως και άκον·
ονσι κα\ άλλους άτιμαζομενονς' ωςτε εν&υς παίδες όντες

5	μανϋάνουσιν άρχειν τε και άρχεσ&αι. "Εν&α Κύρος αίδη-
μονεστατος μεν πρώτον των ηλικιωτών εδόκει είναι, τοις τ8
πρεσβυτεροις και των εαυτου νποδεεστερων μάλλον πείΰεσ&αι,
επειτα φιλιππόζατος και τοις ΐπποις άριστα χρησ&αι'
εκρινον δ' αυτόν και των εις τον πόλεμον έργων, τοξικής τ a
και άκοντίσεως, φιλομαϋέστατον είναι και μελετηρότατον.

6	Έπει δε τη ηλικία έπρεπε, καΙ φιλοϋηρότατος ην, και προς τα
Φηρία μέντοι φιλοκινδννότατος. Και άρκτον ποτε επιφερο-
μένην ουκ έτρεσεν, άλλα συμπεσών κατεσπάσ&η άπο τον
ΐππου, κα\ τα μεν έπαϋεν, ων κα\ τας ώτειλάς φανεράς είχε,
τέλος δε κατέκανε * και τον πρώτον μέντοι βοηϋήσαντα πολ
λοΐς μακαριστον εποίησεν.

7	'Επει δε κατεπέμφ&η υπο του πατρός σατράπης Λυδίας
τ ε και Φρυγίας της μεγάλης και Καππαδοκίας, στρατηγός δε
κα} πάντων άπεδείχ&η οις καϋψ.ει εις Καστωλον πεδίον
άϋ'ροίζεσϋ'αι, πρώτον μεν επέδειξεν αυτόν ότι περί πλείστον
ποιοϊτο, εί τφ σπείσαιτο καΙ εΐ τφ σύνϋοιτο και εΐ τφ νπό-

8	σχοιτό τι, μηδέν ψεύδεσ&αι. Και γαρ ουν επίστευον μει>
αυτω αι πόλεις επ ιτ ρεπό μεν αι, επίστευον δ' οι άνδρες' και
εΐ τις πολέμιος έγένετο, βπεισαμένον Κυρου επίστενε μηδετ

9	άν παρά τάς σπονδάς πα&εΐν. Τοιγαρουν επει Τισσαφερνει
έπολέμησε, πάσαι αι πόλεις έκουσαι Κυρον εΐλοντο άντι
Τισσαφέρνους τνλην Μιλησίων' ούτοι δε ότι ουκ η&ελε τους

10	ςρενγοντας προεσϋαι εφοβουντο αυτόν. Και γαρ έργω επε~
δείκνυτο και ελεγεν οτι ουκ άν ποτε προοΐτο, επει άπαξ φί-
λος αυτοΐς εγενετο, ονδ' εί έτι μεν μείους γένοιντο, έτι

11	κάκιον πράξειαν. Φανερός δ* ην και εί τις τι άγαϋον η
κακόν ποιήσειεν αυτόν, νικάν πειρώμενος' και ευχην δε τίνες
αυτόν εξεφερον ως ενχοιτο τοσούτον χρόνον ζην εστε νικωη

12	και τους εν καΙ τους κακώς ποιουντας άλεξόμενος. Και γαρ
ουν πλείστοι δη αυτω ενί γε άνδρϊ τών εφ ημών επε&νμη*Α. a. κ.

181

σαν και χρήματα καί πόλεις και τα εαυτών σώματα προ-
εσ&αι.

Ου μεν δη ουδε του τ αν τις εΐποι ως τόυς κακούργους κα\ 13
άδικους εία καταγελάν, άλΧ άφειδεστατα πάντων ετιμωρεϊτο.
Πολλάκις δ' ψ ιδέΐν παρά τ ας στειβομενας οδούς και πο-
δών καϊ χειρών και όφ&αλμών στερούμενους ά&ρώπους'
ωςτ εν τη Κύρου άρχη εγενετο καιβΕλληνι και βαρβάρφ μη-
δέν άδικουντι άδεώς πορεύεσ&αι όποι τις η&ελεν, εχοντι ο,τι
προχωροίη. Τους γε μεντοι άγα&ους εις πόλεμον ώμολό- 14
γητο διαφεροντως τιμάν. Και πρώτον μεν ην αυτφ πόλεμος
προς Πισίδας και Μυσούς' στρατευόμενος ουν και αυτός εις
ταύτας τας χώρας ους εώρα είϊελοντας κινδυνεύειν, τούτους
καϊ άρχοντας εποίει ης κατεστρεφετο χώρας, επειτα δε και
άλλη δώροις ετίμα' ωςτε οραίνεσϋαι τους μεν άγα&ους ευ-
δαιμονεστάτους, τους δε κακούς δούλους τούτων άξιούν είναι.
Τοιγαρουν πολλή ην άφ&ονία αυτφ τών ε&ελόντων κινδυ- 15
νεύειν, όπου τις οΐοιτο Κυρον αίσ&ήσεσ&αι. Εις γε μην 16
δικαιοσύνην εϊ τις αυτφ φανερός γένοιτο επιδείκνυσϋαι βου-
λόμενος, περι παντός εποιεΐτο τούτους πλουσιωτερους ποιεϊν
τών εκ του αδίκου ψλοκερδούντων. ΚαΙ γαρ ουν άλλα τε 17
πολλά δικαίως αυτφ διεχειρίζίτο καϊ στρατεύματι άληϋινφ
εχρησατο. Και γαρ στρυέφγοϊ και λοχαγοί ου χρημάτων
ενεκα προς εκείνον επΧεπδφν, άλΧ επει έγνωσαν κερδαλεώ-
τερον είναι Κύρφ καλώς πει&αρχεΐν η το κατά μηνα κε'ρδος.
Άλλα μην ει τις γε τί αυτφ προςτάξαντι καλώς υπηρέτη- 18
σειεν, ουδενι πώποτε άχάριστον εΐασε την προ&υμίαν. Τοι-
γαρουν κράτιστοι δη νπηρεται παντός έργου Κύρφ ελεχϋησαν
γενεσϋαι. Εί δε τινα ορφη δεινον όντα οίκονόμον εκ τον 19
δικαίου καϊ κατασκευάζοντά τε ης άρχοι χώρας και προςό-
δους ποιουντα, ουδενα αν πώποτε άφείλετο, άλλ, αεί πλείω
προςεδίδου' ώςτε κα\ ηδεως επόνουν καί ΰαόόαλε'ως εκτώντο
καϊ ά επεπατο αυ τις ηκιστα Κυρον εκρυπτεν' ού γαρ φ&ο-
ψών τοις φανερώς πλουτοΰσιν εφαίνετο, άλλα πειρώμενος
χρησϋαι τοις τών υποκρυπτόμενων χρημασι. Φίλους γε μην 20182

*Λνάβασις.

οσους ποιήσαιτο και εύνους γνοίη οντάς και ικανούς κρινεα
συνεργούς εΐναι ο,τι τνγχάνοι βουλόμενος κατεργάζεσ&αι,
ομολογείται προς πάντων κράτιστος δη γενέσ&αι ΰεραπεύειν.

21	ΚαΙ γαρ αυτό τούτο, ουπερ αυτός ενεκα φίλων φετο δεΐσ&αι9
ώς συνεργούς εχοι, και αυτός επειράτο συνεργός τοις φίλο ι ς
κράτιστος είναι τούτου οτου εκαστον αίσ&άνοιτο επιθυ-
μούντα.

22	Λώρα δε πλείστα μεν οΐμαι είς γε ων άνηρ ελάμβανε
δια πολλά · ταύτα δε πάντων δη μάλιστα τοις φίλοις διεδί-
δου, προς τους τρόπους εκάστου σκοπών και οτου μάλιστα

23	όρφη εκαστον δεόμενον. Και όσα τφ σώματι αυτού κόσμον
πεμποι τις η ώς εις πόλεμον η ώς είς καλλωπισμόν, και περί
τούτων λεγειν αυτόν εφασαν ότι το μεν εαυτού σώμα ουκ
αν δύναιτο τούτοις πάσι κοσμη&ηναι, φίλους δε καλώς κε-

24	κοσμημένους μεγιστον κόσμον άνδρι νομίζοι. Και το μεν
τα μεγάλα νικάν τους φίλους ευ ποιούντα ουδέν Φαυμαστόν,
επειδή γε και δννατώτερος ην' το δε τη ίπιμελεία περιεΐναι
τών φίλων και τφ προϋυμεϊσϋαι χαρίζεσϋαι, ταύτα εμοιγε

25	μάλλον δοκει αγαστά είναι. Κύρος γαρ επεμπε βίκους οίνου
ήμιδεεΐς πολλάκις, οπότε πάνυ ηδύν λάβοι, λίγων οτι ούπω
δη πολλού χρόνου τούτου ηδίονι ο'ίνφ επιτύχοι' τούτον ούν
σοι επεμιρε και δεΐταί σου τούτορ εκπιεΐν τήμερον συν οίς μά-

26	λίστα φιλεΐς. Πολλάκις δε χήνας ημιβρώτους επεμπε και
άρτων ημίσεα και άλλα τοιαύτα, επιλεγειν κελεύων τον φέ-
ροντα' Τούτοις ησ&η Κύρος' βούλεται ούν και σε τούτων

27	γεύσασ&αι. "Οπου χιλος σπάνιος πάνυ εΐη, αυτός δ' εδύ-
νατο παρασκευάσασ&αι δια το πολλούς εχειν ύπηρετας και
δια την επιμελειαν, διαπεμπων εκελευε τους φίλους τοις τά
εαυτών σώματα άγουσιν ΐπποις εμβάλλειν τούτον τον χιλόν,

28	ώς μη πεινώντες τους εαυτού φίλους άγωσιν. Ει δε δη ποτ ε
πορεύοιτο και πλείστοι μελλοιεν όψεσ&αι, προςκαλών τους
φίλο ι;£ εσπουδαιολογεϊτο, ώς δηλοίη ους τιμα. *Ώςτε εγωγε
«ξ ών ακούω ουδενα κρίνω ύπο πλειόνων πεφιλησ&αι ούτε

29	'Ελλήνων ούτε βαρβάρων. Τεκμηριον δε τούτου κάϊ τόδε,λ *	'

Λ. α. κ. ί.

183

παρά μεν Κύρου, δούλου οντος, ουδείς άπηει προς βασιλέα,
Όρόντας επεχείρησε * και oiro£ 5^ or φετο πιστόν οϊ
είναι, ταχί; αυτόν ευρε Κύρφ φιλαίτερον η εαυτφ' παρά δε
βασιλέως πολλοί προς Κυρον άπηλθον, επειδή πολέμιοι άλλη-
λοις εγενοντο, κ«ί ούτοι μεντοι οϊ μάλιστα υπ αυτου αγαπώ-
μενοι, νομίζοντες παρα Κύρφ οντες άγαθοι άξιωτερας αν
τιμής τυγχάνειν η παρα βασιλεΐ. Μεγα δε τεκμήριον και το 30
εν τγι τελευτη του βίου αυτφ γενόμενον ότι και αντ,ος ην
άγαθος και κρίνειν ορθώς εδύνατο τους πιστούς και εύνονς
και βέβαιους. * Αποθνήσκοντος γαρ αυτου πάντες οι παρ 31
αυτόν φίλοι και συντράπεζοι μαχόμενοι άπεθανον υπέρ
Κύρου πλην *Λριαίου' ούτος δε τεταγμίνος ετύγχανεν επ\
τφ ενωνύμφ του ιππικού άρχων' ώς 5' ι\σθετο Κυρον
πεπτωκότα εφυγεν εχων και το στράτευμα πάν ου ηγεΐτο.

ι. 'Ενταύθα δη Κύρου άποτεμνεται η κεφαλή και χεΙρ 1
η δεξιά. Βασιλεύς δε και οι συν αυτφ διώκων ειςπίπτει
εις το Κύρειον στρατόπεδον * και οι μεν μετά Άριαίου ουκετι
ϊστανται, άλλα φεύγουσι δια του αυτών στρατοπέδου εις τον
σταθμον ενθεν ώρμηντο' τετταρες δ' ελεγοντο παρασάγγαι
βΊνάι της οδού. Βασιλεύς δε και οι συν αυτφ τά τε άλλα 2
πολλά διαρπάζουσι και την Φωκαιδα την Κύρου παλλακίδα
την σοφην και καλην λεγομενην είναι λαμβάνει. II δε Μιλη- 3
σία \ji νεώτερα] ληφθείσα ύπο τών άμφι βασιλέα εκφεύγει
γυμνή προς τών 'Ελλήνων οϊ ετυχον εν τοις σκευοφόροις όπλα
εχοντες, και άντιταχθεντες πολλούς μεν τών αρπαζόντων
άπεκτειναν, οι δε και αυτών άπεθανον* ου μην εφυγον γε}
άλλα και ταύτην έσωσαν και άλλα όπόσα εντός αυτών και
χρήματα και άνθρωποι εγενοντο πάντα έσωσαν. Ενταύθα 4
διεσχον άλληλων βασιλεύς τε καΐ οι βΕλληνες ώς τριάκοντα
στάδια, οι μεν διώκοντες τους καθ■ εαυτους ώς πάντας
νικώντες, οι δ5 αρπάζοντες ώς ηδη πάντες νικώντες. Ώς 5

ησθοντο οι μεν0Ελληνες ότι βασιλεύς συν τφ στρατεύματι
εν τοις σκευοφόροις εΐη, βασιλεύς δ3 αύ ηκουσε Τισσαφέρ-
νους ότι οι "Ελληνες νικφεν το καθ' εαυτους και εις το184

Άνάβασις.

πρόσθεν οΐχονται διώκοντες, ενταύθα δη βασιλεύς μεν αθροί-
ζει τε τους εαυτοΰ και συντάττεται * ό δε Κλέαρχος εβον·
λεύετο Πρόξενον καλεσας, πλησιαίτατος γαρ ην, ει πεμποιεν
τινας η πάντες ϊοιεν επι το στρατόπεδον άρήξοντες.

6	Έν τούτφ και βασιλεύς δήλος ην προςιών πάλιν, ώς
εδόκει, όπισθεν. Και οι μεν^Ελληνες [συ\στραφεντες παρα-
σκευάζονται ώς ταύτη προςιόντος και δεχόμενοι, ο δε βασι-
λεύς ταύτη μεν ουκ ηγεν, η δε παρηλθεν εξω του ευωνύμου
κέρατος, ταύτη και άπηγαγεν, άναλαβών και τους εν τη μάχη
προς τους "Ελληνας αυτομολησαντας και Τισσαφερνην και

7	τους συν αύτψ. Ό γαρ Τισσαφέρνης εν τη πρώτη συνόδφ
ουκ εφυγεν, άλλα διηλασε παρά τον ποταμον κατά τους Ελ-
ληνας πελταστάς' διελαύνων δε κατεκανε μεν ουδενα, δια-
στάντες δ5 ol βΕλληνες επαιον και ηκόντιζον αυτούς' 3Επι-
σθενης δε *Αμφιπολίτης ηρχε των πελταστών και ελεγετο

8	φρόνιμος γενεσθαι. Ό δ* ουν Τισσαφέρνης ώς μείον εχων
απηλλάγη, πάλιν μεν ουκ άναστρεφει, εις δε το στραπόπεδον
άφικόμενος το των 'Ελλήνων εκεί συντυγχάνει βασιλεΐ, και

9	όμου δη συνταξάμενοι επορεύοντο. Έπει δ' ήσαν κατά το
ευώνυμον των *Ελλήνων κέρας, εδεισαν οι 0Ελληνες μη προς-
άγοιεν προς το κέρας και περιπτύξαν τ ες άμφοτερωθεν αϊ-
τούς κατακόψειαν' και εδόκει αυτοΐς άναπτύσσειν το κέρας
και ποιησασθαι όπισθεν τον ποταμόν.

10	Έν ώ δε ταύτα εβουλεύοντο και δη βασιλεύς παραμει-
ψάμενος εις το αυτο σχήμα κατεστησεν άντίαν την φάλαγγα
ωςπερ το πρώτον μαχούμενος συνηει. Ώς δε ειδον oi "Ελ-
ληνες εγγύς τε όντας και παρατεταγμένους, αύθις παιανίσαν-

11	τ ες επηεσαν πολυ ετι προθνμότερον η το πρόσθεν. 01 δ*
αυ βάρβαροι ουκ εδεχοντο, άλΧ εκ πλείονος η το πρόσθεν

12	εφευγον οι δ3 επεδίωκον μέχρι κώμης τινός. 'Ενταύθα δ*
έστησαν οι "Ελληνες' νπερ γαρ της κώμης γηλοφος ην, εφ'
ου άνεστράφησαν οι άμφι βασιλέα, πεζοί μεν ουκετι, των δε
ιππέων ο λόφος ενεπλήσθη, ώςτε το ποιούμενον μη γιγνώ-
ύκειν. ΚαΙ το βασιλέων σημεΐον όράν εφασαν, άετόν τιναΑ. α. κ. ΐ.

185

χρυσούν επί πέλτης \επ\ ξύλου] άνατεταμένον. Έπει δε και 13
ενταύϋ^ εχώρουν οι 0Ελληνες, λείπονσι ζη και τον λόφον oi
ιππείς' ου μεντοι ετι ά&ρόοι, άλΧ άλλοι άλλοϋεν' εψιλούτο
δ' ο λόφος των ιππέων τέλος δε και πάντες απεχώρησαν.
Ό ούν Κλέαρχος ουκ άνεβίβαζεν επϊ τον λόφον, άλΧ νπο 14
αντον στησας το στράτευμα πέμπει Αύκιον τον Συρακόσιον
και άλλον επί τον λόφον και κελεύει κατιδόντας τά νπερ του
λόφου τι εστίν άπαγγεΐλαι. Και ο Λύκιος ηλασέ τε και 15
ίδών απαγγέλλει ότι φεύγουσιν ανά κράτος. Σχεδόν δ' οτε
ταύτα ην, και ήλιος εδύετο.

y Ενταύθα δ' [έστησαν οι ^Ελληνες καϊ] ϋεμενοι τά όπλα 16
άνεπαύοντο' και άμα μεν εθαύμάζον ότι ουδαμου Κύρος
φαίνοιτο ονδ3 άλλος απ αυτού ουδείς παρείη' ού γαρ ί]δε-
σαν αύτον τεθνηκότα, αλλ' είκαζον η διώκοντα οίχεσθαι η
καταληιρόμενόν τι προεληλακέναΓ και αύτοι εβουλεύοντο εί 17
αυτού μείναντες τά σκευοφόρα ενταύθα άγοιντο η άπίοιεν
επί το στρατόπεδον' εδοξεν ούν αυτούς άπιεναι* κα\ άφι-
κνούνται άμφι δορπηστον επι τάς σκηνάς. Ταύτης μεν της 18
ημέρας τοντο το τέλος εγένετο. Καταλαμβάνουσι δε των τε
άλλων χρημάτων τά πλείστα διηρπασμενα κα\ ει τι σιτίον
η ποτον ην* καϊ τάς άμαξας μεστάς αλεύρων και οίνου,
άς παρεσκευάσατο Κύρος, Ινα ει ποτε σφοδρά λάβοι το
στρατόπεδον ενδεια, διαδοίη τοις ^Ελλησιν, ησαν δ5 αύται,
ώς ελέγοντο, τετρακόσιαι άμαξαι, και ταύτας τότε οι συν
βασιλεϊ διηρπασαν' ωςτε άδειπνοι ησαν οι πλείστοι των Έλ· 19
ληνών' ησαν δε καϊ άνάριστοι' πρίν γάρ δη καταλύσαι το
στράτευμα προς άριστον βασιλεύς εφάνη. Ταύτην μεν ούν
τψ νύκτα ούτω διεγένοντο.

THE END.D. APPLETON & CO! 8 PUBLICATIONS.

Arnold's Greek Course.

Revised, Corrected, and Improved, by the Rev. J. A. SPENCER, D.D.,
late Professor of Latin and Oriental Languages in Burlington Col-
lege, N. J.

FIRST GREEK BOOK, on the Plan of the First Latin Book. 12mo, 254 pages.
PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 12mq
23T pages.

SECOND PART TO THE ABOYE. 12mo, 248 pages.

GREEK READING BOOK. Containing the substance of the Practical Introduction
to Greek Construing, and a Treatise on the Greek Particles; also, copious selec-
tions from Greek Authors, with Critical and Explanatory English Notes, and a
Lexicon. 12mo, 618 pages.	-

A complete, thorough, practical and easy Greek course is here presented. The
beginner commences with the " First Book," in which the elementary principles of
the language are unfolded, not in abstract language, difficult both to comprehend and
to remember, but as practically applied in sentences. Throughout the whole, the
pupil sees just where he stands, and is taught to use and apply what he learns. His
progress is, therefore, as rapid as it is intelligent and pleasant. There is no unneces-
eary verbiage, nor is the pupil's attention diverted from what is really important by
a mass of minor details. It is the experience of teachers who use this book, that with
it a given amount of Greek Grammar can be imparted to a pupil in a shorter time and
with far less trouble than with any other text-book.

The "First Book" may with advantage be followed by the "Introduction to
Greek Prose Composition." The object of this work is to enable the student, as soon
as he can decline and conjugate with tolerable facility, to translate simple sentences
after given examples and with given words; the*principles employed being those of
imitation and very frequent, repetition. It is at once a Syntax, a Vocabulary, and an
Exercise book. The "Second Part" carries the subject further, unfolding .the most
complicated constructions, and the nicest points of Latin Syntax. A Key is provided
for the teacher's use.

The " Reader," besides extracts judiciously selected from the Greek classics, contains
valuable instructions to guide tke learner in translating and construing, and a complete
exposition of the particles, their signification and government. It is a fitting sequel to
the earlier parts of the course, everywhere showing the hand of an acute critic, an
accomplished scholar, and an experienced teacher.

From the Rev. Dr. Coleman, Professor of Greek and Latin, Princeton, J.
u I can, from the most satisfactory experience, bear testimony to the excellence of
Tour seiics of Text-Books for Schools. I am in the daily use of Arnold's Latin ana
Greek Exercises, and consider them decidedly superior to any other Elementary Worki
in those Languages."ΰ. APPLETON <b CO: 8 PUBLICATIONS.

Short and Comprehensive Greek Grammar.

By J. T. CHAMPLIN, Professor of Greek and Latin in Waterville
College. 12mo, 208 pages.

In compiling this Grammar, Professor Champlin has drawn upon the best critics and
grammarians, and with the results of his research has interwoven much original mat-
ter suggested during several years'1 experience in teaching, and editing Greek authors.
His design is to exhibit the essential facts and principles of the language in the clear-
est, briefest, and most practicable form possible. With this view, all theories and
complications belonging to general grammar have been avoided, and only their results
used. The amplification and illustration of principles have been carried only so fai.
as is necessary to their comprehension. In this way all the real wants of the Greek
student are met, while his attention is not distracted by unnecessary and embarrassing
details. Materials for oral exercises are supplied, and a sketch of Greek versification
Is given in an appendix.

From the Kev. Mb. Andeeson, New Orleans.

" I believe the author has fully accomplished what he proposes in his preface. To
those wishing to study Greek, I am satisfied he has presented a book which will much
tend to simplify the study to beginners; and at the same time, without being too
iolumin#Js, presents as lucid and full an exposition of the principles of the language
s can be contained within so small a compass.1'

K^tihner's Greek Grammar:

Translated by Professors EDWARDS and TAYLOR. Large 12mo,
620 pages.

Kuhner's is universally acknowledged to be the most accurate, comprehensive,
clcar, and practical grammar of the Greek language now extant. It is the work of one
Who devoted his life to Greek philology, and spent years of patient labor in perfecting
this work. Too full and learned for the beginner, it is just what is needed for the
college curriculum, containing all that a book of reference should contain. The student
will never appeal to its pages in vain. In fulness of illustration, copiousness of
reference, and philosophical analysis of the various forms of language, it is unsurpassed,
we might say unequalled.

The present translation is made by two distinguished American scholars» who
have revised the whole, verified th^ references, and appended an original treatise 01
their own on Greek versification. As now presented to the public, it is believed to
be as perfect a grammar of the Greek language as enlightened research and profound
■ckolarship can produce.D. APPLETON & CO.'S PUBLICATIONS.

Greek Ollendorff ;

Being a Progressive Exhibition of the Principles of the Greek Grammar.
Βj ASAHEL 0. KENDRICK, Professor of the Greek Language and
Literature in the University of Rochester. 12mo, 8 Ή pages.

The present work is what its title indicates, strictly an Ollendorff, and aims to
apply the methods which have proved so successful in the acquisition of the modern
languages to the study of Ancient Greek, with such differences as the differeat genius
of the Greek, and the different purposes for which it is studied, suggest. It differs
from the modern Ollendorffs in containing Exercises for reciprocal translation, in
confining them within a smaller compass, and in a more methodical exposition of the
principles of language.

The leading object of the author was to furnish a book which should serve as an
introduction to the study of Greek, and precede the use of any grammar. It will
therefore be found, although not claiming to embrace all the principles of the Gram-
mar, yet complete in itself, and will lead the pupil, by insensible gradations, from the
simpler constructions to those which are more complicated and difficult. The excep-
tions, and the more idiomatic forms, it studiously avoids, aiming only to exhibit the
regular and ordinary usages of the language as the proper starting-point for the student's
further researches.

In presenting these, the author has aimed to combine the strictest accuracy with
the utmost simplicity of statement. His work is therefore adapted to a younger class
of pupils than have usually engaged in the study of Greek, and will, it is hoped, win
to the acquisition of that noble tongue many in our academies and primary schools who
have been repelled by the less simple character of our ordinary text-books.

Exercises in Greek Composition.

Adapted to the First Book of Xenophon's Anabasis. By JAMES R,
BOISE, Professor of Greek in the University of Michigan. 12mo,
185 pages.

These Exercises consist of easy sentences, similar to those in the Anabasis, having
the same words and constructions, and are designed by frequent repitition to make the
learner familiar with the language of Xenophon. Accordingly, the chapters and sec-
tions in both are made to correspond. !No exercises can be more improving than those
in this volume; obliging the student as they do, by analysis and synthesis, to mastei
the constructions employed by one of the purest of Greek writers, and imbuing him
nth the spirit of one of the greatest historians of all antiquityD. APPLET ON & CO: 8 PUBLICATIONS.

Xenoplion's Anabasis:

With Explanatory Notes for the use of Schools and Colleges in the
United States. By JAMES R. BOISE, Professor of Greek in the
University of Michigan. 12mo, 893 pages.

A handsome and convenient edition of this great classic, really adapted to the wante
of schools, has long been needed; the want is here met by Professor Boise in a manner
that leaves nothing to t>e desired. Decidedly the best German editions, whether text
or commentary be considered, have appeared within the last few years; and of these
Mr. Boise has made free use; while, at the same time, he has not lost sight of the fact
that the classical schools 01 this country are behind those of Germany, and that simpler
and more elementary explanations are therefore often necessary in a work prepared for
American schools. Nothing has been put in the notes for the sake of a mere display
of learning—pedantry is out of place in a school-book; and nothing has been introduced
by way of comment except what can be turned to practical use by the reader.

An historical Introduction, which will enable the pupil to enter on his task intel-
ligently, is prefixed. An abundance of geographical information, embodying the latest
discoveries of travellers, is supplied; and the whole is illustrated with Kiepert's excel-
lent map, showing the entire route of the ten thousand on their retreat.

The First Three Books of Anabasis :

With Explanatory Notes and References to Hadley and Kiihner's Greek
Grammars, and to Goodwin's Greek Moods and Tenses. A copious
Greek-English Vocabulary, and Kiepert's Map of the Route of the
Ten Thousand. 12mo, 268 pages.

Xenophon's Memorabilia of Socrates :

With Notes and an Introduction. By R. D. 0. ROBBINS, Professor
of Languages in Middlesex College, Vermont. 12mo, 421 pages.

This will be found an exceedingly useful book for College classes. The text is large
and distinct, the typography accurate, ani the notes judicious and scholarly. Instead
of referring the student to a variety of books, few of which are within his reach, the
editor has wisely supplied whatever is necessary. An admirably treatise on the Life
of Socrates introduces the work, and English and Greek Indexes render it easy to refer
to the text and notes.D. APPLETON & CO: 8 PUBLICATIONS.

Plato's Apology and Crito ;

With Notes. By W. S. TYLER, Graves Professor of Greek in Amherst
College. 12mo, 180 pages.

This edition of the Apology and Crito has been prepared to meet the
largely felt want among students of the Dialogues of Plato, now mostly
superseded in Academic Courses. It is in the main an exact reprint of
Stallbaum's Third Edition—though the author has had before him, and
used, whenever it seemed best, the editions of Bekker, Forster, Ast, Schleier-
macher, and others. The Notes are particularly full and clear; and errors
in the text have been guarded against with the very greatest care.

From J. B. Gakeitt, Professor of Greek, Hanover (Ind.) College.

" I can most heartily say that I am much pleased with the book. Prof. Tyler seems
to have hit the happy medium between too profuse and too scanty notes; and also
to have known the kind of notes needed in our American institutions, better than the
great majority of those who have given us editions of the ancient classics. I have
adopted the work this year, in place of the Georgias, and anticipate much pleasure in
reading it in connection with the class."

From Jacob Cooper, Ph.D., Professor of the Greek Language and Literature in
Centre College, Danville, Ky.

"I have examined Prof. Tyler's edition of the 'Apology and Crito,' and am highly
pleased with its execution. It bears the marks of the editor's well-known scholarship,
and is an acceptable addition to our college text-books. The typography is also accu-
rate and very beautiful. I purpose to introduce it into Centre College."

From Alphetjs S. Packard, Professor of the Greek Language, Bowdoin College.

"I received, a short time since, Plato's Apology and Crito, edited by Prof. Tyler.
I am much pleased with the edition, and shall introduce it into my classes as soon as I
have opportunity. I have no doubt it will prove a most acceptable addition to the
classics read in our colleges."

From W. H. Young, Dept. And. Languages, Ohio University, Athens.

" It will meet a pressing want with us, and shall be introduced at once. The type
is beautiful indeed, and the earnest teacher of the classics needs no better recommend-
ation of a text-book than the name of Prof. Tyler."

From the New York Observer.

" A valuable service to classical learning and letters in general has been rendered
by Prof. Tyler, in giving to the American student this edition of Plato's Apology and
Crito, Hitherto, the scholars of our country have had no access to this work of Plato,
except in foreign editions, or as in fragmentary form they found it in the old and now
obsolete Grseca Majora. It is now placed within their reach, in a form both convenient
and beautiful, and accompanied by such notes and illustrations as to remove all serious
difficulties in ascertaining the meaning of the text. One of the most valuable features
of this edition is the introduction, which occupies some forty pages, and contains a
elear and scholarly analysis of the Defence of the great philosopher before his judges,
who had already determined on his death."D. APPLET ON '& CO.* 8 PUBLICATIONS.

Selections from Herodotus;

Comprising mainly such portions as give a Connected History of the
East to the Fall of Babylon and the Death of Cyrus the Great.
By HERMAN M. JOHNSON', D.D., Professor of Philosophy and
English Literature in Dickinson College. 12mo, 185 pages.

The present selection embraces such parts of Herodotus as give a connected his-
tory of Asiatic nations. These portions are not only particularly interesting in them-
selves, but open to the student a new field, inasmuch as the other Greek and Eoman
authors commonly put into his hands leave this period of history untouched.

Herodotus is peculiarly adapted to academical reading. It has charms for the
student which no other text-book possesses, on account of the simple elegance of the
etyle and the liveliness of the narrative. In preparing his notes, the editor has borne.
In mind that they are intended for learners in the earlier part of their classical course;
he has therefore made the explanations in the former part of the work quite full, with
frequent references to such grammars as are in the hands of most students.

The notes proper are purely explanatory and grammatical. Other remarks, in the
way of criticism or investigation, are appended to the several chapters, for the sake of
awakening reflection and inciting to further inquiry.

A condensed treatise on the Ionic Dialect, and the peculiar forms of declension and
conjugation used by Herodotus, removes one of the most serious difficulties that has
heretofore embarrassed the student in reading this author. If this chapter is learned
in advance, the dialectic forms, otherwise so troublesome, will be recognized without
the slightest difficulty.

The text is print -d in large, bold type, and accompanied with a Map of the regions
described.

Sophocles' (Edipus Tyrannus.

With English Notes, for the use of Students in Schools and Colleges.
By HOWARD CROSBY, A.M., Professor of the Greek Language
and Literature in the New York University. 12mo, 138 pages.

The object had in view in this publication is to furnish to college-students tne
masterpiece of the greatest of Greek tragic poets in a convenient form. No learned
criticism on text was needed or has been attempted. The Tauchnitz edition has been
ehiefly followed, and such aid is rendered, in the way of notes, as may assist, not
render needless, the efforts of the student Too much help begets indolence; too little,
despaii, the author has striven to present the happy mean.

The inviting appearance of the text and the merit of the commentary have mad«
fliis volume a favorite wherever it has been used.This book is a preservation facsimile produced for
the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign.
It is made in compliance with copyright law
and produced on acid-free archival

60# book weight paper
which meets the requirements of
ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (permanence of paper).

Preservation facsimile printing and binding
by

Northern Micrographics
Brookhaven Bindery
La Crosse, Wisconsin
2013